期中质量检测
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1．5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
W: What time is it? I wonder if the film has begun.
M: It's five fifty. Let's hurry. There's ten minutes left.
(Text 2)
M: Excuse me, Madam. I'd like to choose some flowers for my mother's birthday.
W: Let me see. These fresh roses are very nice.
(Text 3)
M: What is Bill's new house like?
W: It's really nice, and not very far from his workplace, but he is tired of hearing the planes flying overhead all day long.
(Text 4)
W: Say, what's your favorite sport?
M: Hmm ... It's hard to say. I like golf and basketball a lot, and tennis better, but I guess swimming is my favorite.
(Text 5)
M: What do you think of my paper?
W: The ideas are good. If I were you, though, I'd write the last two paragraphs again to make it a little clearer.
1．When does the film begin?
A．At 5：50. B．At 5：40.
C．At 6：00.
2．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．At home. B．In a shop.
C．In a garden.
3．What do we know about Bill's house?
A．It is too old to live in.
B．It is near an airport.
C．It is far from where Bill works.
4．Which sport does the man like most?
A．Golf. B．Tennis.
C．Swimming.
5．What does the woman mean?
A．The paper is good, especially the last two paragraphs.
B．The man should rewrite the last two paragraphs.
C．The ideas in the last two paragraphs are not good.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1．5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
M: Can you tell me how to get to the TV station by bus?
W: Take bus No. 22. Don't get off until the fifth stop, which is Silver Road.
M: Silver Road? Aren't there many bars?
W: Yes. Many foreigners like to go there. It will take you an hour to get there if the traffic lights are working properly.
M: I have an interview at 2：30 pm. I don't think I should go there by bus.
W: Why not take the subway? Go down this road until you reach the first set of traffic lights. Turn right and you'll see the station.
M: You are right. Thank you very much.
W: My pleasure.
6．Why is the man going to the TV station?
A．To meet his friend.
B．To have an interview.
C．To host a talk show.
7．How will the man probably get to the TV station?
A．By bus. B．On foot.
C．By subway.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
(Text 7)
W: Good morning, Mr. Smith. I must apologise to you for making so much noise last night.
M: I think so. My wife and I couldn't sleep for the whole night.
W: I'm extremely sorry, Mr. Smith. There was a great football match between China and Japan on TV.
M: Really? I thought you were having a party.
W: And Anna Wilkinson who lives upstairs thought I was quarreling with my father again.
M: Anyway, it's a pity that I missed the game. What was the result?
W: The Chinese football team won in the end. I was so excited that I forgot the time.M: That's good news. Please call me so that we can watch some games together next time.
8．What do we know about Mr. Smith?
A．He likes football matches.
B．He won't forgive the woman.
C．He lives alone.
9．Why did the woman make a lot of noise last night?
A．There was a great football match.
B．She was holding a party.
C．She was quarreling with her father.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
W: Good morning. This is the Dongfeng Hotel. Can I help you?
M: Yes, I'm John Smith. I'd like to book a single room with a shower from May 20th to June 2nd.
W: Please give me a minute to check. I am sorry. We don't have any rooms available in June.
M: Hmm ... Until May 31st would be OK.
W: Alright. Mr. John Smith, a single room with a shower from May 20th to May 31st.M: That's right. By the way, I only have US dollars on me. Shall I change them into renminbi to pay?
W: No, that's not necessary. We can accept US dollars.
M: Can I use a credit card to pay? It won't be very convenient for me to take so much money with me.
W: Of course, you can.
M: Thank you. Goodbye!
10．What kind of room does the man want?
A．A single room with a shower.
B．A single room with a window.
C．A double room with a shower.
11．In which way will the man pay for the room?
A．In US dollars. B．In RMB.
C．By credit card.
12．How long will the man stay in the hotel?
A．From May 20th to June 2nd.
B．From May 20th to May 31st.
C．From May 31st to June 2nd.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W: Before beginning our sightseeing tour in China, I'd be glad to know if you have anything special in mind that you'd like to see.
M: It doesn't matter to me, wherever we go. You can choose some scenic spots that you like, honey. I'd like to read the newspaper now.
W: You can make some suggestions, too. I don't have anything in mind at present.
M: Ok, then. What about the Great Wall — one of the seven wonders of the world? We wouldn't want to leave China without seeing it.
W: Is it far from here?
M: No, I've checked that on the Internet. It's only about 50 kilometers. Just an hour and a half's trip by car.
W: Good! And we've heard quite a lot about the Summer Palace. I'd like to see that, too.
M: All right. The Summer Palace. And there are a number of other interesting places, such as the Temple of Heaven, the Ming Tombs and so on. Let's watch some TV now.W: No, you should start to prepare some food now.
13．What is the conversation mainly about?
A．Seven wonders.
B．A sightseeing tour.
C．Ways to get information.
14．Which place does the man want to visit most?
A．The Summer Palace.
B．The Great Wall.
C．The Ming Tombs.
15．What will the man do next?
A．Read a newspaper.
B．Prepare some food.
C．Surf the Internet.
16．Who are the speakers?
A．Foreign tourists in China.
B．Tourist guides in Beijing.
C．Geographers from America.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
W: Good morning, Mr. Black. You said you would give us an introduction to Chinese dragons this time. Shall we begin now?
M: OK. We are not quite certain how Chinese dragons first came about. Some people believed that they ruled over water, such as waterfalls, rivers and the ocean. In the eyes of Europeans, dragons are considered to be evil creatures, but in China, Chinese dragons mean power, strength and good luck. The Chinese dragon is present in many aspects of Chinese life. In the Chinese language, people that are considered to be excellent are compared to dragons, while people associated with failure are compared to other living things, such as insects.Only emperors were able to use dragons, and both emperors and dragons are related to the lucky number nine. The number nine is also linked with dragons in the way that people describe them as being made up of nine different animals.
The dragon is sometimes used in the West to stand for China. Instead, it is seen as an example of culture in China. In Hong Kong, the dragon is used in the design of 'Brand Hong Kong', an image used to promote Hong Kong as an international brand name.
17．What did some people think Chinese dragons ruled over?
A．Rivers. B．Animals.
C．Money.
18．What do Europeans think of dragons?
A．Power. B．Evil creatures.
C．Insects.
19．What are dragons in China related to?
A．Number ten. B．Number nine.
C．Number seven.
20．What does the dragon stand for in Hong Kong?
A．China. B．Culture.
C．Its brand name.
答案：1～5 CBBCB 6～10 BCAAA
11～15 CBBBB 16～20 AABBC
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
We live in a digital world now, and a student's
technology needs have changed.For the early years, say when you are in primary school, you can get by with no technology at all.Even if you have a computer, it's a good idea to get familiar with libraries.
As you get closer to middle school, a computer with Internet access becomes more of a necessity.Teachers will often give assignments that require a student to use the Internet for research.After a computer, technology choices for students become more difficult to make — especially when it comes to cellphones.Kids will beg their parents for cellphones, especially in middle school.For many parents, it's a safety issue: they want to know that their kids can reach them quickly if necessary.For teachers, cellphones can be used to record lessons when students are absent.But many teachers dislike cellphones.Some kids send messages or have talks in the class.Sending messages also raises the problem of cheating on exams.More and more schools are now forbidding the use of cellphones.
Many kids see iPods as necessary things to have.IPods are great for music, but do they do anything good for your children's education? Maybe they do.That is the opinion of Doug Johnson, an educator for 30 years.Johnson says that educators should accept all new forms of technology in the classroom, including iPods.“Some do more with their cellphones than we can do with our laptops，” he jokes.“I don't think we should be afraid.The truth is that it's easier to change the way we teach than to change the technology habits of an entire generation.”
21．According to author, primary school children should ________.
A．use the computer and the Internet regularly
B．ask their parents to buy them cellphones
C．buy iPods to listen to music
D．go to libraries to read more books
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Even if you have a computer, it's a good idea to get familiar with libraries.”可知，作者建议还在读小学的学生不要过多使用电脑，相反，应多去图书馆看书。所以答案选D项。
22．The following are all reasons why many teachers dislike cellphones EXCEPT ________.
A．cellphones can be used to cheat on exams
B．schoolchildren will send messages during class
C．cellphones can be used to record lessons
D．schoolchildren might talk on them during class
解析：选C 细节理解题。从第二段中的“For teachers，cellphones can be used to record lessons when students are absent.”可知，手机可以用来课堂录音，这是手机的好处，而不是老师不喜欢学生使用手机的理由。
23．What does the underlined word “That” in the last paragraph refer to?
A．IPods can be used to listen to music.
B．IPods can be helpful for children's education.
C．IPods can be used to play games.
D．IPods are necessary for children's lives.
解析：选B 代词指代题。根据第三段中的“IPods are great for music，but do they do anything good for your children's education? Maybe they do.”可知， That指代的是iPods对孩子的教育有益这种观点。
24．We can infer from the words of Doug Johnson that ________.
A．cellphones are not useful to students
B．teachers should let students use cellphones
C．it's better for teachers to change their teaching methods
D．school children should follow the trends of fashion
解析：选C 推理判断题。从文章最后一段的最后一句话可知， Doug Johnson认为，改进老师的教学方法要比改变一代人的科技使用习惯容易一些。所以答案选C。
B
Tyler came into my class in Senior 2. He was a troublesome student whom I had heard of before.
In class, I would ask students questions, which could get the kids involved. Unfortunately, every time I called on Tyler, he would answer the questions carelessly. He knew the answers when he listened but he didn't want to be called on. Once he got an answer wrong, he would become very angry.
One day, Tyler was talking while I was teaching. In the middle of teaching I said in the same tone of voice, “Tyler, why don't you join in our discussion instead of having one of your own？” With that, he got up from his chair and said something very bad. So I sent him to the headmaster's office and he received a week's out-of-school suspension (停课)．
On the day of his return, I stood at the school gate waiting for him. As soon as I saw him, I asked him to talk for a moment.He seemed unhappy to do it but agreed. I told him that I wanted to start over with him. Further, I gave him permission that if he felt he was going to lose control in class he could step right outside the door for a moment to calm himself down.
From that day on, Tyler changed a lot. He listened and joined in our discussions. He was actually a smart child and I could finally get to see this in him. He even stopped a fight between two other students one day. He never used the_privilege I had given him to leave the class for a moment. I believe that giving him the power to decide for himself made all the difference.
At the end of the year, he wrote me a thank-you note about how good the year had been for him. I still have it today and find it very touching to reread when I get stressed about teaching.
语篇解读：Tyler是一个让人头疼的学生，在学校名声很不好，在作者的努力下，他改变了很多。
25．What can we learn from the passage?
A．Tyler probably had a bad fame in the school.
B．The writer loved to ask her students difficult questions.
C．Tyler couldn't answer any questions in class.
D．Tyler never listened to the teacher carefully.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据文章第一段第二句“He was a ... of before.”可推断，Tyler在学校可能名声不好。
26．When the author found Tyler talking in class, she ________.
A．asked him to listen carefully
B．asked him not to do so calmly
C．got angry and asked him to go out
D．forbade him from entering the classroom again
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第三段的“In the middle of teaching I said in the same tone of voice”可知，当作者看到Tyler上课随便讲话时，她用和教学时一样的语气叫他要参与大家的讨论，即用平静的语气提醒他不要上课随便讲话。
27．What does the underlined part “the privilege” refer to in Paragraph 5?
A．Going out of the classroom.
B．Talking with others in class.
C．Staying at home for a week.
D．Stopping the fight between classmates.
解析：选A 词义猜测题。根据文章第四段最后一句“Further, I gave him permission that ... for a moment to calm himself down.”可知，the privilege是指可以到教室外面去。
28．What can be inferred from the passage?
A．The writer was satisfied with her period of teaching experience.
B．The teacher should give students the power to decide everything.
C．Once students have a right, they will become good students.
D．Without teachers' help, troublesome students cannot change their bad habits.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据全文最后一句可知，作者至今还留着Tyler写给她的感谢信，且每次读起时都很感动，倍受鼓舞。由此可推断作者对自己的这段教学感到非常
满意。
C
As Halloween draws closer, people up and down the country are preparing their horrible games and terrifying costumes.The countdown to Halloween has begun.If you need some ideas for Halloween, here is a collection of tips to make sure your Halloween party is a horrible success.
Ghostly sounds
No party would be complete without a collection of Halloween songs which are perfect for horrible games and fun dancing.The album Essential Halloween Party Mix contains a great collection of Halloween songs and music for any party.It's on sale on iTunes now at a low price.
Halloween party food
One of the best things about Halloween for children is the food, and there are many great recipes for Halloween cakes or drinks.You could make food in the color of blood.Of course, now every Halloween party needs a pumpkin, which is great fun to carve with children before the event.You can also roast the pumpkin seeds with salt as a tasty snack for the party.
Halloween decoration
There are some great Halloween decorations available at the moment.You don't need to act wildly to get a great Halloween effect by going on a frightening spending spree (欢闹)．Some simple funny strings and flags will help to create a party atmosphere.There are many retailers which sell Halloween themed flags.However, you could always make them yourself, which would also provide great entertainment for children before the Halloween party.
Games for Halloween
Fun Halloween games can include telling ghost stories and even a treasure hunt.You can also hold a competition for the best-dressed guest.
29．What is the writer's purpose in writing this passage?
A．To give us some unknown facts about Halloween.
B．To tell us how to make a successful Halloween party.
C．To explain why a Halloween party should be scary.
D．To tell us what people usually do at a Halloween party.
解析：选B 写作意图题。通读全文，可知作者主要告诉我们怎么举办一个成功的万圣节派对。
30．The writer would probably agree that ________.
A．children should avoid going to a scary Halloween party
B．sweet love songs should be chosen for a Halloween party
C．scary music plays an important role at a Halloween party
D．horrible games should not be played at a Halloween party
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第二段的“No party would be complete without a collection of Halloween songs which are perfect for horrible games and fun dancing.”可推断作者认为在万圣节派对里，恐怖音乐起着非常重要的作用。
31．According to the passage, what is a must for a Halloween party?
A．A pumpkin. B．Candy.
C．A candle. D．Blood.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第三段的“Of course, now every Halloween party needs a pumpkin，”可知南瓜是万圣节派对的必需品。
32．In Paragraph 4 the writer tells us how to ________.
A．go on a frightening spending spree
B．create a party atmosphere in a cheap way
C．make sure children have fun before the party
D．provide great entertainment for children at the party
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第四段的“You don't need to act wildly to get a great Halloween effect by going on a frightening spending spree (欢闹)．Some simple funny strings and flags will help to create a party atmosphere，”可知这一段主要告诉我们怎样避免高花销来营造出派对的氛围。
D
Americans can travel almost anywhere they choose. But to protect its people, the government lists a few dangerous places where Americans cannot go. These places are unfriendly countries or countries at war. There, the traveller might not be safe. These countries are listed in a small book called a passport (护照)．
This passport is a government request for the safety of its travelling people. It is also a government's pledge (保证) that the people will obey the rules of the host country.
To receive a passport from the government, a traveller must prove that he is an American citizen. An American cannot go overseas without a passport. Only certain close countries such as Canada and Mexico do not ask for passports.
Pasted inside the passport is the traveller's picture. Children travelling with their parents are included in one parent's book.
Thousands of people from the United States visit other countries every year. An American traveller might carry plane tickets, money, clothing and many other things. But the most important that he carries in another country is his passport.
33．A passport is not needed when an American goes to ________.
A．foreign countries B．dangerous areas
C．Canada or Mexico D.countries overseas
解析：选C 细节理解题。由第三段末句可知，只有去就近的国家如加拿大、墨西哥无须护照，因此答案为C。
34．From the passage we can see that ________.
A．children can't travel to foreign countries
B．Americans like to travel
C．a traveller is not safe in most countries
D．Americans like to travel to close countries
解析：选B 细节理解题。从文中最后一段的首句即可找出此题答案为B。由第四段可知A项不对，C项应将most改为some；而D项以偏概全，所以不对。
35．Why does a traveller need a passport?
A．He needs something more to carry when he travels.
B．It helps the country to protect the people.
C．He needs to have his picture taken more often.
D．It helps the traveller to know where he will go.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句“This passport is a government request for the safety of its travelling people.”可知答案为B。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Why Do We Find It Hard to Say “No”？
As we all know, saying “no” to others is not easy at all. But sometimes we have to learn to say “no”. __36__ Below are common reasons why people find it hard to say “no”：
●__37__ You are a kind soul at heart. You don't want to turn the person away and you want to help when possible, even if it may eat into your time.
●Afraid of being rude. I was brought up under the idea that saying “no”， especially to people who are older, is rude. This thinking is common in Asian culture, where face saving is important. __38__
●Wanting to be agreeable. You don't want to alienate (疏远) yourself from the group because you're not in agreement. So you agree to others' requests.
●Fear of conflict (冲突). __39__ This might lead to an ugly confrontation (面对). Even if there isn't, there might be disagreement which might lead to bad effects in the future.
●__40__ Perhaps you are worried saying “no” means closing doors. For example, one of my friends' wives was asked to work in another department in her company. Since she liked her team, she didn't want to go. However, she didn't want to say “no” as she felt it would affect her promotion (晋升) chances in the future.
A．Fear of losing chances.
B．Wanting to help others.
C．Wanting to keep a good relationship.
D．I slowly realised I needed to learn to say “no”．
E．It means not making others look bad or lose face.
F．You are afraid the person might be angry if you refuse him/her.
G．To learn to say “no”， we have to first understand what's stopping us from it.
答案：36～40 GBEFA
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
I live in a big city with a lot of homeless people. Luckily there're some ways of helping them and you needn't have a lot of __41__. One way to help is to buy their monthly magazine. __42__ doing this one day, I got to __43__ a young homeless man. He was often __44__ the magazine at the train station.
He was a poor farmer from another country. After a while, I discovered that his __45__ was close to mine. It __46__ that we were born in the same month.
I met him last year __47__ after his birthday, and after congratulating him, without __48__， I asked if he had had a good day. He __49__ and said that he hadn't really celebrated. I felt so __50__.
I just couldn't bear the thought of (不敢想) this nice, young man being __51__ on his 25th birthday with no presents, no cake, nothing! So I went home and looked in my yarn (纱线) basket. __52__ for me, I had enough yarn __53__. I set to work and knitted (编织) a __54__ for the young man. The yarn had become a little dirty __55__ I didn't knit very often. Then I washed the yarn so the scarf would be __56__ when he got it.
I met him on my own birthday as I was going shopping. I had __57__ to meet him so I had __58__ the scarf and a piece of my own birthday __59__ around with me. He was very happy with these gifts and so was I. The __60__ in his eyes was the best present he could have given me!
41．A.work B．energy
C．money D．experience
解析：选C 从下文的买杂志、送围巾等事情可知，帮助这些无家可归的人不必有很多钱(money)。
42．A.In B．On
C．Besides D．By
解析：选D by doing sth.意为“通过做某事”，作方式状语。
43．A.realize B．ignore
C．know D．recognize
解析：选C get to know sb.意为“认识某人”。
44．A.selling B．reading
C．covering D．buying
解析：选A 上文提到“buy their monthly magazine”和“________ doing this one day”，由此可知，作者认识的这个年轻人常在火车站卖(sell)杂志。
45．A.birthday B．house
C．height D．hobby
解析：选A 从下一句话“we were born in the same month”可知，他的生日(birthday)和我的生日很近。
46．A.said B．found
C．guessed D．meant
解析：选D mean意为“意味着，意思是”， 此处用meant来进一步解释前面的his birthday was close to mine。
47．A.long B．shortly
C．ever D．even
解析：选B 从后面的congratulating him可知，这个年轻人生日刚过不久(shortly after)。
48．A.stopping B．helping
C．praising D．thinking
解析：选D 从上下文可知，作者看到年轻人后，不假思索地(without thinking)就问他生日是否过得好。
49．A.looked up B．turned up
C．looked down D．got down
解析：选C 从下文的“he hadn't really celebrated”可知，由于条件不好，年轻人没有庆祝自己的生日，所以被别人问起的时候，不好意思地低下头(look down)。
50．A.foolish B．excited
C．clever D．worried
解析：选A 作者意识到自己的言行让年轻人很尴尬，所以觉得自己很愚蠢(foolish)。
51．A.calm B．happy
C．alone D．hungry
解析：选C 从上文可知，这个年轻人没有庆祝生日，所以作者不敢想象这个年轻人竟然独自(alone)度过自己25岁的生日。
52．A.Suddenly B．Luckily
C．Badly D．However
解析：选B 从下文可知，作者想给这个年轻人织条围巾作为礼物送给他，所以当作者发现纱线时，觉得很庆幸(luckily)。
53．A.used B．done
C．left D．produced
解析：选C left意为“剩下的，余下的”，在句中作后置定语。
54．A.scarf B．cap
C．sock D．glove
解析：选A 从下文的“so the scarf would be ...”可知A项符合语境。
55．A.when B．because
C．so D．and
解析：选B 因为作者不常织东西，所以纱线有点脏了，because引导原因状语从句。
56．A.different B．dry
C．wet D．clean
解析：选D 上文提到纱线脏，作者洗了纱线是为了织出的围巾是干净的(clean)。
57．A.liked B．hoped
C．promised D．agreed
解析：选B 作者希望(hoped)见到年轻人，以便把围巾送给他。
58．A.made B．thrown
C．received D．carried
解析：选D 因为作者希望看到年轻人，所以随身带了(carried)为他织的围巾。
59．A.cake B．present
C．song D．party
解析：选A a piece of my own birthday cake意为“我自己的一块生日蛋糕(cake)。”
60．A.light B．pain
C．sight D．tear
解析：选A 句意：他发亮的眼神是他给我的最好的礼物。light意为“亮光，眼神”，符合句意。pain意为“痛苦，疼痛”；sight意为“视力，场景”；tear意为“眼泪”，常用复数tears。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1．5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mary: Hey, John!
John: Hey! I didn't expect __61__ (meet) you here!
Mary: Well, this is my first time that I __62__ (come) to this Internet bar. Do you often come here?
John: Yes. I come here often to check my e-mail and keep in __63__ with my friends and relatives.
Mary: Why don't you do that in your office? You have __64__ computer on your desk, don't you?
John: Yes. But __65__ is not very convenient for me to surf the Internet there. __66__ (do) that at work is not allowed.
Mary: I see. Your boss __67__ be unhappy.
John: And how about you? What are you doing here?
Mary: Well, I want to get some information about foreign colleges. You know I'll graduate in July. I want to go abroad for __68__ (far) study.
John: You should e-mail them __69__ you want to get in touch with them. It saves time, and it's very convenient.
Mary: That's right. __70__， it's cheap for us students.
John: You should open a Yahoo or Hotmail e-mail account. Both are very easy and free.
Mary: That's what I want. Thank you very much.
答案：61．to meet 62.have come 63.touch 64.a
65．it 66.Doing 67.may/might 68.further
69．if 70.Besides/What's more/In addition
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Hi Susan，
I'm sorry that I wasn't able to return to your bike on time yesterday. I mean to give it back to you before four in the afternoon, and I was held up on my way back. Just before I turned corner of Park Street, I happened see an accident. A little girl was hurt and his mother needed help. So I helped them going to the nearest hospital. I stayed here for one and a half hour and made sure that the girl was all right. While I got back, it was already 6 p．m. I hope you understand.
Thank you!
Yours，
Li Ling
答案：第一句：去掉第二个to
第二句：mean→meant; and→but或yet
第三句：corner前加the; see前加to
第四句：his→her
第五句：going→go
第六句：here→there; hour→hours
第七句：While→When
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
请根据下面表格中提供的信息写一篇英语短文，比较一下澳大利亚的两座著名的城市墨尔本(Melbourne)和悉尼(Sydney)。
墨尔本
悉尼
地理位置
澳大利亚东南部
澳大利亚东南部
地位
维多利亚州首府，澳大利亚第二大和人口第二密集的城市，建城时间晚于悉尼
新南威尔士州首府，澳大利亚最古老、最大、人口最密集的城市
旅游
最受外国游客的欢迎，以浓厚的艺术气息著称
最受本地游客的欢迎，以商业和娱乐闻名
注意：1．词数100左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
参考词汇：人口稠密的populous
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Melbourne and Sydney both have a long history and share many characteristics. They are in the same southeastern position of Australia, sharing a history of being named after British politicians.
Melbourne is the capital of Victoria, the second most populous and largest city, and was founded later compared to Sydney. Speaking of Sydney, it is the oldest, largest and most populous city in the continent. In addition, it is the capital city of New South Wales.
Different kinds of tourists travel to each city. Melbourne is the favourite of foreign tourists, while Sydney is the preferred city of local tourists. Both cities are also different in their tourist attractions. Melbourne is known for its artistic attractions, while Sydney is famous for the business and entertainment.
期末质量检测(一)
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
M: There is no milk left in the fridge.
W: Mom went to the supermarket. She'll buy some.
(Text 2)
M: Is it Mike that is singing in the garden?
W: No. It's Tom. Mike is swimming in the swimming pool now.
(Text 3)
W: I finally finished reading the book.
M: It's interesting, isn't it?
W: It's too difficult. I don't quite understand the humor in it.
(Text 4)
M: Is the girl over there in red Alice?
W: No. That's Linda, Alice's cousin.
M: They look a little alike.
W: Many people think so. But Linda's sister Ann looks more like Alice.
(Text 5)
W: How did you like the food?
M: It was too salty. I don't think Mike's mother is a good cook.
W: She isn't. But Mike's father cooks well. He is in China these days.
M: I'll pay them a visit again when he's back.
1．What's the possible relationship between the two speakers?
A．Teacher and student.
B．Brother and sister.
C．Mother and son.
2．What is Mike doing now?
A．Singing a song.
B．Playing in the garden.
C．Swimming.
3．What does the woman think of the book?
A．Difficult. B．Interesting.
C．Boring.
4．What can we know from the conversation?
A．Alice and Ann are sisters.
B．Alice and Linda are sisters.
C．Linda and Ann are sisters.
5．What do we know about Mike's father?
A．He works in China.
B．He is good at cooking.
C．He doesn't like cooking.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
W: How is your life in Japan?
M: It's boring. I know nobody here and I don't understand people around me well. They speak really fast.
W: Don't lose heart. I'm sure you'll make some good friends and enjoy your life here.
M: I hope so. Now I study Japanese very hard every day. I want to master it as soon as possible.
W: I'm sure you will. After all, you are in Japan now. So how long will you study in Japan?
M: Two years.
6．What is troubling the man?
A．He doesn't have any time of his own.
B．He can't communicate well with others in Japanese.
C．He isn't popular with people around him.
7．What is the man doing in Japan?
A．Traveling. B．Studying.
C．Working.
听第7段材料，回答第8至10题。
(Text 7)
W: Is there anything new online?
M: Yes. Some volunteers in China stopped a truck carrying more than five hundred dogs.
W: Why did they do that?
M: The dogs were being sent to be killed for their meat. The volunteers wanted to save them and they succeeded.
W: They did something right. We shouldn't eat dogs. They are our best friends.
M: You are right. People in our country never kill dogs for their meat. Dogs are lovely.W: I like dogs too. But there are often homeless dogs on the street. I don't think we've done enough to protect dogs.
M: I agree.
8．What is the man probably doing?
A．Reading a newspaper.
B．Reading news on the Internet.
C．Writing a school paper on dogs.
9．What did the volunteers do?
A．They saved more than 500 dogs.
B．They protected many homeless dogs.
C．They caused a traffic accident.
10．What does the woman mean?
A．People should do more to protect dogs.
B．Many people protect homeless dogs.
C．Dogs can live on their own.
听第8段材料，回答第11至13题。
(Text 8)
M: I heard you quarreled with your mother last night. Is that true?
W: Well, she said she would go to Paris with me this month, but she suddenly changed her mind.
M: Do you know why?
W: No. I didn't give her a chance to explain.
M: As far as I know, your mother loves you very much. She is just busy with her work.
W: I don't know why she has to work so hard.
M: I think she wants to make more money for you. You know, you'll go to college next year. It's costly.
W: I guess you are right.
M: Your mother must feel very sad now.
W: I'll go home and apologize to her tonight.
11．What did the woman do last night?
A．She had a quarrel with her mother.
B．She tried to go to Paris without her mother.
C．She told her mother she would travel with her.
12．What does the man think of the woman's mother?
A．She is easy？going.
B．She is kind？hearted.
C．She loves the woman very much.
13．What will the woman do tonight?
A．Go to make some money.
B．Say sorry to her mother.
C．Plan for her college.
听第9段材料，回答第14至17题。
(Text 9)
W: It's a new cellphone. When did you buy it?
M: I went shopping with Alice yesterday morning. She liked the design of the phone and wanted me to buy it.
W: It looks beautiful. So how did you deal with your old phone?
M: I gave it to my brother. He lost his last week.
W: How did that happen?
M: He had a picnic in the mountain with some of his friends. It must have fallen out of his pocket.
W: Did he go back and look for it?
M: No. It's far away. Besides, he had used it for over three years.
W: It's unbelievable. Why didn't he get a new one?
M: He thought it was a waste of money.
W: He is really a good boy.
M: You can say so. So how long have you been using your phone?
W: I bought it in May.
M: You've used it for just three months.
14．What did the man do yesterday morning?
A．He went shopping with Alice.
B．He went shopping with the woman.
C．He bought a new cellphone for Alice.
15．What happened to the man's brother last week?
A．He lost the man's cellphone.
B．He got lost in the mountain.
C．He lost his cellphone.
16．What does the woman think of the man's brother?
A．He is careless.
B．He is a good boy.
C．He doesn't know how to deal with money.
17．When did the woman probably buy her cellphone?
A．In February. B．In May.
C．In August.
听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
(Text 10)
Everyone wants to be young and healthy. But if you have some bad habits, you are not living in a healthy way. If you smoke, drink too much, don't do exercise and don't eat in a healthy way, you must be very careful. According to a new study, you will look 12 years older than your real age because of these four bad habits.
The study has followed about 5,000 British adults for 20 years. It shows that bad habits can lead to disease and death. The study tells us that we should live a healthy life. If we don't, we may become ill easily.
In the study, 314 people had all the four unhealthy habits. 91 of them died during the study. At the same time, among the 387 healthiest people who had none of the four habits, only 32 died. The four dangerous habits are smoking, having more than three drinks every day for men and more than two drinks every day for women, getting less than two hours of exercise every week, and eating fruit and vegetables less than three times every day.
“We hope our study can help people pay more attention to their lifestyles so that they can stay healthy，” said one researcher. So if you want to stay healthy, stay away from the four bad habits.
18．How many bad habits are mentioned in the passage?
A．Three. B．Four.
C．Five.
19．Among the 5,000 British adults, how many had all the unhealthy habits?
A．91. B．314.
C．387.
20．Which of the following is one of the bad habits?
A．Having more than one drink every day for men.
B．Getting less than five hours of exercise every week.
C．Eating fruit and vegetables less than three times every day.
答案：1～5 BCACB 6～10 BBBAA
11～15 ACBAC 16～20 BBBBC
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Kenya ranks (排名) top in human development in east Africa. However, Uganda ranks higher when poverty levels are considered, according to the United Nation's 2011 Human Development Report.
The report, Overcoming Barriers: Human Mobility and Development, gave Kenya a Human Development Index (HDI) of 0.541, which gives the country a ranking of 147 out of 182 countries. Uganda got an HDI of 0.514 and a ranking of 157. When poverty is considered, the report ranks Uganda 91st among 135 countries, ahead of Kenya, which is ranked 92nd.
Between the year 2003 and the year 2010, Kenya's HDI rose by 0.51 percent annually from 0.522 to 0.541 today. In the same period, Uganda's HDI rose by 1.59 percent annually from 0.392 to 0.514 today.
The Human Development Index is used to measure the average development progress of a country and determines the ranking of the country as underdeveloped, developing or developed. This year's HDI, from data collected in 2010, focuses on (聚焦于) the very large gaps in well-being and life chances that continue to divide our world.
By looking at some of the most basic aspects of people's lives and opportunities, the HDI provides a much more complete picture of a country's development than other data, such as GDP.
Each year since 1990, the Human Development Report has published the HDI which looks beyond the GDP to a broader explanation of well-being. This year's Human Development Report focuses on migration (移居). Kenya has a migration rate of 1.4 percent, Uganda 0.7 percent.
21．What is the passage mainly about?
A．How to collect data for the Human Development Index.
B．The aim of the Human Development Report in 2011.
C．The main reason for publishing the Human Development Report.
D．The Human Development Index of the year 2011 for Uganda and Kenya.
解析：选D 主旨大意题。本文比较了乌干达和肯尼亚这两个国家的人类发展指数，故选D。
22．According to the report, when poverty is considered ________.
A．Kenya is ranked 147th among 182 countries
B．Uganda is ranked 91st among 135 countries
C．Uganda is ranked 157th among 182 countries
D．Kenya is ranked 92nd among 182 countries
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句可知，如果考虑到贫困的话，乌干达在135个国家中排在第91位。
23．Which of the following about the Human Development Index is NOT true?
A．It focuses on the economy of a country every year.
B．It measures the average development progress of a country.
C．It looks at the most basic aspects of people's lives.
D．It helps people know better about a country's development.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句及第五段的内容可知，人类发展指数并不是每年都聚焦于经济问题。
24．We would most probably hear this passage on a radio programme called ________.
A．Health Report
B．Economics Report
C．Agriculture Report
D．Development Report
解析：选D 文章出处题。本文主要涉及乌干达和肯尼亚这两个国家在人类发展指数上的提高，故可推断出，在“发展报告”的节目里最有可能听到这篇文章。
B
The earthquake affected the students of the destroyed areas in many ways: losing parents, being scared and feeling lonely. How can we help them？Teens reporter talked with Lin Dan, the program director of the Sunshine in Your Heart Project at the Red Cross Society of China.
How will the earthquake affect the teenagers mentally?
They'll have feelings of fear, anger and feel they are not safe. They will find it hard to focus.They will tend to cry and shout and tremble. And they might be afraid to be alone.
What will happen if they are not helped?
The teenagers will find it hard to live in a balanced way.If things get worse they might not be able to focus on their studies.They might give up on life.
How can we help them overcome these problems?
The first thing is to build up trust with them.Show your sympathy and sadness, and be their friend.Then you have to give them a sense of safety.Tell them that there's a solution to every problem.Thirdly, try to satisfy their psychological needs.Be a good listener if he or she needs to talk.
Some of us were not directly affected by the earthquake but have seen images on TV and feel scared. What should we do?
Talk with an adult and/or share your feelings with someone who might feel similar.If this doesn't help, then you should see a doctor for professional help.
25．What's the best title of the passage?
A．The scare caused by the earthquake
B．Dealing with the pain left behind after the earthquake
C．How to get a sense of safety
D．The psychological needs
解析：选B 标题归纳题。文章主要论述了如何消除震后人们的伤痛、恐惧等心理问题，故选B项。
26．The earthquake will affect the teenagers mentally.Which of the following statements is NOT included?
A．They'll tend to cry and shout and tremble.
B．They may be afraid to be alone.
C．They'll feel unsafe.
D．They'll feel sympathetic.
解析：选D 细节理解题。文章第三段中提到A、B和C三项中孩子们感到孤独、害怕、不安，只是没有D项中的“他们有同情心”。故选D。
27．The underlined word “psychological” in Paragraph 7 is the closest in meaning to “________”．
A．mental B．physical
C．material D.professional
解析：选A 词义猜测题。文章主要讲了地震给人们造成的心理、精神问题以及如何消除这种心理、精神问题，故我们要尽力满足他们的心理或精神需求。mental“精神的”；physical“身体的，物理的”；material“物质的”；professional“专业的”。
28．From the passage, we can infer that ________.
A．the scare caused by the earthquake can be relieved quickly
B．seeing a doctor is the most important measure to deal with the problems
C．the images on TV can also affect people and even cause problems
D．to help them overcome these problems, we should always talk with them
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据文章最后两段可知电视上播放的地震也会给人带来恐惧和心理问题，尽管他们没有经历过地震，C项正确。
C
The deserts of the world are not all covered by sand.Many of them have surfaces of rock or clay or small stones.They are not flat, either.They often have high hills and deep valleys.There is some plants' life in many parts of the desert.There is little rain in the desert, but it does not fall often enough for most plants.
The deserts of the world are not uninhabited (not lived by people)．People also live outside oases (绿洲), but these people are not farmers.They have camels, goats, donkeys, sheep, etc.These animals can live on the desert plants and do not need much water.
The people of the desert have to move constantly from place to place；they must always look for grasses or desert plants for their animals.They usually live in tents.When there is no more food for their animals, they fold up their tents, pack them on their camels and donkeys, and move to another place.In good years, when there is enough food for their animals, they trade their skins and their goats and camel hairs with the people of oases for wheat and fruit.But in bad years, when there is not enough food for their animals, the people of the desert would attack the oases people.But they are also hospitable;_no man in the desert would ever refuse to give a stranger food and water.
29．According to the passage, deserts are mostly made up of ________.
A．clay B．rock
C．sand D．stones
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第一段第一、二句“The deserts of the world are not all covered by sand.Many of them have surfaces of rock or clay or small stones.世界上的沙漠并非全部覆盖着沙。许多沙漠表面有岩石、泥土或小石子。”可推知，沙漠主要是由沙组成的。故答案为C。
30．The underlined word “hospitable” has the meaning of being ________.
A．brave B.cruel
C．strange D.kind
解析：选D 词义猜测题。根据文章最后一句“...no man in the desert would ever refuse to give a stranger food and water.沙漠里没有人会拒绝给一个陌生人食物和水。”可推断，他们是很友好的(hospitable)，故答案为D。
31．In the desert ________.
A．it rains in spring only
B．it rains for a short time every month
C．there is some rain, but far from enough
D．the rainfall is just enough for the plants
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句“There is little rain in the desert，but it does not fall often enough for most plants.”可知，沙漠有少量降水，但并不充足。故答案为C。
32．People live ________.
A．only inside the oases
B．only outside the oases
C．both inside and outside the oases
D．in places with regular rainfalls
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第二段第二句中“People also live outside oases”和第三段第四句中“...they trade their skins and their goats and camel hairs with the people of oases for wheat and fruit.”可知，人们有住在绿洲内的，也有住在绿洲外的。故答案为C。
D
America is the world's largest food exporter. But the worst drought (干旱) in half a century is hitting corn and wheat harvests. The drought across the central United States adds to concerns about world food supplies and prices in the coming years.
Experts say by 2050, the world will have to produce at least sixty percent more food to feed a population growing bigger and richer. China, a major food importer, is looking for producers around the world to guarantee future food supplies.
China has invested in food production in Australia and New Zealand. A new source of supply is Ukraine. Ukraine was known as the breadbasket of Europe because of rich corn and wheat harvests a century ago.
ULF is Ukraine's largest agricultural business. It will soon have almost two million tons of grain storage as it prepares for the Chinese market. Chinese money is financing the building of six grain elevators (谷仓). But the company's equipment is largely from America, including half-million-dollar John Deere machines to harvest wheat.
ULF's grain production per hectare is now halfway between Ukraine averages and the high yields (产量) of the American Mid-west. But farming depends on the weather. Across the Black Sea region — in Ukraine, Russia and Kazakhstan — drought this year is pushing harvests down by fifteen to twenty percent.
Traditionally, the Black Sea region is the main source of wheat for North Africa and the Middle East. But this year, on the supply side, Russia may have to stop exports. And, on the demand side, Africa and the Middle East are now competing with China.
At the same time, a new report says large parts of Asia may face long periods of severe drought within ten years. It says northern China, India, Afghanistan, Mongolia and Pakistan will be especially hard hit.
语篇解读：本文是一篇说明文。美国是世界上最大的粮食出口国。但半个世纪以来，最严重的旱灾影响了玉米和小麦的收成。横跨美国中部的干旱，也平添了人们对于世界粮食供应和价格在未来几年内的关注。乌克兰是中国新的粮食供应国。
33．What can be inferred from Paragraph 3?
A．China only needs foreign corn and wheat.
B．All foreign countries are rich in corn and wheat.
C．China is investing in food production in foreign countries.
D．Foreign countries are mainly supplying food to China.
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据文章第三段中“China has invested in food production in Australia and New Zealand.A new source of supply is Ukraine.”即可分析，选项C正确。
34．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A．By 2050, the world population will grow bigger and richer.
B．ULF's equipment is largely from America.
C．ULF's grain production per hectare is below Ukraine averages.
D．Mongolia and Pakistan may struggle for food sources in the near future.
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第五段的“ULF's grain production per hectare is now halfway between Ukraine averages and the high yields (产量) of the American Mid-west.”可知ULF的粮食产量在乌克兰平均值和美国中西部产量之间，故C项表述有错误。根据第二段的“Experts say by 2050, ... feed a population growing bigger and richer.”可知A正确；根据第四段的“But the company's equipment is largely from America”可知B正确；根据最后一段可知Mongolia和Pakistan在未来十年会面临旱灾，粮食供应紧张，故D正确。
35．What does the passage mainly tell us?
A．China may look to Ukraine for food sources.
B．The drought will badly influence America's grain production.
C．The harvests in the Black Sea region are decreasing.
D．Asian countries may face long periods of drought in the future.
解析：选A 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了美国是世界上最大的粮食出口国，旱灾影响了玉米和小麦的收成，中国转向乌克兰寻求粮食供应，故A更能表达文章主要内容。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
How to Manage Your Time
Does it seem like you never have enough time and wonder where all your time goes? Do you know someone who usually gets work done before it is due? Maybe they use their time well. You can learn how to spend your time wisely, too. These steps may help you find that you have more time than you think!
__36__
Write down major due dates on your calendar. Estimate how long it will take to do each project. Allow yourself more time than you think you will really need.
Make a master schedule which should include the following activities.
—all required school activities
—work schedule
—after-school activities
—blank spaces for unknown activities
A master schedule can help you keep track of all the things that you need to do during the semester. If you know what you have to do and when you need to do it, you can prepare better to meet the deadlines.
__37__
Plan when to do all your tasks for the week. Schedule time to study for tests, read your textbooks, write papers, go to work, be at meetings. Leave enough time for your chores (零星琐事) and household duties.
__38__
Make a “to do” list the night before or the first thing in the morning. If you write down what you need to do, your mind will be free to study. You won't worry and spend time thinking about what you have to do next.
__39__
Use it for a few weeks, then ask yourself some questions. Are you getting your schoolwork done on time? Are you getting more things done? Do you feel you have control of your time?
Yes? Then your new schedule is working well.
No? Then you should look at your schedule to see how it can be improved.
__40__
Even a well-planned schedule can't help if you don't follow it.
It is very important to manage your time wisely.
As you get older, you will have more responsibilities.You will find it easier to succeed if you learn to manage your time well.
A．See how well your new schedule works.
B．Plan by the week.
C．Cut out wasted time.
D．Follow your schedule closely.
E．Plan by the semester.
F．Plan each day.
G．Learn how to save your time.
答案：36～40 EBFAD
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Are you happy? Do you remember a time when you were happy? Are you seeking happiness today?
Many people have __41__ a variety of sources for their feelings of happiness. Some have put their heart and effort into their work. Too many have turned to drugs and alcohol. Most of their efforts have a root in one common __42__. People are looking for a __43__ source of happiness.
Unfortunately, I believe that happiness escapes many people because they __44__ the process and journey of finding it. I have heard many people say that, “I'll be happy when I get my new promotion.”or “I'll be happy when I lose that __45__ 20 pounds.” The list goes on and on. You probably have a few of your own you could __46__ if you wanted.
This thinking is __47__ because it presupposes that happiness is a “response” to having, being or doing something. In life, we all __48__ stimulus and response. Stimulus is when a dog barks at you and bares his teeth. Response is when your heart beats faster, your palms get sweaty and you __49__ to run. Today, some people think that an expensive car is a stimulus. Happiness is a response. A great paying job is a stimulus. Happiness is a response. A loving relationship is a stimulus. Happiness is a response. This belief __50__ us thinking and feeling：“I'll be happy when ...”
It has been my finding that actually the __51__ is true. I believe that happiness is a stimulus and response is what life brings to those who are truly __52__. When we are happy, we __53__ to have more success in our work. When we are happy, people want to be around us and enjoy loving relationships. When we are happy, we more __54__ take better care of our bodies and enjoy good health. Happiness is NOT a response, but __55__， it is a stimulus. Happiness is a conscious __56__ we make every day of our lives. For unknown reasons to me, many choose to be painful, unsuccessful and angry most of the time. Happiness is __57__ something that happens to us after we get something we want — we usually get things we want __58__ we choose to be happy. I have made only one __59__ rule for my own happiness: Every day above ground is a good day. __60__， I tend to have a lot of good and happy days continually.
41．A.owned B．valued
C．ignored D．sought
解析：选D 许多人已经找到了各种各样让他们觉得快乐的源泉。sought在这里是seek的过去分词形式，表示“寻找，探索，寻求”。
42．A.sense B．fact
C．theory D．view
解析：选B 一些人全心全意投入工作。许多人求助于毒品和酒精。他们的努力大多根源于一个共同的事实。
43．A.lasting B．limited
C．reasonable D．real
解析：选A 从上下文可知这里表示“人们在寻找持久的快乐源泉”。
44．A.dislike B．mix
C．misunderstand D．miss
解析：选C 从句意“在我看来，不幸的是，快乐与很多人无缘，因为他们都误解了寻找快乐的方法和途径”可知这里表示“误解”。
45．A.valueless B．miserable
C．visible D．extra
解析：选D 表示某些人认为什么才是快乐，本句表示“我减掉多余的20磅就会快乐”。
46．A.add B．make
C．accept D．consider
解析：选A 本句表示“如果你愿意，你也许可以为自己添加上一些”。
47．A.interesting B．dangerous
C．incredible D．unreasonable
解析：选B 从语境“这样的想法是危险的，因为它假设幸福是对拥有、成为或者做到什么的一种‘反应’”可得出答案。
48．A.refuse B．receive
C．witness D．experience
解析：选D 本句表示“在生活中，我们都经历过刺激和反应”。
49．A.fear B．forget
C．prepare D．hesitate
解析：选C 从上下文知道这里表示“刺激是一条狗冲你狂吠并且露出它的犬牙；反应是你的心跳加速，手心冒汗，而且准备逃跑”。
50．A.stops B．suggests
C．leaves D．prevents
解析：选C 现今有些人认为：昂贵的汽车是刺激，快乐是反应；一份高薪的工作是刺激，快乐是反应；关爱是一种刺激，快乐是一种反应。这种观念让我们产生这样的想法和感觉：“当……时，我就会快乐”。
51．A.belief B．statement
C．idea D．opposite
解析：选D 然而我发现，事实上情况恰恰相反。所以用opposite。
52．A.honest B．happy
C．lucky D．wise
解析：选B 我相信幸福才是一种刺激，而反应则是生活对那些真正拥有幸福的人的馈赠。
53．A.tend B．mean
C．hope D．wish
解析：选A 当我们快乐的时候，我们在工作上更容易取得成功。tend to表示“趋
向”。
54．A.considerably B．consciously
C．naturally D．possibly
解析：选C 句意：当我们快乐的时候，我们自然会更爱护我们的身体，并拥有健康。considerably“相当地”；consciously“有意识地，自觉地”；naturally“自然地”；possibly“可能地”。
55．A.also B．though
C．even D．rather
解析：选D 快乐不是一种反应，相反，它是一种刺激。rather表示“相反，倒不如”。
56．A.decision B．judgement
C．choice D．conclusion
解析：选C 快乐是我们在生活中每一天所做的一种有意识的选择。
57．A.just B．not
C．perhaps D．almost
解析：选B 快乐不是我们得到自己想要的东西后才会出现的东西。
58．A.unless B．after
C．until D．before
解析：选B 从上句可以知道本句意思：通常是我们先选择使自己快乐，然后才会得到我们想要的东西。
59．A.simple B．strict
C．obvious D．acceptable
解析：选A 从语境可知这里表示我为自己的快乐制定了一个简单的法则。
60．A.However B．Finally
C．Fortunately D．Therefore
解析：选D 人生在世的每一天都是一个好日子。因此，我将拥有一个接一个的美好而且快乐的日子。
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
A teacher once told each of her students to bring a clear plastic bag and a large bag of potatoes to school. __61__ every person that the students refused to forgive in their life, they __62__(choose) a potato, wrote on __63__the name of that person and the date, and then put it in the plastic bag. Some of their bags were quite heavy.
They were then told to carry these bags with them everywhere for one week, __64__ (put) them beside their beds at night, on their car seats when driving, and next to their desks at work.
During this time, __65__ they carried the bags around with them, they realized what a weight they were carrying, and __66__they needed to pay attention all the time, so as not to forget them or leave them in __67__ (embarrass) places. Of course, the potatoes were becoming __68__ (rot), and smelled very bad.
This is the same as the price we pay for keeping our pain and __69__ (happy) with us! Forgiving others is not only a gift to them, but also a very good gift to __70__！
答案：61.For 62.chose 63.it 64.putting 65.as
66．how 67.embarrassing 68.rotten 69.unhappiness 70.ourselves
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
If someone asks you how you can make you always happy, you will perhaps find rather difficult to give him a proper answer. Did you remember the old saying “No human being can really happy who is not giving or trying to give happiness to others”？ If you always think of taking more from others and give them less, you won't be able to have happiness in your life even you are very rich. Here's a article for you. If each of you follow it, there will have all end of many sad days of yours. So you should learn to gave up your own interests when necessary to do so.
答案：第一句：always前面的you→yourself; rather前加it
第二句：Did→Do; happy前加be
第三句：give→giving; even后加if/though
第四句：a→an
第五句：follow→follows; have→be
第六句：gave→give
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
某英文报纸“健康生活”栏目正在讨论有关“健康食品、体育锻炼与少年儿童肥胖”的问题。假设你的同班同学李明从前由于不良饮食习惯而一度导致肥胖，最后通过控制饮食和锻炼身体而变得健康苗条。请以此为题材写一篇短文。
注意：1.词数100左右；
2．短文的开头已给出，但不计入总词数。
参考词汇：垃圾食品junk food 零食snacks
A healthy diet and regular exercise may help to prevent many children from being overweight. Take Li Ming for example.
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
A healthy diet and regular exercise may help to prevent many children from being overweight. Take Li Ming for example.
Li Ming used to be a healthy boy, but about a year ago, he formed the habit of eating a lot of junk food and snacks. Besides, he spent a lot of time lying in the sofa watching TV, and did little exercise. As a result, he put on so much weight that he found it difficult to climb the stairs.
So Li Ming decided to change his unhealthy lifestyle. He began to have a balanced, healthy diet. He also took part in various sports activities such as swimming, skating, running and playing basketball. Months later, Li Ming became as fit as before.
期末质量检测(二)
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
M: I had a really good holiday at my uncle's farm.
W: It was great to have a holiday like that! I spent my whole holiday studying at a piano school.
(Text 2)
W: I would like both a red and a black one of that coat. Here is my card.
M: Sorry, madam. We won't have the black one until tomorrow afternoon. Can you wait until the day after tomorrow?
(Text 3)
W: What did you tell Tom just now? He seems quiet.
M: I told him that if he could be kind to his parents, more people would like him.
(Text 4)
M: Jane, how can we keep in touch after you move to New York? Write to you, call you, or just chat on the Internet?
W: Don't worry. I have your e-mail address.
(Text 5)
M: I don't think it is a good idea to spend more time on English grammar.
W: I quite agree with you. We should spend more time reading and listening.
M: Yes, especially speaking.
1．Where did the woman spend her holiday?
A．At her uncle's house.
B．On her uncle's farm.
C．At a piano school.
2．When can the woman get the black coat?
A．Today.
B．Tomorrow afternoon.
C．The day after tomorrow.
3．What did the man tell Tom to do?
A．Keep quiet.
B．Be friendly to others.
C．Be kind to his parents.
4．How will the woman keep in touch with the man?
A．By sending e？mails.
B．By phoning each other.
C．By writing letters.
5．What does the woman mean?
A．She doesn't like English grammar.
B．More time should be spent in listening and reading.
C．They should spend more time on English grammar.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
W: Hello?
M: Oh, hello. I'm Robert Bush — John's friend from his company.
W: Ah, I've heard your name several times. We've been waiting for you. I'm Susan, John's wife.
M: I'm happy to meet you at last.
W: Glad to meet you, too. Oh, come in, please. John will be here in a minute. Oh, please excuse me. It's really hard to keep the house tidy with young children at home.
M: Don't worry about that. I'm used to it. I have a five-year-old son at home, too.
6．What do we know about the two speakers?
A．They've never met each other before.
B．They've known each other for years.
C．They both have several children.
7．Who is Susan?
A．Robert's wife. B．John's child.
C．John's wife.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
(Text 7)
W: Derrick, you should take a vacation to go back to your hometown. Even one or two days would be fine. Your parents miss you a lot.
M: There's no way. No one can do my work when I'm away.
W: But you haven't gone home for two years. You need a break!
M: I know. I might have the chance for a vacation if they would hire more people.
W: Why won't they hire more people?
M: They always want to cut down their costs. Sometimes I really want to quit.
W: Maybe you should talk to the manager.
M: Yes. I'm going to bring this up in tomorrow's meeting.
8．What does the man think about the possibility of taking a vacation?
A．No way. B．Quite possible.
C．Not mentioned.
9．Why should the man take a vacation?
A．He is very tired.
B．His parents miss him.
C．Someone else could do his work.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
M: Oh, I'm sure nobody can stand this kind of heat.
W: Yes, it's hot, so we'd better stay at home today.
M: Mum, you promised to take me to the zoo this afternoon, don't you remember?
W: Yes. But I said we would go if it was cool today. It's uncomfortable to go outside.
M: But I really want to go. Maybe we can take an umbrella or call a taxi.
W: OK.
M: Great! Where is Dad?
W: He may have gone to the bookstore or the city library.
M: Will he go with us?
W: Yes, he will be back before lunch. Then he can drive us to the zoo this afternoon.M: That's great!
10．What is the weather like today?
A．Hot. B．Fine.
C．Cool.
11．How will they get to the zoo?
A．By taxi. B．By car.
C．On foot.
12．What will the boy's father do in the afternoon?
A．Stay at home.
B．Go to the bookstore.
C．Go to the zoo.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W: You look so tired, Steve.
M: I've been ill for a few days.
W: What has been happening?
M: Well, I was feeling great on Saturday, but I started to feel sick on Sunday afternoon. I thought I'd get better, but I feel worse than before.
W: Have you seen a doctor yet?
M: Yes, I went to hospital on Monday.
W: What seems to be the problem?
M: Well, the doctor said it was just a bad cold. He gave me some medicine and told me to rest at home and drink more water. I have taken the medicine for three days but it doesn't seem to help.
W: Oh, forget about his medicine! Just try some of my mum's traditional Chinese medicine and you'll be fine in no time.
M: Really? Well, I'll try it.
W: I'll come with my mum to your place at 7：30 this evening.
M: Thank you! See you then.
13．When did the man see the doctor?
A．On Monday. B．On Saturday.C.On Sunday.
14．How long has the man taken the doctor's medicine?
A．For 2 days. B．For 3 days.
C．For 4 days.
15．What does the man think of the doctor's medicine?
A．It works very well.
B．It's just so？so.
C．It doesn't help.
16．What does the woman advise the man to do?
A．Visit her mother.
B．See the doctor again.
C．Have traditional Chinese medicine.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
China is a very large country and there are many places to see there. Generally speaking, travel to China is possible all year round, as long as you're well prepared. Hong Kong is the best choice early in spring. You also need to bring some warm clothes although its average temperature is around 20℃. It is hot and rainy from April to September. In Tibet you can easily experience all four seasons in one day. Temperatures can change from below zero to 38℃. The best time to go to Tibet is from July to September. This is the time because it has many festivals. Northern China is hot and largely dry in summer, especially in the northwest. Beijing is also uncomfortable. In my opinion, the best season to visit Beijing is probably autumn. Summer is considered to be the busiest tourist season, when hotels raise their prices. The autumn months of September to November have the best weather with fewer tourists. Spring is less pleasant — not many tourists, but lots of wind and dust.
17．What do you need to do to travel in Hong Kong in early spring?
A．Know something about the festivals there.
B．Take some warm clothes.
C．Book a hotel room early.
18．What is the best time to visit Tibet?
A．September. B．October.
C．May.
19．What does the speaker say about Beijing?
A．The winter is dry.
B．Spring is not so pleasant.
C．The hotel prices are high in autumn.
20．Which does the speaker think is the best season to visit Beijing?
A．Spring. B．Summer.
C．Autumn.
答案：1～5 CCCAB 6～10 ACABA
11～15 BCABC 16～20 CBABC
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
After 60 years, a postcard finally found its way to the correct address, although not the recipients (收件人) who were supposed to receive it.The postcard was sent on July 4, 1943 to Pauline and Theresa Leisenring of Elmira, New York. It was mailed by their parents, who were visiting their brother at Camp Grant in Illinois.
The card read, “Dear Pauline and Theresa, we arrived safe and had a good trip, but we were tired. We all went out to dinner today (Sunday). Now we are in the park. Geo has to go back to Grant at 12 o'clock tonight. Do not see much of him. We are going to make pancakes for Geo for supper tonight. See you soon. Mother, Dad.”
Unfortunately, the two Leisenring sisters died decades ago. However, at their old house in Elmira live two young girls from a different family — Hannah and Madie Podgorny. Hannah, a seventh grader, said that she planned to use the postcard as part of her history project, which was arranged by her history teacher.
The girls' mother Laura Rundell said, “It was sent in very good condition. We really couldn't believe our eyes. It's a treasure that just showed up in the mailbox with our address on it.”
The Internet is full of stories about letters that arrived decades late. And it's not always the oft-mocked (受尽嘲讽的) USPS who took its sweet old time. A few years ago, a woman in England received a party RSVP from a man who sent it back in 1919. The note read, “Dear Percy, many thanks for the invitation. See you on the 26th December. Regards Buffy.” Though it came late, Percy at least got the thank-you note.
21．What do we know about the postcard?
A．It was sent from a brother to his two sisters.
B．The sender wrote the wrong address on it.
C．It had been sent to several families.
D．A couple sent it to their two daughters.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的“The postcard was ...New York. It was mailed by their parents”可知明信片是由一对夫妻寄给他们的两个女儿的。
22．What did Hannah decide to do with the postcard after she received it?
A．She decided to make use of it for her schoolwork.
B．She decided to find the people to whom it belonged.
C．She decided to send it back to the USPS.
D．She decided to use it to study the Leisenrings' personal life.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据文章第三段的“Hannah, a seventh grader, said ...which was arranged by her history teacher.”可知，Hannah想把这张明信片用到历史作业中去。
23．What Laura Rundell said in Paragraph 4 shows they were ________.
A．angry B．moved
C．shocked D．interested
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据文章第四段的“We really couldn't ...our address on it.”可推断那一家人收到这张明信片时非常惊讶。
24．What would be the best title for the passage?
A．USPS sent a postcard to a wrong address
B．A postcard sent in 1943 finally arrived
C．Two young girls discovered a great treasure
D．A postcard was sent to dead people
解析：选B 标题归纳题。通读全文可知，文章主要讲述一张明信片在被寄出60年后终于到达了收信地址。
B
Here's something you don't see every day — a runaway horse and zebra on the street of Staten Island. The two escaped from a petting zoo, where they had perhaps got tired of too many unpleasant children before running away.
When they were running in the Travis neighborhood on Wednesday morning, they were filmed (拍摄) by Zachary Osher.He is the owner of Metropolitan Drape and Blind.Osher shared his video with the Staten Island Advocate.
The witness watched the unusual event accidentally, first spotting the odd couple out the window of his store at 9：20 am.He ran outside with his phone to get a picture.He told Yahoo News on the phone, “The horse was leading the zebra. Everywhere the horse would turn, the zebra would follow.” Osher was amazed at the sight, saying, “I couldn't figure out what it was — a zebra. A horse maybe, but a zebra？Where did the zebra come from？” He added that he only learned later from reporters that a petting zoo was nearby.
The pair ran around in the parking lot, running back toward Osher, which was when he got his chance to film them with his digital camera.Osher added that he tried to stop them so they wouldn't run into the street, but they did so anyway, and narrowly missed being hit by a car. Far behind them were two men in blue jump suits and hats and they were trying to get them.
The story ends with the safe capture of the two escapees, who were returned to the petting zoo up the street, according to the New York Times.Undoubtedly, the two fleet-footed trouble-makers are planning their next adventure.
语篇解读：一匹马和一匹斑马从动物园里跑了出来，在街上横冲直撞，引起了人们的围观。
25．The writer thinks that the horse and the zebra escaped probably because________.
A．they were treated badly by workers in the petting zoo
B．they were interested in the life outside the petting zoo
C．they could no longer stand the unpleasant children
D．they could no longer bear the hard work in the petting zoo
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的“The two escaped from ...children before running away.”可知，一匹斑马和一匹马跑出来可能是因为无法忍受淘气的孩子们。
26．How did Zachary Osher feel when he saw the zebra?
A．Shocked. B．Frightened.
C．Touched. D．Sad.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据文章第三段的“Osher was amazed at the sight, ...but a zebra？Where did the zebra come from？”可知Osher看到斑马在街上跑很惊讶。
27．Which of the following statements is TRUE according to Paragraph 4?
A．Osher drove the horse and the zebra to the street.
B．The horse and the zebra were almost hit by a car.
C．Osher didn't follow the horse or the zebra to the street.
D．Nobody tried to catch the horse and the zebra on the street.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第四段的“but they did so anyway, and narrowly missed being hit by a car”可知，斑马和马差点被一辆小汽车撞了。
28．What would be the best title for the passage?
A．A horse and a zebra caused a car accident
B．A horse and a zebra took a walk on the street
C．A horse and a zebra escaped from a petting zoo
D．A horse and a zebra were sent to a petting zoo
解析：选C 标题归纳题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了一匹马和一匹斑马从动物园跑了出来。
C
“You care for nothing but shooting dogs, and rat-catching. You will shame yourself and all your family，” Darwin's father once said to him.
Most people know that Charles Darwin was the father of evolutionary biology (进化生物学). However, what is not widely known is what sort of person he was.
In his autobiography (自传), Darwin described himself as a rather “naughty” child. He stole fruit from the trees on the side of his parents' house, made up wild stories, and tried to be the centre of attention in the family.
Even worse, it seemed that Charles Darwin was a lazy young man and a slow learner at grammar school. He was a rather shy student, but he did take great pleasure in showing off his athletic skills to the other schoolboys. It is not known how well Darwin did at school, but we could say that he was likely to be an unremarkable student.
When Darwin was nine years old, his father sent him to a boy's boarding school. At this school, Darwin learned classics, ancient history, and Greek, all of which he found boring. He was not inspired much by his schooling. He found his only pleasure there was reading Shakespeare's historical plays, the poems of Byron, Scott, and Thomson. His increased interest in natural science was encouraged by events outside his formal education.
As Darwin grew older, collecting became his major hobby. It became very clear that Darwin was not taking his studies seriously.
29．What is this passage mainly about?
A．What kind of bad habits Darwin had.
B．Why Darwin cared for nothing but animals.
C．What Darwin's childhood and school years were like.
D．What made Darwin the father of evolutionary biology.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了达尔文的童年以及他在学校的表现。
30．We can infer from Paragraph 1 that when Darwin was a child, his father thought he ________.
A．was not an ordinary child
B．would become a great man
C．cared about nothing at all
D．wouldn't achieve anything
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据第一段中达尔文的父亲对达尔文说的话不难推断，父亲认为达尔文长大后会一事无成，会使达尔文自己和家庭都蒙羞。
31．By mentioning that Darwin made up wild stories, the author probably wants to show Darwin ________.
A．had a gift for language
B．was a very good storyteller
C．liked to be the centre of attention
D．was “naughty” when he was a child
解析：选D 推理判断题。第三段第一句达尔文在他的自传里说自己是个非常“调皮”的孩子。作者在下文举了几个例子，就是为了证明达尔文所说的这个观点。
32．The underlined word “unremarkable” in Paragraph 4 probably means “________”．
A．ordinary B．honest
C．able D．ugly
解析：选A 词义猜测题。根据第四段可推知，达尔文小时候在学校并不是个出类拔萃的学生， 很可能只是一名普通的学生，故unremarkable与ordinary的意思相近。
D
As a 50th birthday present to herself, Belva Davis bought her first home in the 72-block East English Village, ten miles east of downtown Detroit. “It is like where I was growing up，” says Davis, who moved there from a rental apartment in inner-city Detroit.
Two years after moving in, the 52-year-old woman lost her job and fell $18,000 behind on her mortgage (按揭贷款). Even after she found full-time work again, her mortgage lender still asked her to move out.
Detroit's economic (经济的) problems had hit East English Village hard; every month, 5 to 10 percent of the homes there sat empty. At one neighborhood association meeting, Davis said, “I want to stay in my home, but the mortgage company isn't listening to me. Would you be willing to protest (抗议)？”
For many longtime residents (居民), it was what they had been waiting for. “We were just so glad someone was willing to stand up to what was happening to our neighborhood，” says neighbor Nancy Brigham. She and a handful of other residents helped Davis organize a series of protests. They gave away papers in the area and convinced the local newspaper and television station to cover the events.
But the bank didn't change its mind. In fall 2009, Davis made a final push, asking neighbors to flood the bank president with e-mails and phone calls. On a sunny September Saturday, a few dozen of Davis's supporters gathered in front of a local bank, shouting, “Let Belva stay! She's not going away！” At last, Davis got a phone call. The bank would change her mortgage. She would get to keep her home. “I'm just glad I live in the type of neighborhood where people help each other，” says Davis.
These days, Davis spends more time organizing the neighborhood book club than protests. But she says, “If anyone needs my help to protect their homes, I'm all for it.”
33．What do we know about Davis's neighbors?
A．They're poor. B．They're busy.
C．They're helpful. D．They're lazy.
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第四段中的“She and a handful of other residents helped Davis organize a series of protests.”及第五段中的“I'm just glad I live in the type of neighborhood where people help each other.”等信息可知，邻居们都积极帮助她。
34．We can learn from the text that Davis ________.
A．didn't have her own house before moving into East English Village
B．went to every house to convince the neighbors to help her
C．doesn't live in East English Village now
D．still doesn't have a job now
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“bought her first home”及“moved there from a rental apartment in inner city Detroit”等信息可知，Davis以前都是租房子住。
35．Which of the following can be the best title of the text?
A．Battle against the Bank
B．Peace Talks Fail
C．Economic Problems Continue
D．Protests Spread
解析：选A 标题归纳题。文章主要讲述了Davis跟银行抗争的起因、经过和结果。故A选项最适合。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Maybe you are an average student.You probably think you will never be a top student.This is not necessary so, however. __36__ Here's how：
Plan your time carefully.When planning your work, you should make a list of things that you have to do.After making this list, you should make a schedule of your time.First your time for eating, sleeping, dressing, etc.Then decide a good, regular time for studying. __37__ A weekly schedule may not solve all your problems, but it will force you to realize what is happening to your time.
Find a good place to study.Look around the house for a good study area.Keep this space, which may be a desk or simply a corner of your room, free of everything but study materials.No games, radios, or television.When you sit down to study, concentrate on the subject.
Make good use of your time in class. __38__ Listening carefully in class means less work later.Taking notes will help you remember what the teacher says.
Study regularly.When you get home from school, go over your notes, review the important points that your teacher is going to discuss the next day and read that material. __39__ If you do these things regularly, the material will become more meaningful, and you'll remember it longer.
Develop a good attitude towards tests. __40__They help you remember your new knowledge.The world won't end if you don't pass a test, so don't be over worried.There are other methods that might help you with your studying.You will probably discover many others after you have tried these.
A．The purpose of a test is to show what you have learned.
B．Don't forget to set aside enough time for entertainment.
C．Take advantage of class time to listen to everything the teacher says.
D．No one can become a top student unless he or she works hard.
E．Anyone can become a better student if he or she wants to.
F．Remember to take notes of what the teacher says in class.
G．This will help you understand the next class.
答案：36～40 EBCGA
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
My friend Jenny, from Germany, loved India. Every year she __41__ some time traveling in the country. While there, she made good __42__ with Leela, who was a native Indian.
Apart from the troubles that she got as a __43__， Jenny always had language problems. It was so difficult for her to __44__ conveniently in this new environment, which had so many __45__ from her own country.
One day, a __46__ thing happened. Along with Leela, she went to __47__ an orphanage (孤儿院). All the children there were __48__. Each one fell somewhere between the ages of fifteen days and one-and-a-half years old. After some hesitation, Jenny __49__ went to the kids and sat beside them.
Just at that time, one of the kids __50__ at her. Her mind relaxed a little, and she was __51__ towards that child. She gently held the child and started singing a song in __52__. The small child continued to smile and started __53__ after her. The words that escaped the little mouth were much different from Jenny's mother tongue, __54__ the rhythm (节奏) was the same. Jenny sang a little more and the child repeated it again. On and on they went.
Wanting to __55__ the fun, some kids went up to Jenny and started singing the rhyme. They __56__ the happiness and laughter together. Noticing Leela's eyes on her, she gave a voice from her heart, “See, I don't have __57__ problems here. We speak and we communicate！” And she __58__ with her song as if not to disrupt (打断) the child's smile.
That day, it was amazing for Leela and the others to see such a heartwarming __59__. In that moment, she understood: we're all humans, and we have the __60__ to connect with each other. It's simple and comes from deep inside.
语篇解读：来自德国的Jenny很喜欢印度，所以她每年都花些时间在印度旅行。语言不通是她和当地人交流的最大障碍，然而在孤儿院中奇怪的事情发生了：她竟然和一群孩子共同歌唱，分享着彼此的快乐。
41．A.imagined B．wasted
C．spent D．lost
解析：选C 来自德国的Jenny很喜欢印度，所以每年都“花些时间”在印度旅行。
42．A.benefits B．decisions
C．friends D．things
解析：选C 根据下文Leela陪Jenny去孤儿院看望孩子们可知，在印度的时候，Jenny和一个印度女孩Leela成为了“好朋友”。
43．A.woman B．teacher
C．writer D．foreigner
解析：选D Jenny是德国人，故在印度她是个“外国人”，常会有这样或那样的麻烦。
44．A.survive B．communicate
C．argue D．perform
解析：选B 根据前句话“Jenny always had language problems”可知，在新环境中她很难和印度人方便地“交流”。
45．A.words B．memories
C．signs D．differences
解析：选D 由“... this new environment”可知，印度和德国有很多的“不同”。
46．A.strange B．wrong
C．modern D．true
解析：选A 根据上下文的语境可知，原本Jenny在印度有语言障碍，而在孤儿院中她竟和语言不通的孩子们过得很愉快。故此处是说“奇怪的”事情发生了。
47．A.visit B．build
C．buy D．repair
解析：选A 这里说的是Leela陪Jenny去“拜访”了一家孤儿院。
48．A.dirty B．naughty
C．clever D．tiny
解析：选D 由后一句话“Each one fell somewhere between the ages of fifteen days and one-and-a-half years old”可知，这里的孩子年龄都很“小”。
49．A.thankfully B．certainly
C．slowly D．coldly
解析：选C Jenny自知有交流的障碍肯定很拘谨；又根据“After some hesitation”可知，Jenny很小心，故此处应用slowly。
50．A.shouted B．smiled
C．pointed D．laughed
解析：选B 根据“Her mind relaxed a little”和“The small child continued to smile”可知，在那时有个孩子对Jenny“笑”了。
51．A.locked B．drawn
C．controlled D．stopped
解析：选B 有孩子对Jenny笑所以她被他“吸引”了过去，并轻轻地抱起他。
52．A.German B．Indian
C．English D．Chinese
解析：选A 由下文“The words that escaped the little mouth were much different from Jenny's mother tongue”可知，Jenny唱歌用的是自己国家的语言“德语”。
53．A.crying B．running
C．repeating D．lying
解析：选C 那个孩子继续微笑，还跟着Jenny哼起歌来。repeat“重复”。
54．A.so B．but
C．and D．because
解析：选B 根据“different”和“same”的对比可知，此处是转折关系。他们唱的歌词不同，但是节奏旋律一致。
55．A.join in B．cut in
C．put in D．take in
解析：选A join in“参加，加入”。由后面内容“some kids went up to Jenny and started singing the rhyme”可知，更多的孩子想“加入”到他们的唱歌中来。
56．A.expected B．shared
C．taught D．minded
解析：选B Jenny和孩子们一起“分享”快乐和欢笑。
57．A.work B．money
C．language D．spirit
解析：选C Jenny能在语言不通的情况下和孩子们共同歌唱，故此处说“我们”没有“语言”障碍了。
58．A.succeeded B．ended
C．struggled D．continued
解析：选D 根据后面“as if not to disrupt (打断) the child's smile”可知， 她“继续”唱着歌为的是不打断孩子的微笑。
59．A.speech B．show
C．exam D．connection
解析：选D 句意：那天，这种暖人心房的交流让Leela和其他所有人感到震惊。根据下文“and we have the ________ to connect with each other”可知答案应为connection。
60．A.ability B．trick
C．joke D．pain
解析：选A 我们都是人类，有“能力”彼此间进行交流，这很简单而且是发自内心深处的。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
There was no one quite like my father. When any other man had an extra dollar, he bought a drink; when Father had an extra dollar, he bought a book. Other people had pictures on their walls, or at least a calendar; we had books, 3,000 of them, __61__ (line) every surface of our little four-room house __62__ every subject. Father was the __63__ (much) persistent (固执的) scholar I ever knew. Every summer he took a month or so off to attend classes. Eventually, he earned seven degrees, attended 11 different colleges and universities. My sister and I were the immediate beneficiaries of Father's insatiable (不能满足的) __64__ (hungry) to learn.
Before I was three, my father was reading aloud to me. Thereafter, I read aloud to him so he'd work on my __65__ (pronounce). By the time I was in the fifth grade, I'd recite __66__ classical literature to poetry and had to be prepared to do __67__. Then Father would warn me by quoting a saying from Shakespeare, “__68__ all the year were playing holidays, to sport would be as tedious (乏味的) as to work.” Obviously, his efforts weren't entirely __69__ vain, for my voice has enabled me to earn a fair livelihood. But that fact doesn't begin to define the enormous debt __70__ I owe my father.
答案：61.lining 62.on 63.most 64.hunger
65．pronunciation 66.from 67.so 68.If 69.in
70．that
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Last Tuesday Dan Robinson received the letter from the local police. In the letter she was asked to call at the station. Dan wondered what he was wanted by the police, but he went to the station yesterday and now he was not worried any more. At the station, he was told by a smiled policeman that his bicycle had found. The bicycle was picked up in a small village four hundred mile away. It is now being sent to his home by the train. Dan was mostly surprised when he heard the news, because he never expected the bicycle to be found. It was stolen twenty years ago that Dan was a boy of fifteen!
答案：第一句：第一个the→a
第二句：she→he
第三句：what→why; 第二个was→is
第四句：smiled→smiling; found前加been
第五句：mile→miles
第六句：去掉the
第七句：mostly→most
第八句：that→when
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
假设你叫李华，最近你们学校附近拟建一座水泥厂(cement factory)，如果建成，将会给学生的生活带来很大的影响。请你给市长(Mayor)写一封信，反映这一问题，并请求给予答复。
注意：1.词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
Dear Mayor，
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Yours，
Li Hua
参考范文：
Dear Mayor，
I heard a cement factory will be built near our school. Once completed, it will have a bad effect on our life. So we are strongly against building the factory here.
As we know, when the factory is completed, it will affect our life in many aspects. First, it will cause a lot of noise. We are students, so we need a quiet environment to concentrate on our studies. Second, the air will be seriously polluted, which will directly impact on our health.Third, there will be many trucks carrying cement here, which will be likely dangerous to us students. We suggest the factory should be built in another place, and we hope you can consider our proposal.
I'm looking forward to your reply.
Yours，
Li Hua
Unit 1课时跟踪检测（一） Warming Up & Reading — Language Points
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Before you leave the office, everything should be put in place.
2．These countries are the ones that have small population.
3．They tried to dress him up as a “national hero”．
4．Tom was a boy full of energy (energetic) and he did everything well.
5．The homeless children were starving for safety and love.
6．We are looking forward to seeing (see) each other soon.
7．It looks as though our team is going to win.
8．They went out with the door closed (close)．
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．He speaks English as_though/if_he_were_an_Englishman (好像一个英国人一样)．
2．Now the water in the well of our village is not_fit_to_drink (不适宜饮用了)．
3．A celebration was held in_memory_of_the_famous_writer (为了纪念这位著名的作家)．
4．At the Spring Festival, people love to get together to eat, drink and have_fun_with_each_other (彼此都玩得很开心)．
5．Thousands of fans gathered_at_the_airport (聚集在飞机场) waiting to see the famous actress.
6．We dressed_up (盛装打扮) for the school ball on Christmas Day.
7．He won_the_first_award (赢得一等奖) of the spoken English contest last week.
8．We are all looking_forward_to_our_holiday (盼望着我们的假期)．
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
Around the world there are some festivals that for some of us may sound bizarre.
In England they celebrate the rolling cheese race, which occurs every year during the last Monday in May.This festival's characteristic is a contest where an official rolls cheese down a steep hill and festival-goers go chasing after it.The winner is the first one to reach and catch the cheese.
Another festival celebrated in England is the world championship of grimaces (鬼脸)．It is a celebration that dates back to 1297 and is celebrated during the month of September.The task is to perform the best grimace using anything you can to win.
The worldwide championship of wife lifting is celebrated in Finland.The game is based on Viking traditions where a man should carry away his neighbour's wife.According to the rules, any woman above 17 is considered as a wife, so if you are within this age, take care while visiting this country during the month of July.
Many of you have watched Pirates of the Caribbean and have known something about pirates.The 19th of September has been declared worldwide as the day to talk like a pirate.Plenty of people have celebrated it thanks to the publicity (宣传) on the Internet.
First staged in 1998, the Boryeong Mud Festival is an attraction that pulls more than a million visitors to the South Korean city.As you all know, the town is said to be rich in minerals, so there is no shortage of mud.Mud is trucked onto Daecheon Beach for tourists and locals to enjoy the festival to their best.
The Monkey Buffet Festival is held in Thailand to develop tourism.It's an annual feast held for about 600 monkeys.The Monkey Buffet Festival is held in honor of the Hindu gods Ram and Hanuman and involves 3,000 kilograms of vegetables and fruits being laid out for monkeys to stuff themselves.
1．What does the underlined word “bizarre” in Paragraph 1 probably mean?
A．Dangerous. B．Strange.
C．Scary. D．Familiar.
解析：选B 词义猜测题。根据对那些节日的描述，可知它们都是一些不同寻常、怪异的节日，故选B。
2．If a participant wants to win in the rolling cheese race, he/she should ________.
A．roll as much cheese down the hill as possible
B．find the largest piece of cheese rolling downhill
C．perform the best grimace when chasing the cheese
D．be the first one to catch the cheese rolling downhill
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第二段的“The winner is the first one to reach and catch the cheese.”可知应选D。
3．According to the writer, a girl above 17 should be careful when enjoying ________.
A．the worldwide championship of wife lifting
B．the world championship of grimaces
C．the Boryeong Mud Festival
D．the Monkey Buffet Festival
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第四段的“According to the rules, any woman above 17 is considered as a wife, so if you are within this age, take care while visiting this country during the month of July.”可知应选A。
4．Which of the following pictures shows the festival in honour of the Hindu gods Ram and Hanuman?
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据末段的“The Monkey Buffet Festival is held in honor of the Hindu gods Ram and Hanuman”可知应选A。
B
Thanksgiving is an important festival in North America.We interviewed several students from the US and Canada.Here is what they have told us about their Thanksgiving experiences.
Josie from New York, USA
“In America, Thanksgiving is celebrated every year at the end of November.It is to remember the first group of people from Europe to live in America.When they first arrived, they found the environment strange.But they learned to survive after some native American friends showed them how to grow and find food.Thanksgiving is meant to be a traditional celebration.”
Todd from California, USA
“Thanksgiving is the first day of Christmas shopping.That means we have four weeks to buy Christmas presents for our families and friends.For me and my friends, the most important part of the festival is the big football game on TV.The match is watched by millions of people all over America.Thanksgiving is seen as an exciting day for football！”
Ian from Saskatoon, Canada
“In Canada, Thanksgiving is held on the second Monday in October.On the Sunday before Thanksgiving Day, many people go to church.Thanks is given for all the good things that happened to them during the year.I always give thanks for the nice big turkey I'm going to have at the family dinner! Like all festivals, Thanksgiving is about food！”
Katie from Maritimes, Canada
“On Thanksgiving Day, we have dinner with all our cousins, aunts and uncles.It is always very busy.Sometimes we have two Thanksgiving dinners because we go to both our grandparents' houses.The dinner is usually attended by more than twenty people at each house! My mother and my aunts do all the cooking but the washing-up is done by me and my cousins.And that's not an easy job! But I don't mind because Thanksgiving is meant to be a time to give thanks.”
语篇解读：本文是一篇应用文，主要讲的是美国和加拿大的一些学生在感恩节的不同经历。
5．People in the USA and Canada ________.
A．all have the same opinion of Thanksgiving
B．have different opinions of Thanksgiving
C．feel that Thanksgiving is about food
D．have no interest in Thanksgiving
解析：选B 推理判断题。从所采访的四个学生的内容可知，美国人和加拿大人对感恩节持不同的观点和看法，所以答案选B项。
6．When is Thanksgiving celebrated every year in Canada?
A．On the second Monday in October.
B．On the second Monday in November.
C．At the end of October.
D．At the end of November.
解析：选A 细节理解题。从第三个采访“Ian from Saskatoon, Canada”中的“In Canada, Thanksgiving is held on the second Monday in October.”可知，答案为A。
7．Where does the person who thinks that Thanksgiving is a traditional celebration come from?
A．New York. B．California.
C．Saskatoon. D．Maritimes.
解析：选A 细节理解题。从第一个采访“Josie from New York, USA”中的“Thanksgiving is meant to be a traditional celebration.”可知，答案选A项。
8．What is the main idea of this passage?
A．Students learn to give thanks on Thanksgiving.
B．Many students like spending Thanksgiving at home.
C．Students have different experiences on Thanksgiving.
D．Thanksgiving is an important festival in North America.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。本文主要讲的是美国和加拿大的一些学生在感恩节不同的经历，所以答案选C项。
Ⅳ.语法填空
Assistant: Can I help you?
Tom: Yes.I'd like to look for some articles that are in the library for psychology 311．
Assistant: Professor Gilers' class?
Tom: That's __1__.How could you know?
Assistant：You are not the __2__ (one) person who was coming and asking for these articles.
Tom: Well, as I haven't read any of them yet, it doesn't really matter __3___ one you give me first.
Assistant: I'm afraid I can't give you any of them at the moment. They've all been checked out.
Tom: You're kidding. __4__ of them?
Assistant: Yes, all were out last month.I've asked Professor Gilers' twice already to bring in additional copies of the articles, but no sooner do I place them on the shelves __5__ they are gone. See that girl in the black sweater? She __6__ (wait) for half an hour for these same articles __7__ (return)．
Tom: __8__ (actual) I am hoping to read some this afternoon.
Assistant: I'm sorry, __9__ all I can suggest is that you come in first tomorrow morning and __10__ (try) again.We open at eight.
答案：1．right/true/correct 2.first 3.which
4．All 5.than 6.has been waiting/has waited
7．to be returned 8.Actually 9.but 10.try
Unit 1课时跟踪检测（二） Learning about Language & Using Language
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．What a fool you were!
2．While in prison, he wrote his first novel.
3．The children gathered in the garden to set the fireworks off.
4．You promised to take the children camping, so you must keep your word.
5．Mary, I reminded John of his promise to help you.
6．I always hold the belief (believe) that he is an honest fellow.
7．He promised to come at seven，but he has not turned up yet.
8．It is obvious that light travels in straight lines.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．He lost all his families in the earthquake, and since then he has_drowned_his
sorrows_in_drink (借酒消愁)．
2．You should apologize_to_me (向我道歉) for reading my letter.
3．If you promise to do something, you must keep_your_word (遵守诺言)．
4．My teacher often reminds_me_to_pay_attention_to (提醒我注意)my handwriting.
5．Please forgive_him_for (宽恕他) his being rude.After all, he is only a child.
6．For the health of other people, you are_not_permitted_to_smoke (不许吸烟) here.
Ⅲ.完形填空
As a young boy, my family was very poor.I would often help do something for the neighbors to __1__ a little pocket money.
One day I __2__ on the door of an elderly woman and asked __3__ she needed me to clean the yard.She asked why I was not in __4__ and I showed her my worn __5__， which no longer kept me warm.She __6__ me to work in the yard.When I finished, she looked at me and said, “I suppose you want to be __7__ now.” She then __8__ a jar filled with dollar bills and said, “I'm glad you've done a __9__ job today but that is not something you should be doing again. I want you to __10__ new clothes and get back to school.I also want you to come back to __11__ me with your report card and I will __12__ you when I see you have worked hard and have some good __13__.Now reach out your little hands and take out as much __14__ as you can.”
I put my hands in the jar and __15__ so much money that it was __16__ for me to buy what I badly needed.Later, I returned several times to see the woman and she did just as she __17__.She looked at my report card and gave me a handful of dollars and some delicious food every time I __18__ her that I had an “A”．
I was twelve years old when I moved from that neighborhood.I will never forget the huge __19__ this wonderful lady made over my life with her __20__.This is something I hope to do myself in this lifetime over and over again.
语篇解读：心地善良的老太太看到年幼的作者因贫穷而失学时，尽力资助他，这让作者十分感动，并决心把这份爱传递下去。
1．A.save B．give
C．earn D．change
解析：选C 根据第一段的“As a young boy, my family was very poor.”可知作者帮助别人干活的目的是赚钱。
2．A.turned B．knocked
C．worked D．looked
解析：选B
3．A.how B．when
C．why D．if
解析：选D 作者敲开一位老太太的门问她是否需要打扫院子。
4．A.school B．time
C．trouble D．bed
解析：选A 根据下文的 “...and get back to school”可知老太太问作者为什么不去学校。
5．A.bag B．carpet
C．coat D．sofa
解析：选C 根据下文的“which no longer kept me warm”可知作者给老太太看他的破烂的外套。
6．A.allowed B．forced
C．helped D．stopped
解析：选A 根据下文的“When I finished, she looked at me and said”可知老太太允许作者在院子里劳动。
7．A.punished B．tested
C．praised D．paid
解析：选D 由下文“a jar filled with dollar bills”可知作者冒昧地敲开老太太的门来帮她干活，所以老太太要回报作者了。
8．A.set up B．took out
C．talked about D．put away
解析：选B 老太太拿出一个装满钱的罐子(来给作者付工资)。
9．A.boring B．new
C．fine D．terrible
解析：选C 根据上文的“I'm glad ...”可知作者的工作做得很好。
10．A.keep B．buy
C．remove D．make
解析：选B 由上文作者破烂的衣服可知老太太让他买衣服然后去上学。
11．A.visit B．forgive
C．welcome D．serve
解析：选A 根据下文的“I returned several times to see the woman”可知，老太太让作者带成绩单来看她。
12．A.recognize B．reward
C．understand D．protect
解析：选B
13．A.goals B．stories
C．marks D．ideas
解析：选C 根据下文的“She looked at my report card and gave me a handful of dollars and some delicious food every time ...”可知，老太太许诺看到作者的好成绩会给他以奖励。
14．A.room B．money
C．food D．time
解析：选B 根据下文的“...to buy what I badly needed”可知，老太太让作者伸手去拿尽可能多的钱。
15．A.grabbed B．lost
C．borrowed D．charged
解析：选A 根据上文的“...take out as much ...”可知作者抓了一大把钱。
16．A.rare B．enough
C．simple D．special
解析：选B 根据上文的“...so much money”可知，这钱足够作者买他很需要的东西。
17．A.promised B．discovered
C．knew D．admitted
解析：选A 根据下文的“She looked at my report card and gave me a handful of dollars and some delicious food ...”可知，老太太按她的承诺每次见到作者拿着“A”的成绩单时，都会给作者一些钱和好吃的东西。
18．A.asked B．required
C．showed D．wrote
解析：选C 作者每次给老太太看他的好成绩时，她都会给作者以奖励。此处与上文的“when I see you have worked hard and have some good marks”相呼应。
19．A.decision B．progress
C．mistake D．difference
解析：选D make a huge difference “产生巨大的影响”。
20．A.courage B．kindness
C．honesty D．happiness
解析：选B 根据下文的“This is something I hope to do myself in this lifetime over and over again”可知，作者不会忘记老太太的仁慈对自己一生所产生的影响。
Ⅳ.任务型阅读
For over one hundred and fifty years, Americans of all social classes have worn blue jeans.__1__ Whether they are worn for work or for fashion today, Strauss' invention continues to be popular not only among Americans but also among people around the world.
Levi Strauss was born in Germany in 1829.__2__ He grew up in Kentucky before moving to New York in 1847.Before becoming an American citizen and moving to the West in 1853, Strauss worked in his brother's dry goods business.This gave him a chance to produce his famous invention.After the gold rush of 1949, Strauss decided to move to the West to seek his fortunes.
Strauss did not want to be a person who searched an area for minerals.Instead, he knew he could make a good living by selling supplies to the miners.At first, he planned to sell sewing supplies and cloth.__3__ When he heard miners complaining that their clothes were easily broken or they usually tore their pockets during mining, he decided to use a special fabric (纤维) to make pants for the miners.These pants proved so popular that he quickly ran out of materials to make more.
In 1873, Strauss received a letter from a Jewish tailor named Jacob Davis who had invented a process of connecting pockets with copper rivets (铆钉)．This made the pants last a long time.Because Davis did not have the money to patent his idea, he offered to share it with Strauss if Strauss would agree to pay for the patent.__4__.
By the time Strauss died in 1902, he had made a great contribution to American fashion.__5__ The business has been growing ever since and Levi Strauss' company is now one of the largest clothing companies in the world.
A．As a young boy, he moved with his family to the United States.
B．Nobody knew what kind of material was suitable.
C．Strauss agreed and Levi jeans have been made with metal rivets ever since.
D．However, he did not get much business for those products.
E．Besides, he also made a great contribution to America's clothing industry.
F．Since they were invented by Levi Strauss, they have become a symbol of American consumer culture.
G．As the business grew, Strauss got much money from it.
答案：1～5 FADCE
Ⅴ.短文改错
Dear Sir，
How are you？As a exchange student, I am writing to tell you I would prefer to move into a single room in the next term, as I find it inconvenient to share a room with others.My roommate often held parties at night, made much noise.Besides, his friends are always visiting him, that disturbs me a lot.So I hope to draw your attentions to this problem.If you think in my position, I am sure he will agree that the only solution for me is get a room of my own, one not in the same building but as near to the school campus as possible.I would be gratefully if you could do me favor.
Best wishes!
Yours sincerely，
Li Ming
答案：第二句：第一个a→an; 去掉in
第三句：held→holds; made→making
第四句：that→which
第五句：attentions→attention
第六句：he→you; get前加to
第七句：gratefully→grateful; favor前加the
Unit 2课时跟踪检测（三） Warming Up & Reading — Language Points
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．In order to escape punishment, the naughty boy had to tell a lie.
2．He always keeps a balanced (balance) diet and is in good health.
3．Lisa always seems to be on a diet.
4．I am tired of doing the same work every day.
5．The leader tried his best to win the trust of his team back.
6．The missing boy was last seen playing (play) near the river.
7．The woman had her handbag stolen (steal) in the street.
8．Tom had thought he could get away with cheating in the exam, but he was wrong.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．——如果父母听我们的建议，他们会更好地理解我们。
——我完全赞同，他们只是希望我们听话。
—If our parents would listen to us, they would understand us better.
—I couldn't_agree_more.They just expect us to listen.
2．你能给我一些如何保持身体健康的建议吗？
Can you give me some tips on how_to_keep_fit/healthy?
3．约翰强烈希望能重新赢得他父亲对他的爱和信任。
John had a strong desire to_win_back his father's love and trust.
4．如果你现在订购，我们给你打九折。
If you place orders now, we would give_you_a_10%_discount.
5．昨天晚上一定是下雨了，因为路还湿着。
It must_have_rained last night, for the road is wet.
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
At my heaviest, my weight rose to 160 pounds.My mother criticized (批评) me when she noticed my weight reaching 110 pounds.I thought she was unhappy when considering I was thin while she was beyond fat, but her words made me fear getting fat.I started freaking when my weight passed 130 pounds.Last fall, my doctor suggested that I walk my dogs more.
My weight at that time was 141 pounds.He told me that I could lose weight by walking my dogs.Over the winter months, despite my careful eating, my weight increased to 160 pounds and I noticed my jeans were then a Size 12.I also noticed that my mastiff (大型驯犬) was out of control.She was a big dog and required a great deal of exercise.My young Lhasa Apso was getting as lazy as I was, so I made a decision to walk both of them every day.
Every morning, after most people in the neighbourhood go to work and after I finish my first few articles, I walk both of my dogs.They both love walk time and I love to walk them.The neighbours have got used to seeing us take our morning walk.They wave, walk out, and pet the dogs and then we move on.
I started out at 160 pounds and I'm getting closer to 130 pounds.I am proud of the fact that I have lost so much weight.My husband is proud, too.I am looking forward to comfortably fitting myself into a Size 8 and maybe even finally dropping to a Size 6.
语篇解读：作者最胖时体重达160磅，在医生的建议下，她开始遛狗，成功地减轻了体重。
1．The writer wrote this passage to ________.
A．explain why she became fat
B．share how she lost weight
C．advise us to raise a dog
D．tell us to enjoy our life
解析：选B 作者意图题。通读全文，可知作者主要是讲她利用遛狗的方法成功地减了肥，即她是如何成功减肥的，故选B。
2．The underlined word “freaking” in Paragraph 1 shows the writer was getting ________.
A．excited B．interested
C．angry D．frightened
解析：选D 词义猜测题。根据画线词前面的“but her words made me fear getting fat”可知，作者体重达110磅时她已经开始担心会变胖了，而体重达130磅时，她终于开始“害怕”了。
3．What size of jeans is the writer probably taking now?
A．A Size 6. B．A Size 8.
C．A Size 10. D．A Size 12.
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第二段的“my weight increased to 160 pounds and I noticed my jeans were then a Size 12”可知，作者160磅时穿的是12号的牛仔裤，根据末段的“looking forward to comfortably fitting myself into a Size 8”可知作者想穿8号的，又根据末段的“I'm getting closer to 130 pounds”可知，她现在是130磅，由此可推断她现在所穿的可能是10号的牛仔裤。
4．After reading the passage, we know the writer lost weight mainly through ________.
A．eating healthily
B．training her dogs
C．walking her dogs
D．working out in the gym
解析：选C 细节理解题。通读全文可知，作者主要是通过遛狗的方法来达到减肥的目的的。
B
Organic food is very safe and healthy not just for our
body but also the environment.It is free from harmful chemicals that may affect us.It also strengthens our immune system (免疫系统)．There are a lot of reasons why organic food is much more expensive than conventional food.Growing organic food takes a lot of effort and money and shops selling organic food are using the popularity of organic food to sell it at a much higher price.
The number of organic crops is smaller than that of conventional crops.The production costs are very high in organic farming.Many farmers don't use herbicides or pesticides so they have to get rid of the weeds and pests in the fields all by hand, which adds to the cost of organic food.
Also, conventional agriculture is heavily supported by the government in terms of taxes, while organic farming gets no help from the government at all.What's more, the farmers can't use sewage sludge (下水道污泥) and chemical fertilizers, which are cheap to buy.
Another reason is that the demand is much higher than the supply.While there are many people who are trying organic food, there are only a limited number of farmers who produce it.The output of organic food is low while the transport and packaging costs are the same, which lead to its higher price.
Organic farming requires a lot of things that are not needed in conventional farming.But if the demand becomes high enough, the government might one day help organic farming to lessen the costs.
语篇解读：有机食品?organic food?也叫生态或生物食品，是国际上对无污染天然食品比较统一的提法。吃有机食品对人们有很多好处，而有机食品也变得越来越流行。
5．Which of the following is the closest in meaning to the underlined word “conventional” in Paragraph 1?
A．Simple. B．Real.
C．Usual. D．Similar.
解析：选C 词义猜测题。根据第一段“There are a lot of reasons why organic food is much more expensive than conventional food.” 可知，organic food和conventional food是两种不同的食物，有机食物organic food相对于传统食物conventional food比较新，故conventional的意思是usual的意思。
6．All the following are the reasons why organic food is more expensive EXCEPT that________.
A．its production is limited
B．its transport and packaging costs are higher
C．growing it takes more time and effort
D．there is no financial help from the government
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第四段“The output of organic food is low while the transport and packaging costs are the same ...”，第一段“Growing organic food takes a lot of effort and money ...” 及第三段 “... while organic farming gets no help from the government at all.” 可知，A、C、D均是有机食物贵的原因。
7．What is mainly discussed in this text?
A．How to grow organic food.
B．The benefits of organic food.
C．Why organic food costs more.
D．Organic food and the environment.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。全文主要介绍了有机食品流行的原因，故C项符合题意。
8．What is the attitude of the author towards organic farming?
A．Negative. B．Doubtful.
C．Positive. D．Not mentioned.
解析：选C 观点态度题。根据最后一段最后一句话可知，作者对有机作物种植的前景是积极乐观的，故C项正确。
Ⅳ.语法填空
Dear everyone，
Can I really be so far away and still feel at home?
It __1__ (be) less than a month since I started at the Frances King School and I already feel that I belong to London. __2__many of the students here, I am living with a local family, __3__certainly helps me to practice my English away from class.
The school believes that __4__ (learn) should continue outside classes and that students should have the chance__5__ (experience) British culture.Last week we all went to see a musical (歌舞剧) __6__this weekend we are going to visit Stratford for the day.We have also been promised a weekend in Paris next spring!
Of course, I'm working hard as well as having __7__.With class sizes of less than fifteen there is __8__ chance of being able to avoid the teachers. As well as learning English we are also taught how to study by __9__(we). That should make it __10__ (easy) when I get to university.For such a friendly place, the Frances King School is very large. Students come from all over the world to learn here, from Europe and South America as well as China.We're all finding it a great place to learn.
Best wishes!
Xiaomei
答案：1．has been 2.Like 3.which 4.learning 5.to experience 6.and 7.fun 8.no 9.ourselves 10.easier
Unit 2课时跟踪检测（四） Learning about Language & Using Language
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Wasteful people usually end up in debt.
2．We must make good use of our limited (limit) time and money.
3．People cut down too many trees and leave rubbish everywhere.
4．He gave his young life for the benefit of his motherland.
5．She decided to combine her two small firms into a big one.
6．This is such an interesting book that we all enjoy reading it.
7．It will be five years before we meet again.
8．The spy caught spying on the military base was sentenced to 20 years in prison.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．I have_benefited_a_lot_from/by (受益很大) reading different kinds of books.
2．If you can't give up smoking completely, at least try to cut_down (减少)．
3．The family is_deeply_in_debt (负债累累) because of her husband's disease.
4．Jack made_such_great_progress (取得了如此大的进步) that everyone was deeply impressed.
5．Why are there so many people earning_their_living (谋生) by begging in the city streets?
6．The kind man always helps others without_limit (无限地)．
Ⅲ.完形填空
Many of us learn valuable lessons from our patients.I was __1__ to learn one early in my career as a nurse.I have __2__ her name, but she has influenced the way I treat many other patients.
I was working the 3～11 pm shift at a small hospital at that time.The patient was a 42-year-old woman who had __3__ a heart attack.She was expected to stay in __4__ for about two weeks before being sent home.She was __5__ that she could not see her three young children.We did not __6__ children into a hospital in those days.
Every evening, we would __7__ our children.I had one daughter and I loved her so much that I could not __8__ not seeing her every day.The patient was getting __9__ and we both knew it wouldn't be long before she would be home __10__ her little ones again.
About a week later, she __11__ me to sit with her for a while.I held her hand and she told me she was __12__ and thought she might not see her kids again.I tried to let her know that her __13__ so far had been great.It was 10：30 pm, almost time for the __14__ of my work.I told her I had to hand in my __15__ and that I would come back to her room.
Then I __16__ with my friends.It wasn't until I had got home that I realized I had forgotten to keep my promise.“That's OK，” I thought, “I will spend __17__ time with her tomorrow.”
The next day I was told that she had __18__ at midnight.She wanted company and I let her down.She left the world quietly.If I had stayed in her room, would she be home surrounded by her __19__ right now？I would never know.What I do know is this: I have __20__ every patient's request since that night.
1．A.fortunate B．afraid
C．smart D．brave
解析：选A 作者在刚成为护士不久之后就学到了一个道理，她觉得很“幸运”。
2．A.replaced B．spread
C．formed D．forgotten
解析：选D 作者虽然已经“忘记”了那个病人的名字，但那个病人对她影响很大。
3．A.treated B．suffered
C．checked D．damaged
解析：选B 这里是指病人“患了”心脏病。
4．A.town B．school
C．room D．hospital
解析：选D 那位病人患了心脏病，故得在“医院”待两周才能回家。
5．A.delighted B．calm
C．upset D．hopeful
解析：选C 住院期间见不到孩子，那位病人感到很“难过”。
6．A.need B．allow
C．pull D．force
解析：选B 根据“she could not see her three young children”可知那个时候孩子是不“允许”进入医院探望病人的。
7．A.talk about B．look after
C．play with D．deal with
解析：选A 根据“I had one daughter”可知，作者也有一个女儿，故她跟那位病人常一起“谈论”孩子。
8．A.imagine B．avoid
C．enjoy D．practice
解析：选A 根据“I loved her so much”可知，作者无法“想象”一天见不到孩子会是什么样。
9．A.fatter B．better
C．warmer D．older
解析：选B 根据“we both knew it wouldn't be long before she would be home”可知，病人病情有所“好”转。
10．A.between B．against
C．with D．on
解析：选C 那位病人挂念自己的孩子，故这里是指回家和孩子们在“一起”。
11．A.asked B．paid
C．permitted D．ordered
解析：选A 那位病人“请求”作者和她坐一会儿。
12．A.relaxed B．scared
C．confident D．honest
解析：选B 根据“thought she might not see her kids again”可知，那位病人感到“害怕”。
13．A.attitude B．method
C．progress D．idea
解析：选C 作者试图安慰她，因此会提到她的病情，说“进展”很好。
14．A.development B．period
C．change D．end
解析：选D 根据“I was working the 3～11 pm shift at a small hospital”可知，十点半时，作者当天的工作要接近“尾声”了。
15．A.homework B．report
C．design D．drawing
解析：选B 作者是护士，故快下班时她应该把一天的“报告”交上去。
16．A.argued B．arrived
C．boarded D．left
解析：选D 根据“I had got home”可知，作者跟她的朋友们一起“离开”回家了。
17．A.extra B．useful
C．valuable D．little
解析：选A 作为补偿，作者计划第二天和病人“多”待些时间。
18．A.died B．disappeared
C．escaped D．agreed
解析：选A 根据“She left the world quietly.”的语境可知，那位病人那晚午夜时分“去世”了。
19．A.kids B．patients
C．nurses D．doctors
解析：选A 作者想，如果她待在那位病人的房间的话，她会不会此刻正和她的“孩子们”在一起呢？
20．A.learned from B．looked for
C．cared about D．made up
解析：选C 这件事让作者学到了重要的一课，所以从那以后，她开始“在意”每个病人的请求。
Ⅳ.任务型阅读
Everyone wants to be self-confident, but maybe we just don't know how to be.Here are some tips on how you can feel more confident about yourself.
__1__ Everyone has shortcomings.When you have found your shortcomings, work to overcome them.If you are a shy person, take part in social activities, such as parties, and speak to at least one or two people there.
Second, try to spend more time with positive people.Successful and confident people have their own ways of settling problems.__2__
Third, set goals for yourself.With each goal you achieve, your self-confident will increase.__3__ We are afraid that we might lose.Stop thinking like that and give yourself a chance.
Fourth, start each day with a sense of opportunity.__4__ Think positively about yourself.
Actually everyone has his or her own way of becoming confident.__5__ Friends might have useful suggestions, too.
In short, as long as you try new things, you are sure to become more confident.
A．Pay attention and learn from them.
B．You should talk with your friends.
C．First, don't think about your weak points.
D．It's not always right to ask friends for help.
E．Sometimes we might be afraid of trying new things.
F．Start your day by reading something encouraging.
G．First, you should know what your weak points are.
答案：1～5 GAEFB
Ⅴ.短文改错
Dear Mrs Winthorp，
So my first week at college is over！No lectures this morning so I think I'd like to e-mail you and let you know what things are going.
I'm glad to say that anything has worked out fine in the dorm.I remember asking for a room as far away from the lifts as possible and they find me a comfortable one on second floor.There are two girls from my course here and I plan to make friend with them, so we can help each other on the course work.Everyone else seems very nice and warmly here.Well, I had better to stop now.I'm going to attend mine first lesson this afternoon, for I've got some preparations to make.Keep in touch.
Best wishes!
Carol
答案：第二句：what→how
第三句：anything→everything
第四句：find→found; on和second之间加the
第五句：friend→friends; on→with
第六句：warmly→warm
第七句：去掉better后面的to
第八句：mine→my; for→so
Unit 3课时跟踪检测（五） Warming Up & Reading — Language Points
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Theory is based on practice and in turn serves practice.
2．His views are contrary to mine.
3．In our class, the number of students who like popular music accounts for 90%.
4．This is the spot where the two trucks collided.
5．She asked for permission (permit) to leave work early.
6．It was not until the window was shut that I went downstairs.
7．When she came to life, she found herself lying (lie) in hospital.
8．I had just finished my test paper when the bell rang.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．The sick old man does nothing but stares_at (盯着看) the ceiling all day long.
2．How_do_you_account_for (你怎样解释) your long absence from classes without asking for leave?
3．He managed to persuade his parents to_permit/allow_him_to_seek_a_job (允许他找一份工作)．
4．Jim didn't come to school yesterday, and as_a_matter_of_fact (事实上), he didn't come all last week.
5．Bill was born in Canada but was_brought_up (被抚养长大) in America.
6．I don't know whether they did it by_chance (偶然) or by design.
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
First published in 2001, the book Life of Pi written by Canadian author Yann Martel won the Man Booker Prize and an Asian American Prize for Literature.It is the story of a young boy named Pi who spends 227 days at sea with a small group of animals after disaster strikes their ship and is an account of his journey of survival and hardship.
Piscine “Pi” Molitor Patel, on whom Life of Pi is based, is a young boy living in Pondicherry, India, where his father owns a zoo.The story starts when Patel's family decide to move to Canada, along with their zoo animals for their new home.
However, because of the bad weather, the ship sinks.Pi, an orangutan (猩猩), an injured zebra, a hyena (鬣狗) and a Bengal tiger named Richard Parker are the only survivors who take shelter in a small lifeboat.Both the injured zebra and the orangutan are soon killed and eaten by the hyena.The tiger in turn kills and eats the hyena, leaving just the two of them alone on the boat now.
In an effort to avoid being eaten by Richard Parker, Pi acts himself as the head of the group and remains safe from harm.Since he does not want the tiger to die for fear of going mad by being alone on the boat, he fishes and feeds the two of them in order to stay alive.
The life of Pi then enters its third stage when their lifeboat washes up on the shores of Mexico and the tiger escapes into a nearby forest leaving Pi alone.After the Mexicans refuse to believe Pi's story, he changes his tale by replacing the animals with his mother, a cook and a sailor and asks the Mexicans which one they prefer.They prefer hearing the first story though they do not believe a word of it.
In my view, Life of Pi is a must read book for all those who love reading.
1．We can learn that the book Life of Pi ________.
A．was written in 2001
B．was awarded two prizes
C．tells a story about friendship
D．is based on the author's personal experience
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第一段的“...won the Man Booker Prize and an Asian American Prize for Literature.”可知，这本书被授予两项大奖。故选B项。
2．In the book Life of Pi the hyena is killed by ________.
A．Pi B．the zebra
C．the orangutan D．Richard Parker
解析：选D 细节理解题。从第三段的“The tiger in turn kills and eats the hyena”可知，老虎把鬣狗吃掉了，同时根据“a Bengal tiger named Richard Parker”可知这只老虎名叫Richard Parker。故选D项。
3．How does Pi escape being eaten by the tiger?
A．By catching fishes for the tiger.
B．By locking the tiger in a cage.
C．By being the leader of the two of them.
D．By fighting with the tiger.
解析：选C 推理判断题。从第四段的“Pi acts himself as the head of the group and remains safe from harm”可知，为了避免被老虎吃掉，Pi处处表现为他们两个的首领。故选C项。
4．What is the author's attitude towards the book Life of Pi?
A．Disappointed. B．Supportive.
C．Unconcerned. D．Doubtful.
解析：选B 观点态度题。根据最后一段作者极力推荐这本书，可推知他对该书是持赞赏态度的。
B
Alan King, an American comedian, was born in New York City on December 26, 1927.He was the youngest of eight children.His family environment fostered (培养) his interest in storytelling, but it was the streets of New York that led him to humor.Boys in New York learned to protect themselves early on the streets and if it was not with their fists, it was with humor, and King had an answer to everything.
Seeing a future in making people laugh, King left school and began remembering jokes he had heard in basement clubs.He discovered a perfect way to make people laugh: shining a light on the humor in everyday life.The audience loved it and King was on his way.
He moved up in the show business ranks, performing club gigs (特约演出) and getting his first chance as a replacement when a comic was sick.But it was his appearance as a first act “closer” in 1956 that made King a star.Since then, King became a regular on The Ed Sullivan Show, and was the guest host of The Tonight Show on several occasions.King's act was street-wise, smart, understandable, and funny.Not only the middle class, but everyone could relate to his humorous stories.His interests were greater than just the show business, and he became known as a political activist.King was close to Robert Kennedy and went with Kennedy's body to Washington D．C.after he was assassinated in 1968.
King is also the author of four best-selling books: Anybody Who Owns His Own Home Deserves It, Is Salami and Eggs Better Than Sex？， Help, I'm a Prisoner in a Chinese Bakery, and his autobiography Name Dropping.
He also started a scholarship (奖学金) for American students at Hebrew University.In medical circles, he was known for raising funds for Emotionally Disturbed Children and for founding the Alan King Diagnostic Medical Center in Jerusalem.
语篇解读：Alan King是美国著名喜剧演员，凭借着与生俱来的幽默感，他的表演深受人们喜爱。与此同时，Alan King又是一名作家，并且其对教育事业有杰出贡献。
5．How did Alan King protect himself on the streets of New York when he was young?
A．He fought with other boys.
B．He asked his family to help.
C．He used his sense of humor.
D．He chose to stay at home.
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句话 “... it was with humor, and King had an answer to everything.” 可知C项正确。
6．From the second paragraph we can learn that Alan King ________.
A．enjoyed making up jokes
B．gave up school due to poverty
C．wasn't popular with audience at first
D．looked at daily life in a humorous way
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据第二段 “... remembering jokes he had heard in basement clubs.” 可知A项错误；根据同段“Seeing a future in making people laugh, King left school ...” 可知B项错误；根据同段“The audience loved it ...” 可知C项错误；根据同段“He discovered a perfect way to make people laugh: shining a light on the humor in everyday life.” 可知D项正确。
7．What do we know about King and his life in the show business?
A．He acted regularly after 1956.
B．His audience were mainly upper-class people.
C．He once hosted The Ed Sullivan Show.
D．He first became famous when he replaced a sick comic.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第三段“Since then, King became a regular on The Ed Sullivan Show, and was the guest host of The Tonight Show on several occasions.” 可知A项正确，C项错误；根据同段“Not only the middle class, but everyone could relate to his humorous stories.” 可知B项错误；根据同段“But it was his appearance as a first act “closer” in 1956 that made King a star.” 可知D项错误。
8．The underlined word “assassinated” means “________”．
A．chosen B．wounded
C．interviewed D．murdered
解析：选D 词义猜测题。根据第三段Kennedy's body可知assassinate是murder的意思。
Ⅳ.语法填空
How can we know that the birds we see in the South in the winter are the same ones that come north in the spring? Once John J．Audubon, a bird __1__ (love), wondered about this. Every year he __2__ (watch) a pair of little phoebes nesting in the same place. He decided to put tiny silver bands (箍) on __3__ legs. The next spring, the birds __4__ the bands came back in the very same place. The phoebe, as it was learned, spent winter __5__it was warm enough to find food. Today there are hundreds of birdbanders all over America.
The government of the USA has __6__ special birdbanding department that makes all the birdbands. The birds won't get __7__ (hurt) by the bands, which are made of aluminium and are very light. Each band has a special number. __8__ each band are these words：Inform Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D．C.
Anyone who finds a dead bird with a band on its legs __9__ (ask) to send the band to Washington with a note __10__ (tell) where the bird was found. In this way naturalists add to their knowledge of the habits and needs of birds.
答案：1．lover 2.watched 3.their 4.with
5．where/wherever 6.a 7.hurt 8.On 9.is asked 10.telling
Unit 3课时跟踪检测（六） Learning about Language & Using Language
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．The monthly export of the cars in our factory amounts to 5,000.
2．The chances are that the trapped miners will be rescued.
3．It is bad manners (manner) to speak loudly in public.
4．Nick can stay, but as for you, you can get out of my sight.
5．Please call my secretary to arrange a meeting this afternoon, or whenever it is convenient to you.
6．Large amounts of water have (have) been polluted in the past 20 years.
Ⅱ.同义句转换(每空一词)
1．I came across her quite by chance in Oxford Street.
→I came across her quite by_ accident/chance in Oxford Street.
2．I made my promise that I would help him no matter what happened.
→I promised to help him whatever happened.
3．He can not explain his failure in the English examination.
→He can not account_ for his failure in the English examination.
4．She didn't remember her appointment with the doctor until she had arrived home.
→It_ was_ not_ until she had arrived home that she remembered her appointment with the doctor.
5．It's well-known that he is a successful businessman.
→As_ is_ well-known,_he is a successful businessman.
→What_ is_ well-known to us all is that he is a successful businessman.
Ⅲ.完形填空
The stars were arriving and many young people had gathered to welcome them.The police found it __1__ to keep order after the plane landed and the performers appeared.They smiled and waved __2__ at everybody.Dressed in the same costumes, with long hair and the instruments __3__ their shoulders, they looked very much __4__.
Despite the many policemen __5__， the group were not able to get to their car __6__.Word spread that they had written a new song which would be __7__ when they performed that evening.They were now __8__ with cries of “Play something！Play your new song！”．
The police looked __9__ when the stars prepared to sing as the__10__ for getting away.The crowd settled down and listened to the first __11__ of the new song.Once it was over, everyone started jumping, applauding and shouting like crazy.Several young women fainted (昏厥) and were carried away by the __12__ unit standing by.Greedy for more, the crowd __13__ a repeat.Again the performers gave in, but when asked for still another, they cheerfully but firmly __14__.Closely __15__ by the police, they walked towards their car some distance __16__.The crowd pushed forward, but the police, __17__ arm in arm, prevented anyone from getting through.It took the singers a long time to reach their __18__.Finally, they got in and were about to leave when a young woman, who had __19__ to get past the police, jumped onto the roof of the car.She shouted loudly as two policemen __20__ her away and the car began moving slowly through the cheering crowd.
语篇解读：本文主要介绍了歌星在机场受到歌迷们的热烈欢迎及当时在机场所发生的一切。
1．A.interesting B．convenient
C．difficult D．impossible
解析：选C 由上文可知，青年们在歌星来之前，已聚集在机场等候，因此当飞机着陆，歌星出现时，警察发现很难维持秩序。
2．A.seriously B．cheerfully
C．directly D．straight
解析：选B 由常识可知，在这种场合，他们会给人留下一个好的印象，因此只有cheerfully“高兴地；兴奋地”符合题意。
3．A.behind B．for
C．by D．over
解析：选D 肩上背着乐器。over“在……之上”。
4．A.alive B．ashamed
C．alike D．special
解析：选C 从上文中对歌星打扮的描述可知，他们看起来很相像。
5．A.present B．responsible
C．careful D．strict
解析：选A 尽管有警察在场，这群歌星还是不能到达他们要乘坐的汽车。present此处意为“在场的”。
6．A.happily B．properly
C．easily D．willingly
解析：选C 与上文中的difficult相对应的应是easily。
7．A.received B．known
C．heard D．kept
解析：选C 晚上他们表演时，人们就能听到他们的新歌。根据句意只能选C项。
8．A.screamed B．greeted
C．addressed D．called
解析：选B greet sb. with sth.以怎样的方式迎接某人(向某人打招呼)。
9．A.pleased B．surprised
C．puzzled D．worried
解析：选A 警察当然也希望听到歌星们的演唱，因此他们看起来也是高兴的，用pleased。
10．A.thanks B．excuse
C．gift D．price
解析：选D 他们准备用唱歌来作为尽快离开机场的代价。price意为“代价”。
11．A.performance B．scene
C．sight D．sound
解析：选A 从下文可知，他们在离开机场之前进行了两次表演。
12．A.fire B．club
C．rescue D．work
解析：选C 几个年轻的女子竟然昏倒，被站在旁边的救护人员送走。rescue unit意为“救护队”。
13．A.made B．waited
C．suggested D．demanded
解析：选D 他们想要听更多，因此要求再重新表演一次。demand“要求”。
14．A.accepted B．answered
C．refused D．argued
解析：选C 当又一次被要求这样做时，他们很高兴，但却是非常坚决地拒绝了。
15．A.followed B．surrounded
C．watched D．inspected
解析：选B 在这样的情况下，通常被警察包围着，离开狂热的歌迷。
16．A.out B．away
C．apart D．off
解析：选B some distance away“离开一段距离”。
17．A.stood B．walked
C．protected D．locked
解析：选D lock arm in arm“手拉着手”。
18．A.hotel B．theatre
C．car D．top
解析：选C 由前面的car提示可知，歌星们花了很长一段时间才到达了他们的车那里。
19．A.planned B．failed
C．started D．managed
解析：选D 因有一些警察在保护着这些歌星，所以歌迷们设法绕过警察，因此用manage to do sth.。
20．A.shot B．swept
C．dragged D．pushed
解析：选C drag“拖；拽”，指警察把这位女子拖下车来。shoot“射击”；sweep“扫”；push“推”，均不合题意。
Ⅳ.任务型阅读
One of the favorite foods in the United States is the hamburger, a kind of flat round bread with fine-cut beef in between.__1__ At fast food restaurants, people order their food, wait a few minutes to get it over the counter, and carry it to their tables themselves.__2__ At some fast food restaurants, people can order their food, pay for it and pick it up without leaving their cars.
__3__ Most of the restaurants sell hamburgers or other popular foods among Americans.In addition, there are many fast food restaurants that serve Chinese food, Italian food, chicken, seafood and ice-cream.The idea of a fast food restaurant is so popular that nearly every kind of food can be found in one.
__4__ First, they are not formal restaurants.People wear any type of dress when they go to a fast food place.Second, they are fast.People who are busy do not want to spend time preparing their food or waiting while someone else prepares it.__5__Finally, most food in a fast food restaurant is not expensive.Therefore, people can often eat at a fast food restaurant without spending too much money, while they may not be able to go to more expensive restaurants very often.
A．There are many kinds of fast food restaurants in the United States.
B．People can have almost every kind of food in fast food restaurants.
C．Fast food restaurants are popular because they show the American way of life.
D．The favorite place to buy a hamburger is a fast food restaurant.
E．People also take their food out of the restaurant and eat it in their cars or in their homes.
F．American people go to more expensive restaurants very often.
G．In fast food restaurants the food is usually ready before the customer even orders it.
答案：1～5 DEACG
Ⅴ.短文改错
During the weekend I traveled by air the first time in my life.I generally travel by train and bus.It is both cheaper and safe.But this was a short journey.In the beginning I did not feel very happily, but this feeling did not last longer.The journey was very exciting.I was soon high up in the sky among the cloud.The views of mountains, fields and rivers were interested.I enjoy my short and comfortable journey very much.This experience has shown that traveling in air is actually the safest way of make journeys.
答案：第一句：在第二个the前加for
第二句：and→or
第三句：safe→safer
第五句：happily→happy; longer→long
第七句：cloud→clouds
第八句：interested→interesting
第九句：enjoy→enjoyed
第十句：in→by; make→making
Unit 4课时跟踪检测（七） Warming Up & Reading — Language Points
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．More violent (violence) scenes in the film were cut when it was shown on television.
2．It is generally accepted that smoking is harmful (harm) to our health.
3．Mary was reading a poem with a puzzled expression on her face.Its deeper meaning remained a puzzle for her.(puzzle)
4．The dog lying on the floor belongs to him.He lied to me yesterday that it had been lost.(lie)
5．Unlike (like) most people in the office who come to work by car, I usually come to work by bus.
6．This made it hard to control myself.
7．I can't exist on the money he gave me.
8．You'll succeed in time because you are always working hard.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.有些工厂排放的气体对环境有害。
The gases from some factories are_harmful_to the environment.
2．要不是他们帮忙，我们不能及时完成这个项目。
But for their help, we could not have finished the program in_time.
3．大雨使我们不能踢足球了。
The heavy rain prevented/stopped_us (from) playing football.
4．我发现学好英语很难。
I find it_very_difficult_to_learn English well.
5．我们得不到的东西似乎比我们已经拥有的东西好。
What_we_can't_get seems better than what we already have.
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
Edmund Halley was an English scientist who lived over 200 years ago.He studied the observations of comets (彗星) which other scientists had made.The orbit of one particular comet was a very difficult mathematical problem.He could not figure it out.Neither could other scientists who dealt with such problems.
However, Halley had a friend named Newton, who was a brilliant mathematician.Newton thought he had already worked out that problem, but he could not find the papers on which he had done it.He told Halley that the orbit of a comet had the shape of an ellipse (椭圆)．
Now Halley set to work.He figured out (解决；计算出) the orbits of some of the comets that had been observed by scientists.He made a surprising discovery.The comets that had appeared in the years 1531, 1607, and 1682 all had the same orbit.Yet their appearances had been 75 to 76 years apart.
This seemed very strange to Halley.The different comets followed the same orbit.The more Halley thought about it, the more he thought that there had not been three different comets, as people thought.He decided that they had simply seen the same comet three times.The comet had gone away and had come back again.
It was an astonishing idea! Halley felt certain enough to make a prediction (预言) of what comet would happen in the future.He decided that this comet would appear in the year 1758.There were 53 years to go before Halley's prediction could be tested.In 1758 the comet appeared in the sky.Halley did not see it, for he has died some years before.Ever since then that comet has been called Halley's comet, in his honor.
1．Halley made his discovery ________.
A．by doing experiments
B．by means of his own careful observation
C．by using the work of other scientists
D．by chance
解析：选C 细节理解题。由文中第三段得知。
2．Halley made a surprising, but correct prediction in the year ________.
A．1704 B．1705
C．1706 D．1707
解析：选B 计算题。文中的“He decided that this comet would appear in the year 1758.There were 53 years to go before Halley's prediction could be tested.”这句话告诉我们：他预言彗星出现的时间是1758年，而这个预言还要经过53年才能验证，由此可以推断出哈雷做出这个预言的时间是1705年。
3．This passage in general is about ________.
A．Halley and other scientists
B．the orbit of a comet
C．Newton and Halley
D．Halley and his discovery
解析：选D 主旨大意题。综观全文，不难看出，文章的中心就是哈雷以及他的发现。
4．Which of the following is TRUE?
A．Edmund Halley was an American scientist.
B．Halley made his discovery by doing experiments.
C．Newton was a famous mathematician.
D．The orbit of a comet had the shape of an around.
解析：选C 综合判断题。从文章首句可以看出A项错误；从第二题的分析中可知B项也错误；牛顿告诉哈雷彗星的轨道是椭圆形的，可排除D。
B
Red Dwarf
Red Dwarf stars (红矮星) can range in size from a hundred times smaller than the sun，to only a couple of times smaller.Because of their small size these stars burn their fuel very slowly，which allows them to live a very long time.Some red dwarf stars will live trillions of years before they run out of fuel.
Then why are red dwarf stars red？Because red dwarf stars only burn a little bit of fuel at a time，they are not very hot compared to other stars.Think of a fire.The coolest part of the fire at the top of the flame glows red，the hotter part in the middle glows yellow，and the hottest part near the fuel glows blue.Stars work the same way.Their temperatures determine what color they will be.Thus we can determine how hot a star is just by looking at its color.
____________
Like the Sun，these medium-sized stars are yellow because they have a medium temperature.Their higher temperature causes them to burn their fuel faster.This means they will not live as long, only about 10 billion years or so.Near the end of their lives，these medium-sized stars swell up becoming very large.When this happens to the Sun it will grow to engulf (吞没) even the Earth.Finally they shrink again，leaving behind most of their gas.This gas forms a beautiful cloud around the star called a Planetary Nebula (行星状星云)．
When will the Sun expand into a giant，and then shrink leaving behind a planetary nebula?
Don't worry.The sun is only about 5 billion years old.It still has another 5 billion years before it will expand，and then turn into a planetary nebula.
The Sun is so hot that when it dies，it will take a long time to cool off.The sun will die in about 5 billion years，but it will still glow for many billions of years after that.As it cools，it will be what is called a white dwarf star.Finally，after billions maybe even trillions of years，it will stop glowing，at that point it will be what we call a black dwarf star.There are still no black dwarf stars in the Universe.
5．Why do the Red Dwarf stars burn their fuel very slowly?
A．Because they are small.
B．Because they don't move around.
C．Because they are cool.
D．Because they reflect light like the moon.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段第二句话“Because of their small size these stars burn their fuel very slowly...”可知选A。
6. Which of the following best expresses the main idea of Paragraph 2?
A．How red dwarf stars work.
B．Why red dwarf stars burn a little fuel.
C．Why red dwarf stars are red.
D．How temperature determines the color.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。综合第二段的内容可知，本段开头由一个问句(为本段的主题句)引出作者要说明的中心：红矮星为什么是红色的？然后通过类比来进行解释，因此C项为最佳选项。
7. The title on the underline before Paragraph 3 is probably________.
A．The Sun
B．Yellow Stars
C．Planetary Nebula
D．Star Temperature
解析：选B 主旨大意题。综观最后四段话可以看出：作者通过读者所熟悉的、与黄色星相类似的太阳相比较来对黄色星进行说明，最后三段话看似与黄色星无关，但实际上是对黄色星发展走向的一个预测，故B项最佳。
8. Which of the following websites may this passage be taken from?
A．www.plant.com
B．www.oceans.com
C．www.inventor.com
D．www.kidsastronomy.com
解析：选D 推理判断题。本文主要介绍了红矮星和黄色星，与天文学有关，由此推断本文是从与天文学有关的www.kidsastronomy.com(D项)上摘录的。
Ⅳ.语法填空
Mark: Peggie, can I borrow your notes for history？I __1__ (return) them tomorrow.
Peggie: Sorry, __2__ I usually go to the cafeteria and review them. Why __3__copy them in the library?
Mark: OK.
Peggie: Here you are.
Mark: You are a great help, Peggie.
Peggie: I don't quite understand __4__you need my notes, Mark. You haven't missed any classes.
Mark: __5__(honest) speaking, I work in a supermarket from 7 to 10 o'clock every evening.
Peggie：I see. So you're pretty __6__ (tire) when you come to class.
Mark：That's __7__ (exact) why I want to borrow your notes.My notes aren't very good.
Peggie: So what do you usually do in class?
Mark: I'm always awake at the beginning, but thirty minutes after the class begins, I feel sleepy, and have trouble __8__ (keep) my eyes open.
Peggie：Well, I need someone to study with and you need someone to keep you awake. __9__ we be study partners?
Mark: Oh, sure.That's a good idea. So give me a push __10__ you see me sleep in class.
Peggie: OK. Let's start today in the library.We are going there anyway and I don't have to go to the cafeteria.
Mark: Sounds great.
答案：1.will return 2.but 3.not 4.why
5．Honestly 6.tired 7.exactly 8.keeping
9．Shall 10.when
Unit 4课时跟踪检测（八） Learning about Language & Using Language
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．When the bad news came, an atmosphere of sadness filled the room.
2．Now that you've finished the work, you ought to have a good rest.
3．What is known to us is that theory is based on practice and in turn serves practice.
4．There are five times as many students as we expected.
5．Should another world war break out,_what would become of human beings?
6．I don't know whether you like eating fish or not, so I phone you ahead of time.
7．The employees are trying to get the hang of the new technique to increase production.
8．Cheer up！You know failure is the mother of success.After all, this is our first attempt.
9．Obviously mad, the poor woman laughed and cried by turns.
10．He was prevented from driving for 3 months for careless driving.
Ⅱ.选词填空
cool down, now that, depend on, break out, block out, in time, watch out for, get the hang of
1．The war broke_out between the two countries.
2．Watch_out_for wild animals when you go up the hills.
3．You ought to write now_that you know the address.
4．After several years of practice, I think I will finally get_the_hang_of spoken English.
5．We put a curtain across the window to block_out the sunlight.
6．It took Charles a long time to cool_down after the heated argument.
7．You must bear in mind that your parents hope to depend_on you to become a good doctor.
8．Do you think we'll be in_time to catch the train to go to Paris?
Ⅲ.完形填空
Jim was mending his motorcycle in his yard, and his wife was cooking in the kitchen.Suddenly the motorcycle ran __1__ the glass door while Jim was still riding on it.So he was __2__ to the floor inside the house.
His wife, hearing the __3__， ran out and found Jim badly __4__ lying on the floor, the motorcycle lying next to him and the glass door __5__.The wife called an ambulance (救护车) quickly.
After the ambulance arrived and took Jim to the __6__， the wife pushed the motorcycle outside.Seeing the __7__ on the floor, the wife got some paper towels to clean it, and threw the towels in the __8__.
After Jim's wound was __9__， he left the hospital.After arriving home, he__10__ at the broken door and the damage done to his motorcycle and felt very __11__.So he went into the bathroom, sat on the toilet and __12__ a cigarette.After finishing the cigarette, he threw it into the toilet bowl.
The __13__ in the kitchen heard a loud explosion (爆炸声)．She ran into the bathroom and found Jim lying on the floor again and his clothes __14__ away.The fire was caused by the towels covered with gas in the toilet bowl.The wife had to call an ambulance again.
The __15__ ambulance crew (工作人员) came again.They were __16__ to see Jim was seriously hurt again.When they carried Jim to the ambulance, one of them __17__ the wife how Jim had burned himself.So she told them what __18__ to Jim after he was taken to the hospital last time.One of them couldn't help laughing so __19__ that Jim fell to the ground.Then Jim got a(n) __20__ arm.
1．A.around B．through
C．behind D．outside
解析：选B 根据下文的“he was __2__ to the floor inside the house”及下文的“the broken door”可知，摩托车突然穿过了玻璃门。
2．A.moved B．invited
C．hit D．thrown
解析：选D 根据上文的“while Jim was still riding on it”可知，吉姆坐在摩托车上被带进屋内并摔到地上。
3．A.sound B．story
C．news D．word
解析：选A 吉姆的妻子听到声响，跑出来看到吉姆躺在地上。
4．A.affected B．hurt
C．beaten D．stuck
解析：选B 根据下文的“The wife called an ambulance quickly”可知吉姆受伤严重。
5．A.painted B．closed
C．repaired D．damaged
解析：选D 根据下文的“the broken door”可知门被破坏了。
6．A.company B．hospital
C．yard D．school
解析：选B 救护车把吉姆送到医院。
7．A.gas B．water
C．paper D．glass
解析：选A
8．A.street B．kitchen
C．toilet D．bedroom
解析：选C 根据下文的“The fire was caused by the towels covered with gas in the toilet bowl.”可知，看到地板上的汽油，吉姆的妻子用纸巾擦拭后把纸巾扔到了马桶内。
9．A.dressed B．received
C．changed D．discovered
解析：选A 吉姆的伤口被包扎后，他离开了医院。
10．A.laughed B．shouted
C．knocked D．looked
解析：选D
11．A.sad B．excited
C．interested D．safe
解析：选A 到家后看到被破坏的门和摩托车，吉姆感到伤心。
12．A.bought B．lit
C．dropped D．expected
解析：选B 根据“After finishing the cigarette”可知，吉姆点了一根烟。
13．A.doctor B．wife
C．nurse D．husband
解析：选B 由下文的she及the wife可知是吉姆的妻子听到巨大的爆炸声。
14．A.washed B．put
C．burned D．taken
解析：选C 根据下文的the fire及“how Jim had burned himself”可知，吉姆的衣服被烧掉了。
15．A.honest B．different
C．same D．careless
解析：选C 根据下文的again可知，相同的医护人员又来了。
16．A.surprised B．unwilling
C．ready D．sure
解析：选A 医护人员看到吉姆再次受伤，感到很奇怪。
17．A.showed B．asked
C．taught D．advised
解析：选B 根据“...how Jim had burned himself.So she told them ...”可知，救护人员问吉姆的妻子事故是如何发生的。
18．A.happened B．belonged
C．devoted D．turned
解析：选A 吉姆的妻子告诉医护人员吉姆所发生的事情。
19．A.politely B．easily
C．freely D．hard
解析：选D
20．A.broken B．open
C．strong D．long
解析：选A 根据下文的“Jim fell to the ground”可知，一名医护人员笑得太猛以至于吉姆从担架上掉落，弄折了胳膊。
Ⅳ.任务型阅读
The person behind you constantly kicks the back of your seat.Your talkative seatmate doesn't understand your need for sleep.And the aircraft's bathroom is a total mess.These situations can make even a short flight unbearable .Hopefully you don't cause these unpleasant experiences for others.__1__
Always recline (向后倾斜) your seat slowly.There's nothing worse than suddenly being hit in the knees by the seat in front of you.In addition, don't keep your seat reclined for the entire flight.Always keep it upright during mealtimes.And remember to put it in the upright position before going to the restroom (or anytime you leave your seat)．
__2__ Wait until the meal is done and all the food trays (盘子)have been collected.It's hard for passengers to stand up to let you pass when they still have their food trays.And when using the bathroom, always clean up after yourself — the next user will be grateful!
Keep your body and your possessions to yourself as much as possible so as not to crowd your in-flight seatmate(s)．Share the armrest, especially on a long flight.Also, be careful not to kick or push on the seat in front of you.
While some people enjoy chatting with other passengers during a flight, not everyone does.Some people may want to nap, read or work.__3__
If you are traveling with someone and want to chat, keep your voices low.__4__ People can still hear through your headphones if the volume is too high.
When exiting the plane, if others are having trouble with their carry-on luggage, help them if you can. If you can't help, wait patiently, and don't push past people to get off the airplane.On your flight, remember the golden rule: __5__
A．Don't leave your carry-on in the aircraft.
B．If the conversation seems one-sided, you should notice it.
C.Treat others the way you want to be treated!
D.Avoid going to the bathroom during mealtimes.
E.Instead, you can set an example by following these common airplane courtesies (礼貌)．
F.It is not polite to talk loudly in the aircraft.
G.If using electronic gadgets (小装置), keep the volume down.
答案：1～5 EDBGC
Ⅴ.短文改错
A terrible storm took place in a summer night.The wind was so strong that many trees brought down.It was already eleven o'clock.Li Ming, who had been to night school, was still not back and her parents were very anxious.Half an hour late the wind stopped, and it was still raining.Li Ming's parents were about to looking for him when he returned.Li Ming explained the storm has pushed over many big trees as well telephone lines, blocking the roads and that the bridge had been washed away by the floods.So they had been to find another way back.
答案：第一句：in→on
第二句：trees后加were
第四句：been→gone; her→his
第五句：late→later; and→but
第六句：looking→look
第七句：has→had; well后加as
第八句：去掉been
Unit 5课时跟踪检测（九） Warming Up & Reading — Language Points
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．This is neither the time nor the place to play.Let's settle down and study.
2．The teacher gave the students a quiz on last week's work.
3．His mother is a teacher rather than an artist.
4．Surrounded (surround) by the sea, the island looks very beautiful.
5．Measures must be taken to_reduce (reduce) air pollution.
6．Time permitting (permit), I shall stay here for another two days.
7．The box was heavy, but he managed to_carry (carry) it.
8．I like to have my reference book within my reach.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.The government has_taken_measures_to_solve_the_problem (已采取措施解决这个问题)．
2．China is larger_than_any_other_country_in_Asia (比亚洲任何国家都大)．
3．The teachers told us to_settle_down_to_studies (专心学习)．
4．The small village surrounded_by_green_trees (被绿树环绕的) is my hometown.
5．He was busy writing a letter rather_than_reading_newspapers (而不是看报)．
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
There is no doubt that to study abroad gives you an excellent opportunity to learn things which are very helpful in your career building.Today, Canada has earned a good name in providing quality education and safe healthy environment for its students.That is why more than 130,000 international students enroll every year in famous Canadian universities.It is an ideal education destination and gives students a unique experience of education and its versatile (多样的) arts and culture.Canada spends a lot on education and is ranked the highest in G-8 countries.
To study in Canada is very cost effective.These universities are affordable compared to other universities in the world such as in the USA, New Zealand and UK where cost of education and living is very high.According to a survey in 2006, “Canada offered the lowest tuition fees for foreign students compared to UK and Australia”．
The low rate of crimes and the peaceful safe environment of the country also attract lots of international students to Canadian universities.Canada has 92 universities and 175 community colleges and university degrees have three levels-Bachelor's, Master's and Doctoral.
A Bachelor's degree in Canada is for three or four years' full-time study depending upon the nature of the program you are doing.On the other hand, a Master's degree consists of two years of study.For a Doctoral program in Canadian university, you require a minimum of three to four or sometimes five years of research and study.
You can also find many diploma and certification (认证) programs in Canadian universities where the time is generally one year.Some of the Canadian universities are well-regarded worldwide and the degree and diploma obtained from these Canadian universities are recognized globally and promise bright future.After the completion of studies, a person could also find great job offers in Canada itself.International students require a work permit to work on campus.
1．How long will you spend at least in total if you want to finish your Bachelor's, Master's and Doctoral degrees in Canada?
A．11 years. B．9 years.
C．8 years. D．7 years.
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据文章第四段可知完成学士学位最少需要3年时间，硕士学位2年，博士学位最少3年，加起来共是8年。
2．What advantages does Canada have to attract foreign students according to the passage?
①Quality education.②Safe environment.
③Versatile culture.④Bright job future.
⑤High scholarships.⑥Low tuition fees.
A．①②④⑤⑥ B．①②③⑤⑥
C．①③④⑤⑥ D．①②③④⑥
解析：选D 细节理解题。文章提到了去加拿大留学的许多好处，如教学质量高、环境安全、工作前景好等，但没有提到奖学金的情况。
3．What's the author's attitude towards studying in Canada?
A．Favorable. B．Critical.
C．Doubtful. D．Not mentioned.
解析：选A 作者态度题。从全文看，作者对去加拿大留学持肯定态度。
4．What's the best title for the passage?
A．Canadian culture
B．The life in Canada
C．Benefits of studying abroad
D．Study in Canada — a unique experience
解析：选D 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了一些在加拿大留学的好处。
B
Enrich your knowledge about Mexico with eBooks.We offer a range of selected titles, many of which cannot be found elsewhere.With eBooks, you can download immediately and read today.
Book Name: Mexico Road Logs
Number of Pages: 64
Publication Date: 1st March 2013
Price: US$12.99
Description：
The Mexico Road Logs will make your highway journeys across Mexico much better, easier and safer.
The Mexico Road Logs is better than a GPS.It is more like a knowledgeable friend sitting in the passenger seat showing you where to turn, warning you about the next speed bump, gas station, or military check point.
Book Name: English Speaker's Guide to Living in Mexico
Number of Pages: 149
Publication Date: 22nd April 2013
Price: US$19.95
Description：
If you're planning to move to Mexico, making plans for your future life there, this book will help you.It contains a wealth of valuable and up-to-date information that will help you to understand the Mexican health and medical care systems and make informed choices about healthcare provision in Mexico.
Book Name: Sleeping With Pancho Villa
Number of Pages: 213
Publication Date: 1st June 2010
Price: US$9.95
Description：
The story happens in a small Mexican town.Jake, an American drifter (流浪汉) in an unnamed Mexican town, becomes a suspect in the murder of a local painter, Pancho.The search for the true criminal reveals the country's disordered politics and its economic tensions.
Book Name: 2013 Guide to the Cost of Living in Mexico
Number of Pages: 71
Publication Date: 1st February 2013
Price: US$19.95
Description：
Don't just guess at what living in Mexico might cost you.Everybody's situation is unique and so too are the costs.It enables you to create an estimate of your living costs in this country, based on your individual situation and lifestyle.
语篇解读：这篇文章向我们介绍了四本关于墨西哥的电子书，可以帮助我们了解墨西哥，并使我们在墨西哥的旅行更容易。
5．Which category (类别) does the book, English Speaker's Guide to Living in Mexico, belong to?
A．Road logs.
B．Fiction.
C．Health and medical care.
D．Work and retirement.
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据English Speaker's Guide to Living in Mexico部分中 “... understand the Mexican health and medical care systems ...” 可知这本书是关于保健和医疗的。
6．What does the underlined word，“It”， in the last part, probably refer to?
A．Mexican.
B．The book.
C．Your lifestyle.
D．Your education level.
解析：选B 代词指代题。根据2013 Guide to the Cost of Living in Mexico部分中画线单词的后文，使我们能够根据自己的情况和生活方式，预估自己在墨西哥的生活消费。可知“It”指代的是这本书。
7．If you want to travel Mexico alone by car, which book should you buy?
A．Mexico Road Logs.
B．English Speaker's Guide to Living in Mexico.
C．Sleeping With Pancho Villa.
D. 2013 Guide to the Cost of Living in Mexico.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据Mexico Road Logs部分可知，这本书可以使在墨西哥的自驾游旅程更好、更简单、更安全。
8．Which column of a website is this text probably taken from?
A．Game. B．Video.
C．Travel. D．Sports.
解析：选C 文章出处题。这四本电子书是帮助我们了解墨西哥的，所以可能取自旅行网站。
Ⅳ.语法填空
Walk into any main street book store in Britain and you'll see posters of Jamie Oliver. He's not a pop star __1__ a politician. He's a chef who is changing the diets of a whole generation. Oliver has been __2__ (great) attracted by food ever since he worked in __3__ father's restaurant as a child.He showed not only a cooking talent at a young age but also a huge interest __4__ creating fresh, honest and delicious food.
Oliver __5__ (appear) in cookery shows on TV, writes books and magazine articles and shows in cookware advertisements.His __6__ (activity), based on the method of producing good, healthy food, have inspired everyone __7__ (get) busy in the kitchen.
Oliver's TV program Jamie's School Dinners brought the chef's popular influence to focus __8__ raising the quality of food served in UK schools. He's helped youngsters to wake up to __9__they're eating and he's made caring about what you eat cool. Trying to enrich his recipe, he even travels to many places in the USA, __10__ (taste) different local dishes and discussing cooking with the local people.
答案：1.or 2.greatly 3.his 4.in 5.appears 6.activities 7.to get 8.on 9.what
10.tasting
Unit 5课时跟踪检测（十） Learning about Language & Using Language
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．Can you see those big figures in the distance?
2．He is famous for mixing Chinese traditional music with western instruments.
3．It has been confirmed that the singer will give a performance next week.
4．As far as I'm concerned, the whole idea is ridiculous.
5．She was terrified (terrify) at the thought of her house being broken into during midnight.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．他的演讲给听众留下了相当深的印象。
His speech made/left/gave_quite_an_impression_on the audience.
2．据我所知，他是个骗子。
As/So_far_as_I_know,_he is a cheat.
3．尽量不要把油和水混合在一起。
Don't try to mix_oil_with_water.
4．这消息证实了我的想法。
The news confirmed_my_thought.
5. 你的连衣裙从稍远处看还不错。
Your dress looks all right at_a_distance.
Ⅲ.完形填空
Last year was the first year when I taught the fifth grade.Recently, I've been __1__ by a “graduated” student for the first time.I was really surprised when he walked into my home.
He hasn't physically changed much since __2__ my class last year and if I had had to guess who would come to visit me first, I wouldn't have __3__ him.Carlos was a student who had a hard time sitting __4__ in the beginning of last year.He would often __5__ to go to the bathroom, and he'd talk or look like he was __6__ because of little sleep.He often needed __7__ in doing anything that other students could do well on their own.
I found out that the __8__ for his behavior in my classroom was that he had been __9__ nightmares (噩梦) about his border-crossing experience.He was __10__ that the immigration office would take him or his parents to prison or back to their __11__.And here he was in my class trying to learn a(n) __12__ language, which he had never touched before.
When he was in my class, one thing that stood out was that he had a(n) __13__ time speaking English.__14__when he walked in my room yesterday, all of that was missing.In walked a calm, __15__ boy who spoke and understood English far better than when he left me in June.He even __16__ to speak to my class in the sixth grade in English.He told me he remembered doing sign language and the video I made to help him __17__ his English.
His visit __18__ a lot to me not only because he has made great __19__， but also because it reminded me what it means to be a teacher — to have a lasting influence on __20__.
语篇解读：作者看到学生身上的变化，意识到作为老师，最主要的是要给学生留下长久的影响。
1．A.treated B．recognized
C．visited D．invited
解析：选C 根据后文语境，可知那位学生是来“拜访”作者的。
2．A.leaving B．attending
C．teaching D．organizing
解析：选A 根据“by a ‘graduated’ student”以及后文的“when he left me in June”可知，这位学生已经“离开”作者的班级了。
3．A.cared for B．talked about
C．turned to D．thought of
解析：选D 根据作者对那位学生的描述可知，他在课堂上表现并不好，故作者没“想到”他会来看她。
4．A.fast B．beautifully
C．still D．actively
解析：选C 根据“to go to the bathroom ...”可知，那位学生很难坐在座位上“不动”。
5．A.promise B．ask
C．continue D．plan
解析：选B 那位学生很不安分，总是“要求”去洗手间。
6．A.falling asleep B．having fun
C．walking out D．telling jokes
解析：选A 根据“because of little sleep”可知，这里是指他看起来好像要“睡着”了的样子。
7．A.notice B．help
C．time D．work
解析：选B 此处与“on their own”相对，表示别人可以独立做的事情他却需要“帮助”才能完成。
8．A.question B．method
C．result D．reason
解析：选D 后面是在解释他为什么有这种异常行为，故选D。
9．A.suffering B．making
C．receiving D．destroying
解析：选A 根据后文说他总是担心移民局会把他们关起来或者遣送回国的语境，可知他在“遭受”偷渡带来的噩梦。
10．A.angry B．sorry
C．afraid D．disappointed
解析：选C 根据nightmares可知那个学生“害怕”他们一家会被移民局遣送回国。
11．A.boss B．school
C．street D．country
解析：选D 他们是非法移民，移民局应该是要把他们遣送回他们自己的“国家”。
12．A.interesting B．new
C．easy D．useless
解析：选B 根据“which he had never touched before”可知，他要学的是一门“新的”语言。
13．A.unforgettable B．enjoyable
C．difficult D．funny
解析：选C 面对一门新的语言，那位学生学起来感觉“很吃力”。
14．A.So B．But
C．If D．Because
解析：选B 根据“all of that was missing”可知，此处需要一个表示转折的连词。
15．A.hard-working B．naughty
C．rich D．confident
解析：选D 根据“who spoke and understood English far better than when he left me in June”可知，那位学生现在很“自信”了。
16．A.pretended B．offered
C．refused D．feared
解析：选B 那位学生现在很自信，并且“主动提出”要给作者班里的学生讲话。
17．A.improve B．copy
C．examine D．find
解析：选A 那位学生当时英语不好，作者做那个视频是为了帮助他“提高”英语的。
18．A.threw B．pulled
C．took D．meant
解析：选D 根据“it reminded me what it means to be a teacher”可知，那位学生的这次拜访对作者来说意义很大，故选D。
19．A.progress B．effort
C．impression D．money
解析：选A 这里是指那位学生的这次来访让作者知道他“进步”很大。
20．A.audience B．parents
C．students D．speakers
解析：选C 那位学生的这次来访让作者意识到作为老师，最主要的是要给“学生”留下长久的影响。
Ⅳ.任务型阅读
Tuvalu, a tiny country in the Pacific Ocean, has asked for help as it fears it will be swallowed up by the sea.
Storms and huge waves are a constant threat and none of Tuvalu's nine little islands is more than five meters above sea level, Salt water is already entering the country's drinking water supply, as well as damaging plants that produce fruit and vegetable.__1__.
__2___.Venice, a historic city in Italy best known for its canals, has sunk about 24 cm over the past 100 years.Experts say that it will have sunk another 20～50 cm by 2050.A century ago, St Mark's Square, the lowest point in the city, flooded about nine times a year.Nowadays, it happens more than 100 times.While Venice is slowly sinking into the mud on which it stands, Tuvalu's rising sea level is caused by global warming.
The average global temperature has increased by almost 0.5 centigrade degrees over the past century; scientists expect it to rise by extra 1～3 degrees over the next 100 years.
Warmer weather makes glaciers melt, adding more water to the ocean.The warmer temperatures also make water expand, so it takes up more space, causing the sea level to rise.The sea level has risen about 10～25 cm in the last 100 years.
__3__.Through burning coal, oil and gas, people have been increasing the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, such as CO2.This adds to the power of the greenhouse effect, making the planet even warmer.
Many scientists believe that, if the warming is not stopped, there will be huge climate changes.__4__.
__5__， the sea will swallow up millions of homes and the world will be flooded with “climate refugees” looking for somewhere to live.
A．The main cause of global warming is human pollution
B．Should this come true
C．Without urgent help, the country's days are numbered
D．But Tuvalu is not the first place to face sinking into the sea
E．The sea level could rise by one meter this century
F．People face a lot of pollution
G．Much has been done about our planet
答案：1～5 CDAEB
Ⅴ.短文改错
Mobile phones are being more wide used.They're light on weight and easy to carry, offered fast and convenient service for communication.The users use them for make phone calls, sending short messages and internet-surfing.In recently years, mobile phones have become popular with middle school students.Quite a few use it to keep in touch with their families and friends, which, of course was convenient.However, I don't think it's good to do so.In spite of the disadvantages mentioned above, student users often waste a lot of time chatting on the phone in his spare time.Some even use them to cheat exams.In addition, mobile phone bills cost students' parents lot of money.
答案：第一句：wide→widely
第二句：on→in; offered→offering
第三句：make→making
第四句：recently→recent
第五句：it→them; was→is
第七句：his→their
第八句：exams前加in或during
第九句：lot→lots或lot前加a
阶段质量检测（一）
A卷 学业水平达标
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1．5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What's the weather like now?
A．Rainy. B．Fine. C．Cloudy.
2．Who is the girl over there in red?
A．Susan's neighbor.
B．The woman's sister.
C．The woman's roommate's friend.
3．Why does the woman want a pear?
A．Because she is thirsty.
B．Because she likes eating pears.
C．Because her brother wants a pear.
4．What's the possible relationship between the two speakers?
A．Brother and sister.
B．Mother and son.
C．Neighbors.
5．What does the man probably think of the picnic?
A．Terrible. B．Just so-so. C．Great.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1．5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
6．What's wrong with the man?
A．He has become seriously ill.
B．His hand is bleeding.
C．His head is injured.
7．What does the woman decide to do?
A．To get the man's wallet for him.
B．To go to the hospital with the man.
C．To lend the man some money.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
8．What will the speakers do?
A．See a movie. B．Take a walk. C．Go home.
9．With whom will the woman have supper this evening?
A．The man.
B．Her grandma.
C．The man's grandma.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．How long has the man been staying in America?
A．Three months. B．Five months.
C．Half a year.
11．What kind of life do people in New Orleans live?
A．Hard. B．Rich. C．Relaxing.
12．What kind of music originated in New Orleans?
A．Jazz. B．Country music.
C．Rock and roll.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．What problem will the man face when losing his job?
A．Investment problem.
B．Finance problem.
C．Honesty problem.
14．What does the man think of his boss?
A．Hard-working. B．Dishonest.
C．Greedy.
15．When will the man leave his apartment according to the contract?
A．Next month. B．In two months.
C．In three months.
16．What's the woman's advice to the man?
A．To quit his job. B．To move in with her.
C．To buy things of little value.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．When did the fire happen?
A．On Wednesday morning.
B．On Thursday morning.
C．On Wednesday evening.
18．What's the relationship between Dalton Newlan and Ed Bellville?
A．Grandson and grandfather.
B．Son and father.
C．Neighbors.
19．How old is Ed Bellville?
A．60 years old. B．66 years old.
C．76 years old.
20．What made Ed Bellville's health worse?
A．The heat. B．The cold.
C．The smoke.
答案：1～5 BCCAC 6～10 BCBBA
11～15 CABBA 16～20 BAACC
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Earth Day is celebrated every year on April 22.Take some time to find out about how one man, who was determined to change the way we treated our planet, didn't stop until he had made a difference.
In 1963, Senator Gaylord Nelson wasn't happy with the earth's condition.He wanted to clean up the planet, solve pollution and environmental problems.A senator (参议员) is someone US citizens choose to help make laws, so Gaylord had a lot of power.He went to John F．Kennedy, the President at the time, with his ideas.The President agreed that the planet's environment was a serious issue, so President Kennedy went around the country on a five-day tour to promote the idea of cleaning up the planet.People began making small changes but it wasn't enough.
A few years later, Senator Nelson decided to put one day aside every year for the cause of saving the planet.On April 22,1970, the first Earth Day was celebrated.More than 20 million people took part in Earth Day activities in 1970.Since then, Earth Day has become an international holiday.People all over the world are doing something to make the Earth a cleaner, better place.
A rock band named Dramarama wrote a song about Earth Day in 1993 called What Are We Gonna Do.Encouraging your family to recycle on a regular basis is a good way to help the Earth.
21．Who is Gaylord Nelson?
A．He is a lawyer.
B．He is the President of the USA.
C．He is a senator.
D．He is a rock singer.
解析：选C 细节理解题。由第二段第一句可知Gaylord Nelson是一位参议员。
22．Which of the following is better for us to do to help the Earth?
A．To work hard to be a senator.
B．To take a five-day tour around the world.
C．To take part in Earth Day activities every year.
D．To recycle on a regular basis.
解析：选D 细节理解题。文章最后一句表明帮助地球保持清洁最好的方法就是“recycle on a regular basis”。
23．Which of the following about Earth Day is NOT true according to the passage?
A．Earth Day is celebrated on April 22 every year.
B．Earth Day has become an international holiday since 1970.
C．Earth Day is celebrated by 20 million people every year.
D．Dramarama wrote What Are We Gonna Do about Earth Day in 1993.
解析：选C 细节理解题。文章中只提到在1970年庆祝时有两千万人参加，而不是每年都是这么多人。
24．What's the best title of the passage?
A．A Founder of Earth Day
B．The Foundation of Earth Day
C．How to Protect the Earth
D．A Senator and the President
解析：选B 由全文可知，主要介绍“地球日”是如何诞生的。
B
Full of beauty, happiness and a healthy love of life, the Bulgarian (保加利亚人的) festivals and customs date back to old time when man tried to live in peace with nature.The merriest and richest festivals are Christmas and the New Year, when the so-called “sourvakari” makes the round of house with wishes for health and wealth.Other main festivals include “ladouvane” — a holiday for young girls on New Year's Day or Midsummer Day (24th June), Shrovetide and Mummers' Games which mark the start of spring, and “lazrouvane” — a traditional festival for love and family, health and richness.And among them, the widely popular and typical Bulgarian customs and festivals are “martenitsas” and rose-picking.
Every year on March 1st, the Bulgarians give each other “martenitsas” — a small doll made of white and red strings, a symbol of the beginning of spring, health and happiness.
In late May and early June every year, the rose-picking season starts in the Valley of Roses which is between the Balkan Range and the Sredna Gora Mountains.Rose-picking starts at dawn, before sunrise and before the pleasant smell of the rose has disappeared.The Bulgarian rose produces 70 percent of the world's rose oil which is used by the very well-known perfume (香水) company as a basic element of its products.This is the time of the Festival of Roses, celebrated with carnivals, happy activities, folk songs and dances in Karlovo and Kazanluk on the first Sunday in June.
25．The passage is mainly about ________.
A．Christmas and the New Year in Bulgaria
B．the origin of Bulgarian festivals and customs
C．rose-picking and perfume industry in Bulgaria
D．typical customs and festivals of Bulgaria
解析：选D 第一段列举了保加利亚的节日，第二段和第三段分别介绍了两大节日风俗。
26．Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A．“Martenitsas” — the Beginning of Spring
B．Beauty, Happiness and Love
C．Bulgarian Festivals and Customs
D．Rose-picking and “Martenitsas”
解析：选C 根据文意，主要是介绍保加利亚的主要节日风俗。
27．The author of this passage intends to ________.
A. let us know some knowledge of Bulgarian culture
B．tell us the differences between customs and festivals
C．explain the connection between customs and industry
D．find the origin of the Bulgarian customs
解析：选A 根据短文可以推知，作者的主要目的是介绍保加利亚的节日风俗，即提供有关保加利亚文化的信息。
28．This passage is most likely to appear in a ________.
A．magazine of travel
B．book on world culture
C．history book
D．daily newspaper
解析：选B 根据短文主题，本文应是刊载在涉及世界文化的书籍上。
C
One summer my friend and I decided to go to Italy for a holiday and we decided to travel there without going through a travel agency.You know, you would be submerged (淹没) in crowds of tourists and lose lots of opportunities to get familiar with the country more closely.We started to think over our trip and managed to come up with a free tour of Italy.
The trip was not very long but it was still very impressive (印象深刻的)．We look forward to going there again! Of course, we spent lots of time arranging (安排) the trip, but it was well worth it! Of course I was afraid that something would go wrong and I was especially anxious about my visa, but everything went quite smoothly in the end.
The most difficult part was getting a visa (签证) without an invitation.In the Italian consulate (领事馆), one must hand in some official papers proving that one has a hotel booked for oneself in order to get the visa.Then we had to solve the ticket problem.Airlines often sell cheap tickets and we bought ours far in advance.The next step was to book a hotel.We finally booked a hotel about 30km away from the heart of Rome and it was the perfect choice for our trip.
Every day we took a train that carried us to the heart of Rome.Our big house, which was surrounded by the forest, was a rare place for the fresh air and absolute silence, beautiful views, hospitable hosts, comfortable living conditions delighting us to no end.Besides this, we were very lucky that our mistress was a Russian.She gave us a lot of advice that was of great use.She told us what transport to choose and where the best places to go.
Don't be afraid to arrange your trip by yourself.It's not difficult! The only thing I'll say right now is that we really enjoyed traveling by ourselves.We walked with a map and a guide-book to wherever we wanted and we even met some of our fellow countrymen on the way just two or three times.So, if you're also planning a “single” trip, don't forget to take a Russian-Italian phrasebook as people in Italy prefer to speak in their native tongue.
语篇解读：本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者和他的朋友策划的意大利之行。文章介绍了旅游前的准备工作，如自己如何取得签证，还有在意大利旅游时当地的住宿条件，以及自己策划意大利之旅的优点以及感受。
29．Why does the author want to go to Italy again?
A．Because he had a great time there.
B．Because Italy has a lot of attractions.
C．Because his friend invited him there.
D．Because he didn't stay in Italy long enough.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第二段“The trip was not very long but it was still very impressive. We look forward to going there again！”结合第四段的内容以及最后一段中的“The only thing I'll say right now is that we really enjoyed traveling by ourselves.”可知， 意大利之行他们玩得很尽兴，给他们留下了深刻的印象，所以想再去意大利，因此选A。
30．What does the author think was the hardest in preparing for his Italian trip?
A．Buying cheap airline tickets to Italy before the traveling.
B．Getting a visa without an invitation from the Italian consulate.
C．Booking a comfortable hotel on his own in Rome.
D．Solving the ticket problem far in advance.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第三段的第一句“The most difficult part was getting a visa without an invitation.”可知，最难的事情是在没有邀请函的情况下向意大利大使馆申请签证，因此选择B。A、C、D虽然文中都涉及了，但是都不符合题干要求。
31．In the fourth paragraph the author mainly explains________.
A．the reason why he chose to live in the center of Rome
B．the reason why the hotel he booked was the right choice
C．what transport they chose to travel in their Italian trip
D．the reason why the mistress gave them some advice
解析：选B 主旨大意题。根据第四段对旅馆周围环境、交通情况以及该旅馆的好处的介绍可知，作者在第四段主要讲对旅馆满意的原因。
32．From the text we can know the author________.
A．enjoys traveling everywhere in the world
B．likes being accompanied by tour guides
C．advises us to arrange trips by ourselves
D．met with a lot of his countrymen in Italy
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据文章的主要内容，尤其是第一段说不想在旅游团的拥挤的人群中，也不想错过更多亲近意大利的机会，以及最后一段的“Don't be afraid to arrange your trip by yourself.”可以推断出应该选择C。其余选项没有依据。
D
Next Thursday, November 27th (the fourth Thursday in November), Americans will gather with family and friends to share a big meal to celebrate Thanksgiving.They might play games, tell stories or watch football on television together.
Angelo Rosa has more Thanksgiving memories than most people.From Drexel Hill, Pennsylvania, the 100-year-old man lives in the same house where he celebrated a great number of Thanksgivings.
But he says it was different when he was a child.Mr Rosa was just three when his family came to America.“When we were small children, Thanksgiving was never a very big holiday because at the time we actually didn't pay too much attention to it.” But, also, he says, his parents faced a language difficulty.“They were from Italy and spoke very broken English, because they were the first generation that came over here.”
And the family had little money.There were six Rosa children.Mr Rosa's father was a coal miner in Pennsylvania.The family was not able to have big, costly dinners, especially during the hard time of the 1930's.But Mr Rosa says Thanksgiving dinners became a tradition in his own family after he married and had children.
This Thanksgiving, Angelo Rosa will go to the home of his daughter about twenty minutes away. He will celebrate the day with loved ones, including his great-grandchildren.
On the other side of the country, Cathie Dahlstrom is preparing dishes for a group of 35 to 40 people in Concord, California.We asked Ms Dahlstrom what she is thankful for this year, her first answer is “The election”. She said she also is deeply grateful for her very large family.Ms Dahlstrom has one daughter.She has five younger brothers and sisters.She also has eight stepbrothers and sisters.Many of them and their families will be at the Thanksgiving dinner.
语篇解读：本文通过对两个家庭的叙述得知：感恩节就是家庭成员、亲戚的团聚，而不是旅游冒险，也不是不同代之间的相会。
33．From Ms Dahlstrom's words, we can infer that________.
A．she is content with her family, relatives and the society
B．she is thankful for her effort in the election and her family
C．she has always been celebrating Thanksgiving this way
D．her daughter has a large family with stepbrothers and sisters
解析：选A 细节推断题。Ms Dahlstrom有两个感激：“总统选举”和“大家庭”，由此推断出她无论对社会还是对家庭都是充满感激和爱的。
34．As a whole, Thanksgiving in America is________.
A．a happy gathering with family members, relatives and friends
B．a grand family dinner party as well as a tourist holiday
C．a great social gathering of entertainment and achievement
D．a large gathering of people of different generations
解析：选A 细节归纳题。对文中这两个家庭的大致叙述，不难看出，感恩节就是家庭成员、亲戚的团聚，而不是旅游、冒险，也不是不同代人之间的相会。
35．Who probably wrote the passage?
A．A close friend of Mr Rosa and Ms Dahlstrom's.
B．A journalist for a radio or TV station.
C．A university student who majors in history.
D．An actress who wants to experience real life.
解析：选B 体裁判断题。文中数次出现直接引语，在最后一段中出现了“We asked”。由此判断出采访形式是广播或电视节目报道。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
__36__ One of the best things you can possibly do is to start you own club.It's great fun especially if you are the sort of person who feels there's never anything to do during the school holidays.
The first thing you need to come up with is an idea for your club.__37__ Pets, clothes, pop music or dancing groups, sports, making things? The list is endless.
Next you need some friends to be in your club with you.__38__ All you need is three or four other people who are interested in the same thing as you.
__39__ You should all sit down somewhere together with lots of pieces of paper and write down every name you can think up.That'll keep you busy for ages.
At your first meeting you should make up a rule book.And the first rule should be no grown-ups or little/big brothers or sisters! The best clubs are always secret!
Now you have just about everything you need, except membership cards.These are very important and again you can spend a lot of time making them.__40__ Why not leave some space for a photo of yourself? That will make the membership card really look like it.
So there you are. Get clubbing! Once you get started you'll think of loads of more interesting things to do!
A．That's easy.
B．Enjoy your own club!
C．Invite a designer to join you.
D．What are you interested in?
E．Some vacation is just around the corner.
F．Then you need to pick a name for your club.
G．Use a bright thick pen to make a special design.
答案：36～40 EDAFG
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
A young man was getting ready to graduate from college.He had wanted a beautiful__41__in a dealer's showroom, and knowing his father could well__42__it, he told him that was all he wanted.
As Graduation Day came near, the young man expected__43__that his father had bought the gift.__44__， on the morning of his graduation, his father called him into his own__45__.His father told him how proud he was to have such a fine son, and told him how much he loved him.He__46__ his son a beautifully wrapped gift box.
Curious, and somewhat__47__， the young man opened the box and found a lovely leather-bound Bible, with the young man's name written in gold.Angry，he__48__his voice to his father, and said，“With all your money you give me a Bible？” And he__49__out of the house.
Many years passed and the young man was very__50__in business.He had a beautiful house and wonderful family, but__51__ his father was very old, and thought perhaps he should go to see him.__52__he could make arrangements, he received a telegram__53__him his father had passed away and willed all of his__54__to his son.When he arrived at his father's house, sudden sadness and regret__55__his heart.He began to__56__his father's important papers and saw the still new gift-wrapped Bible, just as he had__57__it years ago.With tears, he opened the Bible and began to turn the pages.His father had carefully__58__a verse (诗), Matthew 7～11，“And if you, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more shall your Heavenly Father which is in Heaven, give to those who ask him？”
As he read those words, a car key__59__from the back of the Bible.It had a tag (标签) with the dealer's name, the same dealer who had the sports car he had desired.On the tag was the__60__of his graduation, and the words: PAID IN FULL.
语篇解读：误解往往是因为自以为了解，如果你的做法和坚持是以误解为基础的，无疑你会错过很多东西，而有些东西一旦错过了也就永远错过了。
41．A.computer B．bike
C．car D．recorder
解析：选C 由文章最后一段中的“a car key”和“the sports car”可知答案。
42．A.pay B．buy
C．support D．afford
解析：选D afford常与can/could/be able to连用，表示“买得起；担负得起”。
43．A.signs B．facts
C．marks D．results
解析：选A sign“迹象”；fact“事实”；mark“记号；标记”；result“结果”。这个年轻人渴望得到车，所以一直期盼着看到父亲有买车的迹象。
44．A.However B．Finally
C．Quietly D．Actually
解析：选B C、D两项明显不符合句意，而A项中的however表转折，此处无转折之意。用finally表示“毕业的这一天终于到来了”。
45．A.house B．room
C．study D．office
解析：选C 由此处的“his own”和第四段中的“his father's important papers”可判断出用study(书房)。
46．A.gave B．handed
C．showed D．presented
解析：选B give与present 较笼统，hand较具体、生动，故选B项。
47．A.excited B．nervous
C．interested D．disappointed
解析：选D 由于没得到自己想要的礼物，年轻人有点失望。
48．A.raised B．changed
C．improved D．increased
解析：选A 由于生气年轻人提高嗓音朝他父亲吼叫。
49．A.ran B．went
C．walked D．stormed
解析：选D storm意为“横冲直撞；猛冲”，此处用storm恰当地表现出他当时生气的样子，而run仅表示跑出去。
50．A.busy B．successful
C．comfortable D．happy
解析：选B 从后面一句“He had a beautiful house and wonderful family ...”可知答案。
51．A.remembered B．realized
C．knew D．considered
解析：选B realize“意识到”。
52．A.When B．As
C．After D．Before
解析：选D 他还没来得及安排时间去看望父亲就收到电报。
53．A.informing B．announcing
C．telling D．discovering
解析：选C 用tell可表示“信上/电报上说”“牌子上写着”“仪器显示”等。
54．A.treasures B．possessions
C．clothing D．eagerness
解析：选B possession常用复数形式表示财产。
55．A.filled B．caught
C．attacked D．beat
解析：选A 他心中充满了悲伤和后悔。
56．A.pick up B．remind of
C．search through D．refer to
解析：选C 作者在书房中整理父亲留下的重要文件，即清点父亲留下的东西。
57．A.seen B．got
C．left D．thrown
解析：选C leave“放置”，符合句意。
58．A.made B．written
C．underlined D．designed
解析：选C underline“在……下画线(以示强调)”。
59．A.dropped B．appeared
C．rolled D．showed
解析：选A 车钥匙掉下来，所以用drop。
60．A.year B．date
C．moment D．day
解析：选B 标签上标有年轻人毕业那一天的日期。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1．5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
A man was really worried about his son, __61__ was sixteen years old but had no courage at all. So the father decided to call on a Buddhist monk __62__ (train) his child.
The Buddhist monk said to the boy's father, “You should leave your son to me. I will make him a man of __63__ (brave) within three months. However, you can't come to see him during that period.”
Three months later, the boy's father returned. The Buddhist monk arranged a boxing match between the child and a(n) __64__ (profession) boxer (拳击手)．
Each time the boxer hit the boy, he fell down, but at once the boy stood up. Several times later, the Buddhist monk asked, “__65__ do you think of your child？”
“What __66__ shame！” the boy's father said. “I never thought he could be so __67__ (easy) knocked down. I shouldn't have left him here at all.”
“I'm sorry that's all you see. Don't you see __68__ each time he falls down, he stands up again instead of __69__ (cry)? That's the kind of courage you wanted him to have.”
If each time you are knocked down and you have the courage to stand up again, then you can be proud __70__ yourself.
答案：61．who 62.to train 63.bravery 64.professional 65.What 66.a 67.easily 68.that 69.crying 70.of
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Dear Ian，
Thank you for share the stories about you and your best friend in your last letter. I have a best friend, who name is Wang Ming, and we had known each other for a long time. We met on the first day of school. We were deskmate in class. We both liked pop music and we often went to my house to listen CDs. It wasn't long after we became best friends.
Now we're in different senior high schools and all of us are busy with our studies. Although we cannot see each other often, but we're still best friends. He always encourage me to realize my dreams. I am thankfully I have such a good friend to rely on.
Yours，
Li Hua
答案：第一句：share→sharing
第二句：who→whose; had→have
第四句：deskmate→deskmates
第五句：listen后加to
第六句：after→before
第七句：all→both
第八句：去掉but
第九句：encourage→encourages
第十句：thankfully→thankful
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
随着中西方文化交流的不断加强，现在许多年轻人都热衷于过诸如“情人节”“愚人节”“圣诞节”之类的洋节而忽视了传统节日，许多人对此持反对态度。请结合下表内容谈谈你自己的看法。
支持者的看法
反对者的看法
你的看法
1．显得时尚
2．可以学习外国文化
3．借此扩大交际圈
1．是一种文化入侵
2．会淡化对传统节日的感情
……
注意：
1．短文须包括表格中的全部内容；
2．短文开头已给出，不计入总词数；
3．词数：100左右。
参考词汇：入侵 invasion
Is it right for young people to celebrate foreign festivals such as Valentine's Day, April Fool's Day and Christmas Day？_______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Is it right for young people to celebrate foreign festivals such as Valentine's Day, April Fool's Day and Christmas Day? Some people say yes. They think that celebrating foreign festivals is a fashionable activity because it helps not only to make friends but also to gain more knowledge about foreign culture.
Others, however, don't think so. They believe that it is foolish for the Chinese to celebrate foreign festivals, which will greatly affect people's feelings on our own traditional festivals. Some people even consider it as a culture invasion.
As for me, I don't think foreign festivals are very bad things. In fact, the world is becoming “smaller” — people all over the world are becoming a big family. On the other hand, I think we should pay more attention to our own traditional festivals, because they are part of the root of our Chinese culture.
B卷 能力素养提升
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1．5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
M: Hi, Mary. I called you last night to invite you to my birthday party, but I didn't get through.
W: I'm sorry. I was on the net then.
(Text 2)
M: Jane, let's go to the seaside in Hainan. I've always been dreaming about Hainan after seeing it on TV.
W: Why not go to Qingdao? It also has the seaside there, and it's cheaper.
(Text 3)
M: I hope you don't mind my going to the cinema with my friend tonight, mum.
W: Let me see ... I'm afraid you can't. You have to prepare for the coming exam.
(Text 4)
W: A talk on senior high school life will be given in the school hall on Thursday afternoon.
M: That's right. There are only three days left.
(Text 5)
M: It is so hot today! I'd like some ice cream, an iced watermelon and a bottle of Coca-Cola. How about you?
W: I'm on a diet, so a glass of water is OK.
M: OK, as you wish.
1．What was Mary doing when the man called her?
A．She was making a telephone call.
B．She was surfing the Internet.
C．She was out.
2．Why does the woman want to go to Qingdao?
A．It's more beautiful.
B．She has seen it on TV.
C．It's cheaper.
3．What will the man probably do tonight?
A．Go to see a film.
B．Take an exam.
C．Study at home.
4．What day is it today?
A．Monday. B．Thursday.
C．Sunday.
5．What would the woman like?
A．Some ice cream. B．A glass of water.
C．Nothing.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1．5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
W: Come in, Mr. Wang. It's nice to see you.
M: Good evening, Mary. I'm very sorry to be late.
W: That's all right. We're all glad you could come tonight.
M: You know, I couldn't find your house. I mean, I couldn't quite remember the address of your house.
W: Maybe I didn't make myself clear.
M: No, it was my fault. I've got a bad memory.
W: Well, it doesn't matter. Take off your coat and make yourself at home.
M: Thanks.
6．What is the probable relationship between the two speakers?
A．Father and daughter. B．Doctor and patient.
C．Friends.
7．Why was the man late?
A．He didn't catch the bus on time.
B．He couldn't remember the woman's house address.
C．The woman didn't tell him her address.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
(Text 7)
M: Hello, Helen. It's nice to see you again. How was the flight?
W: Hi, George. It wasn't bad.
M: Let me carry these bags for you.
W: Oh, thank you, but I think I can manage it.
M: Here's my car. Let me take you to the hotel first.
W: Thank you, George. It seems to be a beautiful city. I think I'll enjoy my stay here.
M: I'm sure you will. By the way, would you like me to show you around the city this afternoon?
W: Oh，that's very nice of you. I'm looking forward to it. Thank you.
M: It's my pleasure.
8．How did the woman get to the city?
A．By train. B．By air.
C．By car.
9．What will the two speakers do this afternoon?
A．See the city. B．Rest in a hotel.
C．Go shopping.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
M: I've heard that Paul has moved out.
W: He moved out last weekend. He is tired of the noise in our neighbourhood.
M: Yes. He has been complaining about that since the highway nearby was opened last year. Do you know where he lives now?
W: He's now living in a very nice and quiet neighbourhood near a university.
M: Is he paying more rent now?
W: He told me it was 1,500 yuan a month, 500 yuan higher than the rent here. Even so, it's still worth it.
M: I think he's probably very happy to leave this noisy place.
W: Yes, he is.
M: I shall call him for more information about his new apartment. I may consider moving there.
10．Why did Paul move out of the neighborhood?
A．It's too far away from his university.
B．It's very noisy.
C．It's not clean.
11．What is the rent of a month in Paul's old neighborhood?
A．500 yuan. B．1,000 yuan.
C．1,500 yuan.
12．What will the man do next?
A．Call Paul.
B．Move in with Paul.
C．Visit Paul's new apartment.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W: Hello, may I speak to Mr. Johnson, please?
M: Hello. This is Bill Johnson speaking. Who is that, please?
W: This is Lily. Mr. Johnson, Lucy and I would like to invite you to dinner tomorrow evening. Would it be alright for you?
M: I'm afraid tomorrow won't do, because I have an important class to give then.
W: Oh, can we make it next Monday evening?
M: I think that will be fine. Where shall we meet?
W: How about meeting at the Yangtze Hotel?
M: The Yangtze Hotel? I'm afraid that's too far away.
W: We can choose the Guiyuan Restaurant or the Wuzhou Restaurant. They are all in the city center.
M: Sounds good. Let's go to the Guiyuan Restaurant. It's nicer.
W: OK. Let's make it around seven.OK?
M: OK. Thanks for calling. Goodbye.
W: Goodbye.
13．Who is making the telephone call?
A．Lucy. B．Lily.
C．Bill Johnson.
14．When will the two speakers have dinner together?
A．Tomorrow evening.
B．On Sunday evening.
C．Next Monday evening.
15．Where will they have dinner?
A．At the woman's house.
B．At the Guiyuan Restaurant.
C．At the Wuzhou Restaurant.
16．What is the man most probably?
A．A professor. B．A doctor.
C．A manager.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
M: Good evening, everybody. I'm George. I'm so glad that for today's programme, we have J．K. Rowling to share with us how she became a famous writer. Let's welcome her.
W: Hi, everybody. I'm J．K. Rowling. I'm so glad to be here. Actually, I began writing stories at the age of six and always daydreamed of becoming a writer. In 1990, when I was stuck for four hours on a train, I dreamt of a boy called “Harry Potter”. Before I started to write about Harry Potter, my husband left me and our three-month-old daughter. So I decided to start writing novels to have a new life and wrote my first Harry Potter novel. I sent my novel to a lot of publishing houses. They doubted my writing skills and rejected me. This went on until the year 1996, when the Bloomsbury publishing house agreed to help me. In 1997, Harry Potter was published, and the character soon became one of children's most favorite characters. We had to print more copies several times. In 1998, in the month of February, my very first novel was awarded the British Book Award for “Children's Book of the Year”．
17．What is the talk mainly about?
A．How J．K. Rowling became a famous writer.
B．How J．K. Rowling created the character of Harry Potter.
C．How Harry Potter became famous.
18．What happened to J．K. Rowling before she started writing?
A．She had a train accident.
B．She was rejected by many companies.
C．Her husband left her.
19．Why did J．K. Rowling decide to write her first novel?
A．To support her family.
B．To start a new life.
C．To make her daughter happy.
20．When was the novel Harry Potter first published?
A．In 1990. B．In 1996.
C．In 1997.
答案：1～5 BCCAB 6～10 CBBAB
11～15 BABCB 16～20 AACBC
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Samara, which was also called Kuybyshev from 1935 to 1990, is the sixth largest city in Russia. It is situated in the southeastern part of European Russia, the Volga Federal District, right at the point where the Volga and Samara Rivers meet. Samara is also considered the most important administrative (管理) center of Samara Oblast. Its population has changed during the last twenty years. 1,164,900 (2010); 1,157,880 (2002); 1,254,460 (1989). It used to be a closed city, but now Samara is a large and important social, political, economic, industrial and cultural center of European Russia, which in May 2007 hosted the European Union-Russia Summit.
Samara is located on the east bank of the Volga River, which acts as its western boundary; across the river are the Zhiguli Mountains, after which the local beer is named. Its northern boundary is formed by the Sokolyi Hills and by the steppes (大草原) to the south and to the east. The land within the city boundaries covers 46,597 hectares. As for its climate, Samara has a continental climate with hot summers and cold winters.
The life of Samara's citizens has always been closely linked to the Volga River, which has not only served as the main commercial approach to Russia throughout several centuries, but also is a great place to visit, attracting thousands of millions of people here every year. Samara's riverfront is one of the favorite recreation places for local citizens and tourists. After the Soviet novelist Vasily Aksyonov visited Samara, he said, “I am not sure where in the West one can find such a long and beautiful embankment (堤坝), possibly only around Lake Geneva.”
语篇解读：萨马拉?Samara?，俄罗斯伏尔加河中游的重要城市，位于萨马拉河与伏尔加河的交汇处，经过几个世纪的发展，现在已经成为俄罗斯重要的政治、经济及文化中心。
21．Which of the following correctly describes the location of Samara?
A．It lies at the place where the Volga and Samara Rivers meet.
B．It is situated on the west bank of Volga river.
C．It is situated in the center of the Volga Federal District.
D．It lies to the west of Zhiguli Mountains.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的“right at the point where the Volga and Samara Rivers meet.”可知，Samara的地理位置是在Samara River和Volga River的交汇处，故选A。
22．The local beer is named after ________.
A．the Volga River
B．the Zhiguli Mountains
C．the Sokolyi Hills
D．the steppes
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的“across the ... local beer is named.”可知，此处的which指代的是前面的Zhiguli Mountains。
23．What's the weather like in Samara?
A．It's neither hot in summer nor cold in winter.
B．It's hot in summer but not cold in winter.
C．It's hot in summer and cold in winter.
D．It's not hot in summer but cold in winter.
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第二段最后一句“As for its ... cold winters.”可知，这里属于大陆性气候，夏季炎热，冬季寒冷。
24．The purpose of the writer in using Aksyonov's words is to ________.
A．stress the importance of Samara to Russia
B．add that Samara is also a tourist city
C．compare Samara with Geneva
D．attract people to visit Samara
解析：选B 推理判断题。作者引用Aksyonov的话，主要是为了进一步阐述上文提到的 “... but also is a great place to visit”。
B
Visitors to this year's Smithsonian Folklife Festival can explore the music, history, art and food of Wales. This small country in the United Kingdom is known for its music, sports, beautiful natural areas and ancient history. Visitors to the festival can also learn about the country's language and industry.
Visitors to the Smithsonian Folklife Festival can start their exploration of Wales by learning about its native language, Welsh. Welsh is one of the oldest languages in the world.The first lesson to learn is the Welsh word for Wales: Cymru.
Festival visitors can learn more from Iona Hughes, a Welsh teacher in the country's capital, Cardiff. Welsh and English are now the official languages of Wales. But people there did not always support the use of Welsh. Today, about twenty percent of the population of Wales speaks the language fluently. Iona Hughes said, “It's quite wonderful to see how the language has developed and how the language has grown especially in the last thirty years. I remember as a child actually saying that Welsh was a dying language, and now I'm proud to say that actually it isn't — it's a thriving (欣欣向荣的) language.”
The Welsh people are serious about language and the spoken word. They hold competitions to celebrate their language in literature and music.
Wales is also known for its natural beauty. It has hundreds of lakes and over one thousand kilometres of coastline.
The festival events also tell about Welsh industries. You can see an expert make thread out of wool from a sheep. Or you might learn about traditional Welsh building materials like slate (板岩)．
And, no visit to Wales would be complete without a pub (酒吧) where people can sit down and drink a beer.
25．From Paragraph 1 we can learn that Wales ________.
A．is very big in size
B．has many new industries
C．is poor in natural scenery
D．is famous for many aspects
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句可知，威尔士在很多方面都很出名。
26．Which of the following is TRUE about the Welsh language?
A．Most Welsh people speak it well in daily life.
B．Some Welsh people show no interest in it.
C．It is the only official language of Wales.
D．It is the oldest language in the world.
解析：选B 正误判断题。根据第三段第三句可知，并不是所有的英国人都喜欢威尔士语，故B项正确。根据第三段第四句可知，现在的威尔士人会说威尔士语的很少了，故A项错误；根据第三段第二句可知，威尔士语和英语都是威尔士的官方语言，因此C项错误；根据第二段第二句可知，威尔士语不是最古老的，而是其中之一，故D项错误。
27．What Iona Hughes said shows that ________.
A．she is an expert in Welsh
B．she has studied Welsh for 30 years
C．she has done a lot for the development of Welsh
D．she has a different opinion on Welsh than before
解析：选D 推理判断题。Iona Hughes说到她小时候认为威尔士语是一种即将灭亡的语言，现在认为它是欣欣向荣的语言，由此可推知，她对威尔士语有了不同的认识。
28．The passage is mainly written to ________.
A．explain why Wales is famous
B．persuade readers to visit Wales
C．introduce something about Wales
D．introduce Smithsonian Folklife Festival
解析：选C 主旨大意题。文章主要介绍了威尔士的一些情况，因此C项是最佳选项。
C
People are always excited whenever they hear the word “free”．The reason behind this is that the prices of all items (物品) in the market are rising and it is already lucky if the prices went down. One item that is included in the list of items that are being given away for free is free baby magazines.
There is no magazine stall that doesn't sell it. In a typical setting, baby magazines are never sold at a lower price unlike fashion magazines because of its content. The content of free baby magazines is not just taken anywhere; they are fruit of personal experience of parents.
Free baby magazines are popular especially in Western countries mainly because of promotional (促销的) reasons. The result is either they are promoting the magazine itself or companies of baby items are promoting their products inside that magazine. So they are still making money out of it even though they say that it is for free. Producers of baby items look at magazines as a positive way to encourage the readers to buy their products. It has a hidden tag (标签) that says，“Buy me; I'm perfect for your baby.”
Parents are always looking for reference when it comes to giving the best for their babies. They sometimes look up the Internet or ask friends. However, a lot of people say that the best way to know the most believable information is by reading baby magazines because they are selected from and based on real information. This is actually the reason why baby magazines are such a hit among mothers of any age.
Another thing about free baby magazines is that they give less information for free. By the time they give out their free magazines, satisfied parents might buy more or introduce it to other parents. Magazine publishers will be able to get more advertisers and writers that would make their magazines more interesting.
语篇解读：婴儿杂志被免费地分发给读者。不是因为该杂志质量不好，而是出版商通过免费发放杂志，促销了多种婴儿产品，结果使生意做得更好。
29．Why are baby magazines not sold at a lower price?
A．They are more like fashion magazines.
B．Their content comes from best magazines.
C．They are suitable for a typical setting.
D．They have best experience of parents.
解析：选D 细节理解题。由第二段的“The content of free baby magazines is not just taken anywhere; they are fruit of personal experience of parents”可知，婴儿杂志的内容是独特的，它是父母个人经验的结晶，这是它不低价出售的原因。
30．The baby magazine is given away for free ________.
A．because it includes a hidden tag in each page
B．so that people know the magazine quite well
C．so that the magazine and baby items can sell much better
D．so that companies of baby items can get the magazine
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据第三段的“The result is either they are promoting the magazine itself or companies of baby items are promoting their products inside that magazine. So they are still making money out of it ...”可知选C。
31．The baby magazine becomes a hit among mothers mainly because ________.
A．mothers find it interesting
B．a number of people think highly of it
C．its information is real and believable
D．mothers' friends tell them to buy it
解析：选C 细节理解题。从第四段的“... because they are selected from and based on real information. This is actually the reason why baby magazines are much a hit among mothers of any age”可知该杂志的信息是真实可信的，这是该杂志引起轰动的原因。
32．What do you think of the magazine publishers' giving out free baby magazines?
A．The magazine publishers are very kind.
B．The magazine publishers are very wise.
C．The magazine publishers do something foolish.
D．This does little good to their business.
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据最后一段可知杂志出版社或出版商使用免费发放杂志的办法，给自己生意带来了许多好处，因此判断他们是明智的，故选B。
D
Until New York's Chrysler Building was completed in 1930, the Eiffel Tower was the tallest structure in the world.Located by the river Seine, on an avenue named after its designer, this 985-foot (300-meter) tower is the most famous edifice (宏伟建筑) in the city of Paris.Gustave Eiffel's idea was certainly chosen from among 700 proposals (提议) to represent the city in the International Exhibition of Paris in 1889.It commemorated (纪念) the 100th anniversary of the French Revolution.
In 1887, three hundred steel workers spent two years constructing the 7,000-ton tower.Yet, it was almost torn down two decades after its completion.Luckily, its antenna (天线), used for telegraphy at the time, saved it.Last July, it looked to observers as though the tower might be destroyed after all, as ominous (不吉利的) black clouds of smoke encircled the structure.Luck was again smiling upon the tower：the fire turned out to be a small one that was quickly put out by attendants on duty.
To date, more than 200 million people have visited the Eiffel Tower.However, it has not always been a beloved tourist attraction.At first, Parisians despised it.Its architectural style and metallic composition were not considered pleasing.Today, the Eiffel Tower is adorned (装饰) with special lights that sparkle for ten minutes each hour, from sunset until one am.If you happen to be passing by, look up at this breathtaking monument for an astonishing sight.The Eiffel Tower, composed of iron and steel, is greater than the sum of its parts.
语篇解读：本文主要是对埃菲尔铁塔的简介。文章叙述了铁塔的由来、基本结构以及对世界游人的吸引状况。
33．If you want to see the Eiffel Tower sparkle, when might you stop by?
A．1：15 am B．3：30 pm
C．9：10 am D．0：00 am
解析：选D 细节理解题。文章第三段说埃菲尔铁塔上的灯从日落到次日凌晨一点整每一小时闪耀十分钟，因此选D。
34．When was the Eiffel Tower almost torn down?
A．1907. B.1909.
C．1889. D．2003.
解析：选B 细节理解题。文章第二段第二句话说埃菲尔铁塔建成20年后差一点被拆掉，而它建成于1889年，因此选B。
35．At first, what did Parisians think about the tower?
A．The steel and iron parts were unimpressive.
B．The awe-inspiring design was attracting.
C．Both A and B are correct.
D．Neither A nor B is correct.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据第三段第三、四句话可知当时巴黎人不怎么喜欢埃菲尔铁塔，特别是它的建筑风格和金属构架。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Do you have difficulty in speaking English? That's because you must think about the words and grammars to use, think about the pronunciation of the words. Here's the solution to your problem.
First, try to keep working away at English. __36__ When you can think completely in English, everything will get a lot faster. If, during the test, you are asked a question in English, make sure you clearly understand the question before answering it. A little pause while you think about the answer is better than a pause half way through the answer. When speaking, speak clearly and loud enough. __37__ Keep your answer as simple and direct as you can.
__38__ Anything you do in English will help because they will show you correct English, and will contribute to helping you speak in English more easily. You can listen to some good quality spoken English. When you read, find something you like and read that. If you want to write, you can write to me and we can exchange letters. __39__ If your school has English Corner, you can go there for practice. Also, try organizing English lunches. __40__ You can talk about anything you like, just do it in English.
A．Besides, what will really help is as much practice as you can get.
B．Have lunch with some others who want to practice speaking.
C．If you make a mistake, correct it, forget it and move ahead.
D．Try to use complicated words and sentence structures.
E．And try to think in English as much as possible.
F．Of course, you can also practice speaking.
G．For now, there're some things you can do.
答案：36～40 ECAFB
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
One afternoon, my son Adam asked me, “Are all people the same even if they are different in color？”
I thought for a minute, and then I said, “I'll explain, __41__ you can just wait until we make a quick __42__ at the grocery store. I have something __43__ to show you.”
At the grocery store, we __44__ some apples — red, green and yellow ones. Back home, I told Adam, “It's time to __45__ your question.” I put one apple of each __46__ on the table. Then I looked at Adam, who had a __47__ look on his face.
“People are like apples. They come in all __48__ colors, shapes and sizes. On the __49__， some of the apples may not __50__ look as delicious as the others.” As I was talking, Adam was __51__ each one carefully.
Then, I took each of the apples and peeled (削皮) them, __52__ them back on the table, but __53__ a different place.
“Okay, Adam, tell me which is which.”
He said, “I __54__ tell. They all look the same now.” “Take a bite of __55__. See if that helps you __56__ which one is which.”
He took __57__， and then a huge smile came across his face. “People are __58__ like apples! They are all different, but once you __59__ the outside, they're pretty much the same on the inside.”
He totally __60__ it. I didn't need to say or do anything else.
41．A.although B．so
C．because D．if
解析：选D 儿子有问题要问，“我”要回答，这里给出的是回答的前提条件，所以用if，表示“如果”之意。
42．A.stop B．start
C．turn D．stay
解析：选A 这里说的是很快地去一趟杂货店，所以用stop。
43．A.expressive B．encouraging
C．informative D．interesting
解析：选D 为了吸引孩子的兴趣，给孩子留点悬念，所以需要用interesting。expressive“富有表现力的”；encouraging“令人鼓舞的”；informative“资料丰富的”。
44．A.bought B．counted
C．saw D．collected
解析：选A 在商店得到苹果的途径只有“买”。
45．A.check B．mention
C．answer D．improve
解析：选C 上文孩子提出了问题，此时是要“回答”这个问题。
46．A.size B．type
C．shape D．class
解析：选B 上文提到的红苹果、青苹果和黄苹果是不同“种类”的苹果，所以此处用type。
47．A.worried B．satisfied
C．proud D．curious
解析：选D “我”刚才说要回答孩子的问题，但又摆弄起苹果，这看来是不相关的，所以他会觉得“好奇”。
48．A.ordinary B．normal
C．different D．regular
解析：选C 将人与苹果作比较，显然人跟苹果一样，在颜色、形状和大小方面都是“不同的”。选different符合语境。
49．A.outside B．whole
C．part D．inside
解析：选A 下文的“look as delicious as the others”中的look一词告诉我们，这是从“外观上”看到的，所以是outside。
50．A.still B．even
C．only D．ever
解析：选B not even“连……也不，甚至不”。这些苹果“甚至”看起来也不如别的苹果好吃。
51．A.examining B．measuring
C．drawing D．packing
解析：选A “我”在解释，孩子在那里听着，同时也在仔细“检查”着苹果，所以用A项，体现出小孩的认真、好奇。
52．A.keeping B．placing
C．pulling D．giving
解析：选B 结合上下文可知，“我”削完苹果后，又把它们“放”回到桌子上了。
53．A.on B．toward
C．for D．in
解析：选D 但是放在不同的地方，所以用介词in。
54．A.mustn't B．can't
C．shouldn't D．needn't
解析：选B 苹果被削了皮，里面的果肉都一样，所以孩子“不能够”辨认出哪个是哪个。
55．A.each one B．each other
C．the other D．one another
解析：选A 有三个苹果，“每一个”都尝尝，所以用each one。each other“彼此，互相”；the other“另一个”；one another“彼此，互相”，不符合语境。
56．A.admit B．consider
C．decide D．believe
解析：选C 看是否能帮你“判断”出哪一个是哪一个。decide在此相当于figure out，有“辨别”之意。
57．A.big bites B．deep breath
C．a firm hold D．a close look
解析：选A 依据上文的“Take a bit of ...”可知，这里是“咬”苹果，所以用big bites。
58．A.just B．always
C．merely D．seldom
解析：选A 由上下文内容可知，这里是说人和苹果是一样的，所以用just。merely“仅仅，只不过”；seldom“很少，罕见”。
59．A.put away B．get down
C．hand out D．take off
解析：选D 人只是外在不同，“脱下”外在的东西，本质都是一样的。这跟苹果一样，削完皮后都一样。put away“放好”；get down“下来”；hand out“分发”。
60．A.made B．took
C．got D．did
解析：选C get it是固定短语，意思是“懂得了，知道了”。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1．5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Alan: So, what do you want to do tomorrow?
Emily: Well, let's look at this city guide here. Uh, here's something __61__ (interest). Why don't we first visit the Art Museum in the morning?
Alan: Okay. I like that idea. Where shall we go __62__ lunch?
Emily: How about __63__ (go) to an Indian restaurant? The guide recommends __64__ not far from the museum.
Alan: That sounds great. After that, what do you think about visiting the zoo? Well, it says there are some unique animals not __65__ (find) anywhere else.
Emily: Well, to tell the __66__ (true), I'm not really interested in going there. Why don't we go shopping? There are supposed to be some really nice places __67__ we can pick up some bargains.
Alan: Nah, I don't think that's a good idea. We only have a few travelers' checks left. And I only have fifty dollars left in cash.
Emily: Don't worry. We can use your credit card to pay.
Alan: Oh, no. I remember the last time you __68__ (use) my credit card for your new clothes.
Emily: Oh well, let's take the subway down to the seashore__69__ walk along the beach.
Alan: I couldn't agree __70__. It sounds like a wonderful plan.
答案：61．interesting 62.for 63.going 64.one
65．found 66.truth 67.where 68.used 69.and
70．more
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Supposing there are much more people in the world, there must have more food to feed the people.But food is a problem in today's world.One-third of the world's populations is starving, because there is no enough food.Ten thousand people died of hunger every day in some parts of the world.But in others parts of the world, people become ill or die because they eat too much food, and they are too fatter.Some countries have no food, but the others have too much, and they throw it away.What can tomorrow's world feed its people? The world needs produce more food than it does now.
答案：第一句：much→ many; have→be
第三句：populations→population; no→not
第四句：died→die
第五句：others→other; fatter→fat
第六句：去掉the
第七句：What→How
第八句：produce前加to
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
假如你是李华，你的美国朋友Jack准备到成都来旅游，请你回信介绍成都的情况，要点如下：
·成都有2 300多年建城史，人口超过一千万；
·成都是四川省省会，是西南地区的政治、经济和文化中心；
·成都很美，有武侯祠、青城山等名胜古迹，有闻名中外的美味火锅及小吃，是一个来了就不想离开的城市。
注意：1．信的格式已为你写好，不计入总词数；
2．词数100左右。
参考词汇：武侯祠Wuhou Temple; 火锅hotpot；小吃snacks
Dear Jack，
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Yours，
Li Hua
参考范文：
Dear Jack，
I'm really glad that you're coming to Chengdu. Now let me tell you something about it.
Chengdu has a long history of 2,300 years, with a large population of over 10 million. Chengdu, the capital city of Sichuan Province, is the centre of politics, economy and culture in the southwest of China.
It's really a very beautiful city. There are a lot of places of interest, such as Wuhou Temple and Qingcheng Mountain. Besides, the delicious hotpot and the local snacks are well-known both at home and abroad. Once you come here, you will never want to leave.
I hope you will enjoy your stay in Chengdu.
Yours，
Li Hua
阶段质量检测（三）
A卷 学业水平达标
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1．5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What do we learn from this conversation?
A．The woman will go home for dinner.
B．The woman and the man won't go to the concert.
C．The man and the woman will eat together.
2．What are the two speakers doing now?
A．They are having a rest.
B．They want to keep something.
C．They are climbing a hill.
3．What did the man do last night?
A．He watched a play.
B．He did nothing.
C．He stayed at home.
4．Where are the two speakers talking now?
A．At the hotel. B．At the airport.
C．In a bookstore.
5．Does the man often call home?
A．No, be doesn't. B．Not very often.
C．Yes, he does.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1．5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6．Who wants to book a room?
A．The woman. B．John Devis.
C．John Davis.
7．What kind of room does the man want to book?
A．A single room with bathroom.
B．A single room without bathroom.
C．A double room with bathroom.
8．How long will the man stay at the hotel?
A．Three nights. B．Four nights.
C．Five nights.
听第7段材料，回答至9至11题。
9．What kind of drink does Tim like to have?
A．Orange juice. B．Tea. C．Beer.
10．Why do all the people like to have lunch in the garden?
A．Because it's nice and warm out there.
B．Because they can have beer out there.
C．Because they can meet their friends there.
11．How many people can you tell from the talk?
A．Two. B．Three. C．Four.
听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12．Who has just moved into the new house?
A．Miss Wang. B．The two speakers.
C．The man.
13．When will the party be given?
A．This Monday evening.
B．This Tuesday evening.
C．This Saturday evening.
14．How long will the party last?
A．Four hours. B．Five hours.
C．Six hours.
听第9段材料，回答第15至16题。
15．What do you think Robert Redford is?
A．An actor.
B．The manager of the cinema.
C．The man's boss.
16．What can we learn about Saturday?
A．It will be sunny.
B．They will stay at home that day.
C．A good film will be on that day.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．According to the writer, what kind of festival is Christmas?
A．It's a holiday to go out for fun.
B．It's a festival for people to play tricks on others.
C．It's a festival for reunion.
18．Where do people want to spend Christmas?
A．In the park. B．At home.
C．Out in the open.
19．What do the children want to get most?
A．Presents from Father Christmas.
B．Presents from their friends.
C．Presents they buy in a big shop.
20．What do parents like to take their children to see?
A．The animals.
B．Their grandparents.
C．Their friends.
答案：1～5 CCABC 6～10 CABCA
11～15 BCCBA 16～20 CCBAA
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
The success of Pickwick Papers made Dickens very popular.He suddenly found himself at twenty-four the most famous novelist of his day.Busy as his social life was, he worked on two novels at the same time — Oliver Twist and Pickwick Papers.He was particularly proud of Pickwick Papers, which was a huge success and was regarded as a comic (喜剧) masterpiece (杰作)．“If I were to live a hundred years and write novels in each, I should never be so proud of any of them as I am proud of Pickwick Papers，” he said.
It has been said of Dickens that he grasped (抓住) the imagination of his readers because his imagination grasped himself.The people in his works were so real that they could make him laugh or cry.When writing Oliver Twist he said that he could not rest until Fagin, the wrongdoer (做坏事的人), had been hanged.
Dickens' marriage to Catherine Hagarth, with whom he had nine children, ended unhappily in 1858.He started to travel about giving readings of his works.His interest in theater gave his novels the qualities that made them suitable for reading aloud on the stage.A tiring trip to the United States affected his health.On June 9, 1870, when he was working on a new novel, he died.Dickens had always wanted to die of working.
语篇解读：本文介绍了作家狄更斯的生平以及他的两部代表作——《匹克威克外传》《雾都孤儿》。
21．Dickens became a famous novelist ________.
A．because his social work
B．with the success of Pickwick Papers
C．because he was writing two novels at the same time
D．when he began to give readings of his works
解析：选B 根据第一段第一句话可知答案。
22．According to this passage, we know that Dickens ________.
A．was only interested in writing novels
B．didn't like Oliver Twist
C．wished to live one hundred years and write three novels in each
D．didn't think he could write a better novel than Pickwick Papers in his life
解析：选D 根据第一段最后一句话可知答案。
23．Fagin must be ________.
A．a person in real life
B．a character in Oliver Twist
C．a character in Pickwick Papers
D．one of Dickens' works
解析：选B 根据第二段最后一句话可知答案。
24．Which of the following is TRUE?
A．Dickens had a happy marriage to Catherine Hagarth.
B．Dickens was a successful actor.
C．Dickens' death had little to do with his hard work.
D．Dickens had wished to die in the course of his work.
解析：选D 根据最后一段最后一句话可知答案。
B
It would be hard to argue that there is anyone more powerful in Hollywood today than Steven Spielberg.Since his first major success Jaws in 1975, he has made one hit movie after another.These include the wildly popular series Indiana Jones, Jaws and ET.
Those films are fun and lighthearted.But Steven Spielberg has also made serious films that were well received by critics (评论家) and movie audiences alike.The movie Saving Private Ryan is a good example.It is an American war movie in the traditional sense.But, the director's close attention to detail and historical facts also increased public interest in America's efforts during World War Ⅱ.
The film Schindler's List also takes place during World War Ⅱ.It tells the powerful story of a German businessman who worked to save Jews from Nazi Germany.
Steven Spielberg was born in the city of Cincinnati, Ohio in 1946.His mother owned a restaurant and was also a musician.His father was an electrical engineer.Steven started making movies while he was growing up.He required his family and friends to pay twenty-five cents to see his films when they were completed.Steven Spielberg said this_experience led him to produce the film Super Eight.It tells about a group of teenagers who join together to make a movie and uncover a mystery in the process.
Steven Spielberg is one of the top directors in the film industry and also has many fans in China.When asked about the secret of his success, Steven Spielberg said that he owes much of his success and happiness to his wife and children.He met Cate Capshaw, who is an actress, when he was working on one of his films.After that it still took seven years before they finally got married.The couple has seven children in all.
25．What can we learn about the film Jaws?
A．It failed to attract public interest.
B．It was regarded as a serious film.
C．It was made after Indiana Jones.
D．It was made by Steven Spielberg at 29.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第一段的“his first major success Jaws in 1975”及第四段的“Steven Spielberg was born in the city of Cincinnati, Ohio in 1946.”可知，这部电影是斯皮尔伯格29岁时拍摄的。
26．What's the similarity between Saving Private Ryan and Schindler's List?
A．They are both humorous.
B．They were released at the same time.
C．They both happen during World War Ⅱ.
D．They are both traditional American movies.
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据第三段的“The film Schindler's List also takes place during World War Ⅱ.”可知，这两部电影叙述的是第二次世界大战时期的故事。
27．According to the text, Steven Spielberg ________.
A．lived a poor life when he was young
B．believed hard work led to his success
C．has got seven children in total
D．had musical parents
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据最后一段的“The couple has seven children in all”可知C项描述正确。
28．The underlined words “this experience” in Paragraph 4 refer to the experience of ________.
A．young Steven Spielberg's life
B．young Steven Spielberg's making films
C．Steven Spielberg's achieving success
D．Steven Spielberg's living with his family
解析：选B 指代题。根据第四段的“Steven started making movies while he was growing up.”可知，this experience指代前面提到的斯皮尔伯格早期拍摄电影的经历。
C
Avi Wortis, known simply as Avi, writes historical novels.Historical novels mix historical facts with story-telling skills.These stories take place in the past.The main characters are not always real；they exist only in stories.
Avi decided to become a writer when he was a student in senior high school.This was quite a decision because he did not write well in school.He had a problem called dysgraphia，a writing disability.The problem caused people to spell words wrongly.Avi always enjoyed reading.He read many types of books as a child.Avi believed that reading is the most important activity for a person who wants to be a writer.
Avi also believes that strong characters make strong stories.He creates characters that can help to bring his ideas to life.His books often deal with questions about life.Writing stories lets him explore many sides of a subject.His favorite part is to make improvements in his writing.For him the hardest part is writing the first draft (草稿)．
Avi's first book was published in 1970.He has since written more than 45 books.Most of them are for young-adult readers.Besides historical novels, he writes comedies (喜剧), short stories about adventures, animals and so on.Fighting Ground，which was published in 1984, is an example of Avi's historical novels.This attractive story takes place during the American Revolutionary War.
语篇解读：本文介绍了美国作家艾非·沃提斯。他以历史小说著称于世，同时也为青少年写了很多作品。
29．We learn from Paragraph 2________.
A．why Avi liked reading
B．how Avi became a writer
C．how Avi developed characters
D．why Avi decided to become a writer
解析：选B 段意理解题。第二段主要介绍了Avi是怎样成长为作家的，故选B项。
30．According to Avi，what's the most difficult thing in writing?
A．Writing the first part of a novel.
B．Finding an attractive character.
C．Making improvement.
D．Writing the first draft.
解析：选D 细节理解题。由第三段最后一句可知，Avi认为在写作中最难的事情是写初稿，故D为正确答案。
31．We learn from the text that Avi________.
A．seldom changes his first drafts when writing
B．published his first story in 1984
C．believes in the importance of good characters
D．thinks reading is not important for writers
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据第三段的“Avi also believes that strong characters make strong stories.”可知，Avi认为人物塑造非常重要。
32．What is the author's purpose in writing the text?
A．To introduce a writer of historical novels.
B．To show how a historical novel is written.
C．To describe an important historical novel.
D．To discuss how to become a writer.
解析：选A 写作目的题。本文介绍了美国作家艾非·沃提斯。他以写历史小说著称于世，同时也为青少年写了很多作品，故选A项。
D
Allen goes everywhere with Brigitte Anderson, a 54-year-old secretary.He moves around her office at work and goes shopping with her.“Most people don't seem to mind Allen，” says Brigitte, who thinks he is wonderful.“He is my fourth child，” she says.She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allen is a dog.
Brigitte and Allen live in Sweden, a country where everyone is expected to lead an orderly life according to rules laid down by the government, which also provides a high level of care for its people.This level of care costs money.
People in Sweden pay taxes on everything, so they aren't surprised to find that owning a dog means more taxes.Some people are paying as much as 500 Sweden kronor (克朗) in taxes a year for the right to keep their dogs, money that is spent by the government on dog hospitals and sometimes medical treatment for a dog that falls ill.However, most such treatment is expensive, so owners often decide to pay health and even life insurance (保险) for their dogs.
In Sweden dog owners must pay for any damage their dogs do.A Swedish kennel (宠物园) club official explains what this means: if your dog runs out on the road and gets hit by a passing car, you, as the owner, have to pay for any damage done to the car, even if your dog has been killed in the accident.
33．Brigitte pays taxes for Allen because ________.
A．he is her dog
B．he is her child
C．he follows her everywhere
D．he often falls ill
解析：选A 根据第一段最后一句话可以得知。
34．From the passage it can be learned that in Sweden ________.
A．dogs are welcome in public places
B．keeping dogs means asking for trouble
C．many car accidents are caused by dogs
D．people should pay a lot for their dogs
解析：选D 根据文章第三、四段可知答案。
35．What does the underlined word “he” refer to?
A．Brigitte. B．Allen.
C．Anderson. D．Secretary.
解析：选B 根据第一段可推断出。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
It doesn't come as a surprise to you to realize that it makes no difference what you read or study if you can't remember it.You just waste your valuable time.__36__ One dependable aid that does help you remember what you study is to have a specific purpose or reason for reading.
Why does a clerk in a store go away when your reply to her offer to help is “No, thank you.I'm just looking”？ Both you and she know that if you aren't sure what you want, you are not likely to find it.But suppose you say instead, “Yes, thank you.I want a pair of sun glasses.” She says, “Right this way, please.”
__37__ If you choose a book, “just looking” for nothing in particular, you are likely to get just that — nothing.But if you do know what you want, you are almost sure to get it.Your reasons will vary (各种各样); they will include reading or studying “to find out more about”， “to understand the reasons for” and “to find out how”．
__38__ Before you start to study, you say to yourself something like this, “I want to know why Stephen Vincent Benet happened to write about America”．Because you know why you are reading or studying, you relate the information to your purpose and remember it better.
__39__ At least two important processes go on at the same time.As you read, you take in ideas rapidly and accurately.But at the same time you express your own ideas to yourself as you react to what you read.You have a kind of mental conversation with the author.
This additional process of thinking about what you read includes evaluating (评价) it, relating (联系) it to what you already know, and using it for your own purposes.__40__ One part of critical reading, as you have discovered, is distinguishing (区分) between facts and opinions.Facts can be checked by evidence.Opinions are one's own personal reactions.Another part of critical reading is judging sources.Still another part is drawing accurate inferences.
A．Maybe you have already discovered some clever ways to keep yourself from forgetting.
B．It is important for students to have a positive attitude to their study.
C．You remember better when you know what you're reading.
D．In other words, a good reader is a critical (批判式的) reader.
E．It's quite the same with your studying.
F．Reading is not one single activity.
G．This is the way it works.
答案：36～40 AEGFD
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
When I was 17, I met a famous doctor named Paul Bragg.He gave me one of the most valuable __41__ of my life: a statement that was filled with words of __42__.To this very day, I still __43__ it: I am a genius (天才), and I apply my wisdom (应用我的智慧)．
__44__， I was a high-school dropout (辍学学生) and was living in a tent in Hawaii.I had a very limited vocabulary and had never __45__ reading a single book.When Dr Bragg taught me this statement, he told me to say it with feeling __46__ it were true and present.To do so seemed so far from __47__ that it was funny.After saying it many times, __48__ , I began to feel what those powerful words meant.__49__ every day I continued to say it, and it became __50__ to believe: I am a genius, and I apply my wisdom.
It was two and a half years later when I really saw the __51__ of the statement.I was sitting in a college library __52__ by fellow students whom I was helping with higher mathematics.I heard one of the students speak __53__ to another, “John is really a __54__！” At that moment, I __55__ what Dr Bragg had taught me, and I __56__ to say this statement for the rest of my life.
I can't quite put into words what a(n) __57__ this statement has made in my life.__58__ it, I was able to change from a dropout to the top of my college classes.I think that the key to __59__ is putting your true feelings into a statement you __60__ and saying it over and over every day.
41．A．enjoyments B．parts
C．gifts D．experiences
解析：选C 通过作者的经历——从一名辍学学生到大学里的优等生，我们可以判断，Bragg博士的话使作者受益匪浅，因此此处应该是说那句话是作者一生中收到的最宝贵的礼物之一。
42. A．knowledge B．comfort
C．praise D．power
解析：选D 由文章可知，Bragg博士送给作者的“礼物”是一条字字充满力量的宣言。第二段的“those powerful words”是对本空的提示。
43. A．like B．need
C．say D．use
解析：选C 第三段的“I _________ to say this statement”以及文章最后一句中的“and saying it over and over every day”是提示。
44. A．At the time B．For a while
C．All at once D．For the moment
解析：选A 此处作者开始回忆自己的高中时代。由at the time(那时)引出回忆。
45. A．advised B．finished
C．minded D．admitted
解析：选B 根据“I had a very limited vocabulary”的事实我们可以判断，此处作者是说自己没有把一本书看完过。
46. A．as if B．so that
C．in case D．now that
解析：选A Bragg博士让“我”深情地说出这个宣言，就像它是真实的、当时存在的。
47. A．history B．hope
C．life D．reality
解析：选D 作者在那个时候是一名辍学学生，而Bragg博士却让他说自己是天才，作者认为这与事实不符，觉得这么说很滑稽。本句中含有一个so ...that句型。
48. A．moreover B．however
C．otherwise D．anyhow
解析：选B 根据本空后“说了很多次以后，‘我’开始感受到这些饱含力量的文字的含义了”可知，作者的认识发生了转变——由“觉得滑稽”到“感受到了话语的含义”。前后表示转折，故选however。
49. A．Until B．Since
C．So D．After
解析：选C 作者感受到了这句话的含义，所以他每天继续重复。上下句之间为因果关系，故选so。
50. A．easier B．funnier
C．more unusual D．more impossible
解析：选A 说得多了之后，这句话也变得容易让人相信了。
51． A．evidence B．purpose
C．details D．results
解析：选D 由第三段中的叙述可知，两年半之后作者真正看到了(重复)这个宣言的结果。
52. A．followed B．surrounded
C．assisted D．invited
解析：选B “我”坐在一个大学图书馆里，身旁围着同学，“我”在辅导他们高等数学。
53. A．loudly B．kindly
C．softly D．directly
解析：选C
54. A．star B．spokesman
C．kid D．genius
解析：选D “我”听见一个学生轻声跟另一个学生说：“约翰真是个天才！”
55．A.read B．remembered
C．showed D．doubted
解析：选B 此刻，“我”想起了Bragg博士教“我”的那句话。
56. A．decided B．asked
C．expected D．learned
解析：选A “我”决定在今后的日子里继续说这个宣言。
57. A．difference B．problem
C．improvement D．impression
解析：选A 这个宣言对“我”生活的影响有多大，“我”无法用语言表达清楚。make a difference“有影响”。
58. A．Except for B．More than
C．Instead of D．Because of
解析：选D 前后是因果关系，故选Because of。正是由于这句话，“我”才能从一个辍学学生转变成大学里的优等生。此处作者意在说明Bragg博士的这句话对他人生的影响。
59. A．love B．success
C．happiness D．understanding
解析：选B
60. A．think about B．look for
C．believe in D．dream up
解析：选C “我”认为成功的关键在于，把自己真实的情感投入到自己相信的宣言中去，并且坚持每天都说出来。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1．5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
It is difficult for parents of nearly every family to teach their children to be responsible for housework, but with one of the following __61__ (suggest), you really can get your children to help at home.
If you give your children the impression __62__ they can never do anything quite right, then they will regard __63__ as unfit or unable persons. __64__ children believe they can succeed, they will never become totally independent.
My daughter Carla's fifth-grade teacher made every child in her class feel special. When students received less than a perfect test score, she would point out __65__they had mastered and __66__ (declare) firmly they could learn what they had missed.
You can use the same technique when you evaluate your child's work at home. Don't always scold and give lots of praise instead.Talk about what he __67__ (do) right, not about what he hasn't done. If your child complete __68__ difficult task, promise him a Sunday trip or a ball game with Dad.
Learning is a process of trying and failing and trying and succeeding. If you teach your children not to fear a mistake of __69__ (fail), they will learn __70__ (fast) and achieve success at last.
答案：61．suggestions 62.that 63.themselves 64.Unless 65.what 66.declare 67.has done 68.a 69.failure 70.faster
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
My classmate, Hanks, have been sick in hospital for a week.Yesterday our class decided send him some flowers and asked me to buy the flowers.I have had a hard time get them since then.I went to town immediate after class yesterday afternoon only to found the flower shop there already closed.So I returned with nothing.I called it many times at this morning.But the line was always busy.While I finally got through at noon, a lady said she was a new hand and could not tell me the prices.Luckily, I have classes this afternoon, but I am about to go to town again.I must get the flowers for Hanks today.
答案：第一句：have→has
第二句：send前加to
第三句：去掉a; get→getting
第四句：immediate→immediately; found→find
第六句：去掉at
第八句：While→When
第九句：classes前加no; but→and/so
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
假设你是李玲，你的朋友Sam打算来上海旅游。请你根据下列提示给他写一封信，简要介绍一下上海。
1．上海位于中国东部沿海，是中国最大的工业城市，面积6 000多平方千米，拥有人口超过24,000,000；
2．上海是由一个小渔村发展起来的多种文化融合的大都市，是中国最大的商业和财政中心，它吸引了全世界的目光；
3．2010年世博会在上海成功举办。
注意：1．词数：100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
参考词汇：多种文化的multi-cultural；大都市metropolis
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Dear Sam，
I'm glad to hear that you are going to visit Shanghai.
Shanghai is located on the Yangtze River and is the largest industrial city in China.Covering an area of more than 6,000 square kilometers, it has a population of more than 24 million.
At first, Shanghai was a small seaside fishing village.Nowadays, it has become a multi-cultural metropolis and the largest commercial and financial center in China.At present, it continues to grow powerful and rich.In 2010 it hosted the World Expo successfully and thus drew the attention of the whole world.
Looking forward to your coming!
Yours，
Li Ling
B卷 能力素养提升
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1．5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
W: I have been waiting for you the whole day. Why didn't you come to meet me?
M: I thought you didn't want to meet me. You said you were busy.
(Text 2)
M: Guess what the exam results were? It turned out that I came first!
W: That's great! I'm sure you couldn't fall asleep last night.
(Text 3)
W: How is your new job in the computer company?
M: It seemed promising, but I'm afraid I'm not a good salesman. I miss the days as a software engineer.
(Text 4)
W: San Francisco is to the north of Los Angeles, isn't it?
M: Yes, it is, and my hometown is just a little to the south of San Francisco.
(Text 5)
W: Do you have any idea about the news that our company will move?
M: No, I haven't heard about it. When are we going to move?
1．What does the woman mean?
A．She won't wait for the man.
B．She didn't have time to meet the man.
C．She wanted to meet the man.
2．What happened to the man?
A．He couldn't sleep well.
B．He dreamed a good dream.
C．He did well in the exam.
3．What is the man?
A．A salesman.
B．A boss of a company.
C．A software engineer.
4．Where is the man's hometown?
A．To the north of San Francisco.
B．To the south of San Francisco.
C．To the north of Los Angeles.
5．What are the two speakers talking about?
A．The company's moving.
B．The woman's company.
C．Today's news.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1．5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
W: Hello, is this Mr. Smith's office in the Chemistry Departments?
M: Yes, it is. Can I help you?
W: Yes, I am the mother of a student in his class. I want to talk with Mr. Smith about my son's performance. Is Mr. Smith in?
M: No. He's having class at the moment.
W: Do you know when I can reach him?
M: He has office hours between one and three this afternoon. You can reach him after office hours.
W: That's fine. Thank you very much.
6．Where's Mr. Smith now?
A．At his house. B．In the office.
C．In the classroom.
7．Why does the woman call Mr. Smith?
A．To talk about her son's performance.
B．To talk about her performance.
C．To ask some chemistry questions.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
(Text 7)
W: Hi! John!
M: Hi! Lucy!
W: How are you doing?
M: Fine. I was just wondering if you'd like to go climbing with Mike and me next Friday.
W: Oh, what a pity! I was just invited to attend my cousin Kevin's wedding ceremony next Friday.
M: Wedding ceremonies are always great fun.
W: But I will be free next Saturday. Shall we go climbing on that day?
M: OK! And we can also have a picnic then.
W: Great! I will bring some food and fruit.
M: Let's meet at 9: 00 at the school gate.
W: See you.
8．What will the two speakers do on next Saturday?
A．Attend a wedding ceremony.
B．Go to buy some food and fruit.
C．Go climbing.
9．Who is going to have a wedding ceremony?
A．John. B．Kevin.
C．Lucy.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
W: Hello, Air China. How can I help you?
M: Hello, I'd like to confirm my flight.
W: May I have your flight number, please?
M: Yes, it's flight CA 175 leaving Beijing at 6: 30 tomorrow afternoon.
W: Oh, that's the flight to Sydney. What's your name, please?
M: Bond Smith.
W: Let me see ... I'm sorry, Mr. Smith, but I can't find your name on the list.
M: Why? I'm sure I'm flying to Melbourne, Australia on September 16th.
W: Oh, that's the day after tomorrow. Let me check again. Oh, yes, I found it.
M: Thank goodness! What about the departure time?
W: As scheduled. Please be at the airport at least one hour before departure. Bye-bye.
10．What's the man's purpose for calling?
A．To buy a ticket.
B．To change his flight.
C．To confirm his flight.
11．Where is the man going?
A．Beijing. B．Sydney.
C．Melbourne.
12．What day is it today?
A．September 14th. B．September 15th.
C．September 16th.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W: We need a new television set.
M: Do you have a particular model in mind?
W: No, not really.
M: Well, what about this one? It's a very popular model. It's only $495.
W: It doesn't have a very clear picture!
M: What about this one? It's a newer model, and the picture is clearer and brighter than the other ones.
W: Yes, it is, but the screen's a bit small. It is 25 inches. It's larger than our broken TV, of course, but my husband wants one with a bigger screen.
M: I see. Well, look at this one. It has a 29？inch screen. That's the largest one we have. It's the latest model.
W: Yes, that's a perfect size.
M: It has the clearest and brightest picture of all.
W: How much is it?
M: It's D|S695.
W: It is too expensive.
M: It's the most expensive one of all. But of course it's an excellent television set.
13．What is the relationship between the two speakers?
A．Wife and husband.
B．Customer and salesman.
C．Mother and son.
14．What is the price of the most expensive TV set?
A．$495. B．$695.
C．$795.
15．Why does the woman want to buy a TV set?
A．She doesn't have one.
B．Her TV is broken.
C．She wants a brighter one.
16．What does the woman think of the TV set with a 29-inch screen?
A．It is too large.
B．It doesn't have a very clear picture.
C．It is expensive.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
Hello, everyone. Today our topic is charity. Do you know Oxfam? It is a non-government organization with over 3,000 partners in around 100 countries. Oxfam was originally founded in Oxford in 1942. During World War Ⅱ， a group of people in Oxford, England, organized Oxfam to send money to Greece. When the war was over, they continued to give money, food and clothing to other countries in Europe.
In the 1960s, Oxfam started working on long-term development in many countries. It aims to lift people out of hunger, poverty and disease. It wants to prevent problems instead of trying to solve them after they have occurred. However, it continues to provide food to the hungry, sick and homeless people around the world.
Oxfam believes that all humans share one world with limited resources. Rich and poor countries depend on each other.
Where does Oxfam get money? Ordinary people in developed countries give money. Oxfam also has small shops. They sell beautiful things that villagers in developing countries make. Oxfam receives millions of dollars every year.
17．When was Oxfam founded?
A．In 1942. B．In 1924.
C．In 1930.
18．Whom did Oxfam send money to during the World War Ⅱ？
A．England. B．Greece.
C．Sweden.
19．What is the aim of Oxfam?
A．To end hunger, poverty and disease.
B．To save people in danger.
C．To solve social problems that have occurred.
20．Which is one of Oxfam's ways to get money to donate?
A．Collecting money in developing countries.
B．Selling things from developing countries.
C．Opening shops in villages in developing countries.
答案：1～5 CCABA 6～10 CACBC
11～15 CABBB 16～20 CABAB
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Severe flooding occurred during the 2011 monsoon season in Thailand. Beginning at the end of July, flooding soon spread through the provinces of Northern, Northeastern and Central Thailand. In October floodwaters reached the Chao Phraya and parts of the capital city of Bangkok. Flooding continued in some areas until mid-January 2012, and resulted in a total of 815 deaths (with 3 missing) and 13.6 million people affected. Sixty-five of Thailand's 77 provinces were declared flood disaster zones, and over 20,000 square kilometres of farmland was damaged. The disaster has been described as “the worst flooding yet in terms of the amount of water and people affected”．
The World Bank has estimated 1,425 billion baht (US$45.7 Bn) in economic damages and losses due to flooding by 1 December, 2011． Most of this was to the manufacturing (制造) industry, as seven major factories were flooded by as much 3 meters during the floods. Damage to manufacturing supply chains affected regional automobile production and caused a global shortage of hard disk drives, which is expected to last throughout 2012.
The World Bank's estimate for this disaster means it ranks as the world's fourth costliest disaster surpassed (超过) only by the 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan, 1995 Kobe earthquake, and Hurricane Katrina in 2005.
Thailand's southern provinces also saw seasonal flash-flooding towards the end of the year, although these did not occur in the same extreme nature as in the more northern provinces.
21．How long did the flood in Thailand last according to the text?
A．Two months.
B．About three months.
C．Less than four months.
D．More than five months.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第一段的“Beginning at the end of July”和“Flooding continued in some areas until mid-January 2012”可知。
22．We can know from the passage that ________.
A．this flood was the worst in the history of
Thailand
B．industry in Thailand was completely damaged
C．the flood not only affected manufacturing industry in Thailand but also in the whole world
D．many factories in Thailand were closed down
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句可知，洪水不仅对泰国的制造业有影响，也影响了全球，故选C。
23．Which of the following disasters caused less damage than the 2011 Thailand flood?
A．The 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan.
B．1995 Kobe earthquake.
C．Hurricane Katrina in 2005.
D．1998 flood in China.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第三段可知，这次泰国洪水造成的损失之大排在第四位，排在其前面的是2011年日本大地震、1995年阪神地震和2005年卡特里娜飓风。由此可知选D。
24．What's the main idea of the passage?
A．Thailand's natural disasters.
B．The losses and damages that Thailand suffered.
C．The floods occurring in Thailand.
D．The worst disaster in Thailand.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了泰国发生的洪水以及其造成的损害，故选C。
B
This weekly four-day physical activity schedule will get your kids excited about being active.
Tuesday
When the kids get home from school, don't let them go straight to the TV and get settled. Encourage them to get moving and get off the couch by giving them a pedometer (计步器). Pedometers are the most fun when parents also use one because that turns stepping, walking and running into a game to see who can get the most steps.
Thursday
The kids have done a great job so far this week, but now they are expecting for a little more TV time. Instead of turning on cartoons, let them watch fitness movies made just for kids. These movies encourage watchers to get up and dance along to kid-friendly music.
Saturday
Get the whole family out of the house together and over to a park. Bring lots of sports equipment, pack a healthy picnic and have a family competitive sports day. Kids and adults get into groups and play against each other in tennis, basketball or soccer. After everyone has played hard for a couple of hours, stop for a picnic and then if your family isn't too tired, go back and play some more.
Sunday
Every child loves to play video games and there is no better time to allow kids to play them than on Sunday when no homework is due. But don't let them play a game that forces them to sit down for hours. Dance games with a floor mat (垫子) to help kids follow the dance moves are popular with kids.
25．Parents are advised to use a pedometer with their kids together because ________.
A．they can give their kids some advice on walking
B．it can prevent them from watching TV too much
C．this will allow them to have a fun competition
D．their kids will not use it if they don't
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句可推知，父母和孩子一起使用计步器进行竞争是非常有趣的活动。
26．On Thursday when a kid wants to watch TV, his parents should ________.
A．watch cartoons with him
B．show fitness movies to him
C．take him out for a walk instead
D．let him watch it for a short time
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句可知，作者建议家长让孩子看有关健身的电影。
27．The author advises a family to have a meal on Saturday ________.
A．at home B．in a park
C．in a restaurant D．in a theatre
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第四段前两句可知，作者建议的就餐地点是公园。
28．What is the best title for the passage?
A．A weekly four-day physical activity plan for kids
B．Physical activities are important to kids
C．A plan that will do much good to kids
D．How to make children like activities
解析：选A 标题概括题。作者在第一段就点明了文章要介绍的内容：孩子们一周四天的体育活动计划。
C
A volcanic eruption in Iceland has sent ash across northern Europe. Airlines have stopped or changed the flights across the Atlantic Ocean, leaving hundreds of passengers stuck in airports.
Grimsvotn is one of the largest and most active volcanoes in Europe. What makes Grimsvotn different is that it lies under a huge glacier (冰川) of ice up to 12 meters thick. The hot volcano heats up the ice above it, which then forms a layer (层) of water between the glacier and the volcano. This layer of water puts pressure on the volcano, keeping it stable. As the water flows out from under the glacier, the pressure lifts. The lava (岩浆) from the volcano then comes up to the surface. This is exactly what happened today.
Now, airlines have to make changes to their flights so as not to fly through the clouds of volcanic ash. According to KLM, one of Europe's biggest airlines, airplanes cannot go under the cloud or over it. Going through the cloud can result in ash getting stuck in the airplane's engines, causing damage to the plane.
The eruption has also caused problems for animals in Iceland. The volcano left ash and sharp, glass-like rocks all over the countryside. Farmers are keeping their animals inside to stop them from eating ash-covered grass or the sharp objects.
29．What makes Grimsvotn different from other volcanoes?
A．It is below ice.
B．It lies under the sea.
C．It is the largest volcano.
D．Its lava affects the airlines.
解析：选A 细节理解题。由第二段第二句“What makes Grimsvotn different is that it lies under a huge glacier (冰川) of ice up to 12 meters thick.”可知答案。
30．What keeps Grimsvotn still?
A．The slow flow of water.
B．The low water temperature.
C．The thick glacier.
D．The water pressure.
解析：选D 细节理解题。由第二段中的“This layer of water puts pressure on the volcano, keeping it stable.”可知，使Grimsvotn火山稳定的是水的压力。
31．Which of the following is the result of the volcanic eruption?
A．People stop traveling in Europe.
B．Airlines suffer from the loss of planes.
C．It becomes dangerous for animals to eat outside.
D．Farmers have lost many of their animals.
解析：选C 细节理解题。由最后一段内容“火山喷发造成火山灰和岩石覆盖了乡村的土地，农民们不让饲养的动物出去吃食”可知，火山喷发造成的结果是：如果动物外出吃食，就会面临危险。故C项正确。
32．This text is most probably taken from ________.
A．a research paper
B．a newspaper report
C．a class presentation
D．a geography textbook
解析：选B 文章出处题。由短文对这次火山喷发造成的结果：飞机延误，农民不让动物外出觅食等推断，这篇文章应该来自一篇新闻报道，故选B项。
D
A student was one day taking a walk with a professor. As they went along, they saw lying in the path a pair of old shoes. They were a poor farmer's, who was working in a field nearby.
The student turned to the professor and said, “We will hide his shoes, then hide ourselves behind those trees, and wait to see what he will do.”
“My young friend，” answered the professor, “we should never make fun of the poor. Why not put a coin into each shoe, and then we'll hide ourselves and watch？” The student did so, and they hid themselves behind the trees. The poor man soon finished his work and came across the field to the path where he had left his coat and shoes.
While putting on his coat, he put his foot into one of his shoes and felt something hard. Then he bent down to see what it was, and found the coin. Surprised, he picked up the coin, turned it round, and looked at it again and again. He then looked around but saw nobody. He put the money into his pocket, and went on to put on the other shoe; but his surprise was doubled on finding the other coin.
He couldn't control his feelings and fell to his knees, looked up to the sky and expressed his thanks. Then he spoke of his sick wife and his hungry children. He said the help would save them from dying.
The student stood there deeply moved, and his eyes were filled with tears.“Now，” said the professor，“are you not much happier than if you had hidden the shoes？”
33．When the student saw the shoes, he wanted to ________.
A．steal them
B．find their owner
C．play a joke on the owner
D．give the owner some money
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据第二段中学生所说的话以及第三段第一句中的“never make fun of the poor”可知，他看到鞋子后想把鞋子藏起来以捉弄那个农夫。
34．When the farmer saw the second coin, he ________.
A．was very surprised and moved
B．was worried and looked up to the sky
C．was surprised and decided to find the owner
D．spoke of his difficulties and asked for more help
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句可知，农夫发现了另一只鞋子里的硬币之后更加吃惊；根据第五段第一句可知，他心生感激。综上可知，应选A项。
35．What can we conclude from the passage?
A．It is never too late to learn.
B．All good things come to an end.
C．Where there is a will, there is a way.
D．True happiness comes from helping others.
解析：选D 主旨大意题。文章最后一句中教授所说的话道出了本文想要揭示的道理：真正的快乐来源于帮助他人。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Have you ever tried to write a poem? It's easier than you might think. Poems are a lot like song lyrics. A good poem reveals an honest feeling about something. Follow these steps to write a poem.
First, pay attention to the world around you — little things, big things, people, animals, buildings, events, etc. __36__ You can do just about anything in a poem. That's why poetry writing is so wild and free: there are no rules.
__37__ What would you like your poem to be about? Your poem will be more powerful if you choose a topic you feel strongly about.
Now freewrite for five minutes about your topic. Then go back and read it. __38__ Circle these to use in your poem.
Write your poem. Remember, a poem doesn't have to rhyme (押韵). It doesn't have to use sentences. __39__ And it should sound nice to you.
Have a friend read your poem aloud to you. Do you like the way it sounds? __40__
I believe that poetry is the most exquisite (优美的) form of writing. And anyone can write a poem if they want to.
A．Then, choose your topic.
B．Explore different types of poems.
C．Do any words or phrases stand out?
D．What do you see, hear, taste, smell, and feel?
E．But it should show your feelings about the topic.
F．If not, go back and rewrite the parts you don't like.
G．Choose a paragraph from a favourite book and turn it into a poem.
答案：36～40 DACEF
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Miss Green was watching TV. Suddenly the program stopped. “Now we broadcast an important notice from the __41__： At about nine this evening, an old woman of 79, named Mrs Humney, was __42__ and killed by a robber wearing a green coat. Those who can supply any clue (线索) are requested to __43__ to the police.” The __44__ news made the lonely girl filled with __45__. She couldn't help looking around. But she didn't __46__ that a man was already behind the door.
Suddenly the man __47__ before Miss Green. The girl didn't know what to __48__.“Just put your necklace on the table, then I'll __49__ whether I shall be safe to stay here for the night，” said the robber. That made her even more terrified, but she tried to __50__ herself.
Just then there came the whistle of a police car. Then __51__ the door bell. The man said with a pistol (手枪)__52__ the girl's back，“Don't __53__ the door. Never let him in.” But the girl got a(n) __54__. She asked the man outside the door，“Who is it？” “I'm Bull. Is there __55__ unusual here？” “No，there isn't.” Immediately she added __56__， “Only __57__ and I are here.”“Good night.”Bull replied in the same loud voice.
A few minutes later, the sound of the __58__ died away. “It's well done，” the robber laughed. Almost at the same time the glass was __59__ into pieces. The policemen __60__ into the room and caught the robber.
“Miss Green, what you said made us take action right away，” said Bull, “for we know that you have no brother.”
41．A.police B．government
C．army D．prison
解析：选A 根据下文的“... who can supply any clue (线索) are requested to report to the police.”可知，这条通知来自警方。
42．A.hit B．stolen
C．robbed D．cheated
解析：选C 根据下文“... by a robber”可知老妇人遭到了抢劫。
43．A.announce B．inform
C．provide D．report
解析：选D 能够提供线索的人应该是向警局“汇报”，故D项正确。
44．A.terrible B．exciting
C．strange D．funny
解析：选A 由上文的通知可推知，这则消息是“吓人的”，故A项正确。
45．A.anger B．fear
C．surprise D．sadness
解析：选B 既然消息是“吓人的”，女孩内心应该是充满“恐惧”。
46．A.feel B．observe
C．hear D．notice
解析：选D 女孩不由自主地环顾四周，只是一种警觉的表现，所以她没“注意到”门后有人。
47．A.came B．appeared
C．walked D．ran
解析：选B 由上下文语境可知那个藏在门后的人突然“出现”在格林小姐面前。
48．A.say B．make
C．do D．deal
解析：选C 这个人突然出现在女孩面前，由此可推知，她应该是不知所措。what在此作do的宾语。
49．A.decide B．consider
C．intend D．doubt
解析：选B 警察正在四处抓这个歹徒，由此推知他需要“考虑”在这里过夜是否安全。
50．A.protect B．scare
C．free D．calm
解析：选D 由but可知前后两句是转折关系，虽然害怕，但她努力使自己“镇静”。
51．A.touched B．switched
C．rang D．struck
解析：选C 门铃响了用ring，其他选项均不符合搭配习惯。
52．A.against B．at
C．to D．on
解析：选A against在此处意为“紧靠”，强盗是用枪抵住了她的后背。
53．A.knock B．shut
C．lean D．open
解析：选D 根据下文的“Never let him in”可推知应用open。
54．A.belief B．idea
C．help D．voice
解析：选B 由下文她和Bull的对话可知她想到一个“主意”。
55．A.anything B．something
C．anyone D．someone
解析：选A 根据常识，这里应该问的是“有什么异常情况”，另外在否定句、疑问句中常用anything。
56．A.excitedly B．anxiously
C．loudly D．bravely
解析：选C 根据下文 “... the same loud voice”可知，她是大声地说，用loudly。
57．A.my friend B．my neighbor
C．the robber D．my brother
解析：选D 根据最后一句“... you have no brother.”可知应选D项。
58．A.policeman B．police car
C．robber D．footsteps
解析：选B 根据上文中“... came the whistle of a police car”可推知，声音应是由警车发出来的。
59．A.turned B．brought
C．broken D．changed
解析：选C 玻璃应该是被撞碎，break ... into pieces意为“将……打成碎片”，符合语境。
60．A.slipped B．went
C．fell D．hurried
解析：选D 根据上下文警察应该是迅速破窗而入，故D项最恰当。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1．5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Susan: What's the weather like in your country?
Carl: It's very wet. It rains seven __61__(month) out of a year.
Susan: My country is __62__. We have very little rain. But when it does rain, we have terrible thunderstorms __63__ sometimes hurricanes.
Carl: The temperature in my country is mild most of the time, __64__ in winter, when for a few months it becomes terribly cold.
Susan: Oh, my country is hot during the day and just a little __65__ (cool) at night all year long.
Carl: So you don't have any snowstorms.
Susan: That's right. __66__ have sandstorms in the early spring and late fall. It never gets cold enough __67__ (snow)．
Carl: Last year we had a severe snowstorm. It __68__ (snow) for five days. That was the worst snow in our history.
Susan: I read about it in the newspaper. It was __69__ (true) terrible!
Carl: Yes, it was. Every part of __70__ world has weather problems, I guess.
答案：61．months 62.dry 63.and 64.except 65.cooler 66.We 67.to snow 68.snowed
69．truly 70.the
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Dear Jin Jing，
Your problem is common one among middle school students.Maybe the following advices can help you.First in all, believe in yourself.Your greatest problem is that you lack self-confidence.The first thing you must do it is to smile at your classmates.One smile speaks loud about your wish to make friends than any words.Your smile will show that you are friendly to him.Next, trying talking with a student who is as shy as you or who share the same interest with you.You can discuss your studies with a classmate and you can also talk about your hobbies.Unless anyone is in trouble, you should be ready to help him or her.Once you have confidence, you can make as many friends as possibly.
Yours，
Lily
答案：第一句：is后加a
第二句：advices→advice
第三句：in→of
第五句：删掉it
第六句：loud→louder
第七句：him→them
第八句：trying→try; share→shares
第十句：Unless→If
第十一句：possibly→possible
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
请根据以下信息写一篇英语短文，简单描述一次地震经历。
1．地震发生在凌晨三点左右；
2．大量的房屋等建筑物倒塌，马路出现裂痕，水电供应中断；
3．有些建筑物里的水管爆裂开来，地上一些洞穴冒出了蒸汽；
4．约有600多人丧生，还有很多受伤者和无家可归者。
注意：1．短文必须包括要点中的所有内容；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．词数100左右。
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Last week a big earthquake hit the city where I am living at about three early in the morning. After the earthquake happened, it seemed that the world had come to an end because there were fires and cries everywhere.
Houses and tall buildings fell down. People found cracks on the road which caused difficulties for driving. Water and electricity were cut off. The water pipes in some buildings cracked and burst and steam burst from holes in the ground.
There were disasters everywhere. In a few seconds the whole city was almost destroyed and lay in ruins. The number of people who were killed reached more than 600; besides, a large number of people were injured and lost their homes.
阶段质量检测（二）
A卷 学业水平达标
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1．5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题，每段对话仅读一遍。
1．How much will the man pay for two general tickets and two students' tickets?
A．Twenty dollars.
B．Thirty dollars.
C．Forty dollars.
2．How long do the two speakers still have now?
A．5 minutes. B．6 minutes.
C．35 minutes.
3．What does Kate do?
A．She is a teacher.
B．She is a writer.
C．She is a visitor.
4．What will the girl do tonight?
A．She will go to ask Nancy for dinner.
B．She will stay at home alone.
C．She has to stay at home with her brother.
5．How far is the shopping center from here?
A．So far away that the man must take a bus.
B．So far away that the man must take a taxi.
C．Within walking distance.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1．5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
6．What did the woman do over the weekend?
A．She went fishing.
B．She went climbing.
C．She went shopping.
7．Why did the man have a good time?
A．Because he enjoyed the beautiful scenery, and bought several fish.
B．Because he visited an old friend of his and ate several fish.
C．Because he caught several fish, among which there's a big one.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
8．When is Lily's birthday?
A．The day after tomorrow.
B．The same day as they talked.
C．The day after they talked.
9．What will the two speakers buy for Lily?
A．Some flowers.
B．A purse.
C．A box of chocolate.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．Where does the conversation most likely take place?
A．In a wholesale vegetable market.
B．In a food market.
C．In a shopping center.
11．What does the woman want to do?
A．To exchange a sweater for a black one.
B．To exchange the sweater that she bought for her husband.
C．To exchange a sweater for a bigger one.
12．What is the price of the sweater the woman would like?
A．S| 20.
B．S| 40.
C．The price of the smaller one plus S| 20.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．What is the man going to do?
A．Take a flight for Japan.
B．Drive the woman to the hotel.
C．Meet a guest at the airport.
14．Where will Mr Black stay after his arrival?
A．At a hotel.
B．At the man's house.
C．At the woman's house.
15．What will take place that evening?
A．Mr Black's arrival.
B．A hotel reception.
C．A business meeting.
16．Why does the man want to make a good impression?
A．To repay Mr Black's kindness.
B．To get invited back to Tokyo.
C．To increase the hotel's business.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．Why did the Indians dance?
A．Because they were happy.
B．Because they were satisfied.
C．Because they wanted to get rain.
18．What did they dance with?
A．God. B．The snakes.
C．The seeds.
19．How do people make rain nowadays?
A．By using airplanes and dry ice.
B．By dancing.
C．By making clouds.
20．From the passage we learn that ________.
A．the Indians are clever
B．snakes are important in Indian culture
C．the Indians are afraid of snakes
答案：1～5 BABCC 6～10 BCABC
11～15 CCCAB 16～20 ACBAB
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Hidden in a small street in the south end of Springfield, not far from buildings torn apart by the tornado earlier this year, Frigo's is an Italian restaurant right in our own backyard.
Frigo's is not a tiny place.It provides different kinds of Italian food.There are refrigerator cases full of prepared foods and desserts, and shelves filled with olives and various pasta.
There's some traditional Italian music and the smell is of olive oil and garlic (大蒜)．Above the largest refrigerator case, there's a chalk board covered with descriptions of more Italian sandwiches than I could remember.
I stepped into Frigo's almost by accident when I had to stay in Springfield into the evening for an open house at the school where I work.Frigo's is the perfect place to find something quick to go.There are no tables, so all food is taken out.I also thought it would be a great place to pick up some already-prepared food to bring home for dinner.I ordered the easiest meal possible: a chicken sandwich and a salad.It cost DS| 4.75 for the sandwich.The salad was DS| 4.99 and didn't have salad dressing on it.I must have missed the choice of salad dressing on the way out.The sandwich was great — great chicken, excellent tomato sauce and not too much cheese.
I wish I had tried one of the many other sandwiches which include Joe's Favorite (DS| 5.25～＄6.75) and the Dante (King) which is made of turkey breast, roasted red peppers, Asiago cheese and choice of dressing.
I have a feeling that I'll be picking up dinner for me and the kids at Frigo's soon.
21．Who would be most likely to go to eat at Frigo's?
A．People who want to eat quietly in a nice restaurant.
B．People who want to enjoy home-made food.
C．People who like traditional American food.
D．People who are fond of Italian food.
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据第一段的“Frigo's is an Italian restaurant”以及第二段的“It provides different kinds of Italian food.”可知，这是一家意大利餐馆，主营意大利食物，故喜欢意大利食物的人最有可能去那里。
22．Which of the following cannot be seen at Frigo's?
A．A chalk board covered with descriptions of sandwiches.
B．Refrigerator cases full of prepared foods and desserts.
C．Shelves filled with olives and different kinds of pasta.
D．Customers eating happily around tables.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第四段的“There are no tables，so all food is taken out.”可知，那家餐厅没有桌子，食物都是外卖的，所以不可能有人坐在餐馆里用餐。
23．We can infer that “Joe's Favorite” and “Dante” are the names of ________.
A．sandwiches B．salads
C．cheese D．peppers
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的“I wish I had tried one of the many other sandwiches which include Joe's Favorite (DS| 5.25～DS| 6.75)and the Dante (King)”可知，那些都是三明治的名字。
24．We can infer from the passage that the writer ________.
A．seldom eats out in a restaurant with his family
B．feels very happy that he has found Frigo's
C．dislikes eating sandwiches
D．lives a very relaxing life
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据第四段的“I also thought it would be a great place to pick up some already-prepared food to bring home for dinner.”以及末段的“I have a feeling that I'll be picking up dinner for me and the kids at Frigo's soon.”可推知，作者很喜欢那家餐厅，故选B。
B
NEW YORK (Reuters Life！) — Parents wanting their children, particularly teenagers, to develop good eating habits should make sure they eat meals together，a new study suggests.
In one of the first long-term studies to look at the benefits of family meals, researchers at the School of Public Health at the University of Minnesota found that family meals have a great influence on adolescents(青少年) because they encourage healthy eating habits and good nutritional(营养的) choices.The study was published in the Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior.
“These findings suggest that having regular family meals from early to middle adolescence has a marked beneficial effect on the development of healthful behaviors for youth，” said Teri L．Burgess-Champoux，who worked on the study.
“The importance of shared mealtime experiences during this key developmental period should be emphasized(强调) to parents, healthcare providers and educators.”
The researchers examined information from Project EAT, a study that looked at which socio-environmental, personal, and behavioral factors(因素) influence the eating habits of nearly 400 children.
The students completed a questionnaire(问卷) in 1998 and 1999 when they were 12 to 13 years old and another as middle adolescents five years later.
Regular family meals (five or more meals with all or most of the family per week) declined over time，the researchers said.
During the early teen years, 60 percent of the children had regular meals with their family，compared to 30 percent during later adolescence.
Children who ate five or more meals a week together in both early and middle adolescence ate healthier meals with plenty of vegetables and foods rich in calcium, fiber and minerals.
25．In the study, the researchers have examined the relationship between ________.
A．nutrition and eating habits
B．healthy meals and fitness
C．family meals and eating habits
D．family meals and teens' health
解析：选D 推理判断题。由第二段第一句中的“family meals have a great influence on adolescents”可推断出，科学家们所探究的是家人一起进餐与青少年健康之间的关系。故D项正确。
26．The researchers suggest that parents should ________.
A．encourage their children to communicate with the family
B．try to let their children eat often with the family
C．pay more attention to their children's personal development
D．give their children more advice on how to stay fit
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据文章第一段内容，再联系全文可知，科学家们建议家长尽量让孩子们经常与家人一起用餐。故B项正确。
27．What does the underlined word“declined”in Paragraph 7 most probably mean?
A．Became less. B．Grew quickly.
C．Changed very little. D．Appeared suddenly.
解析：选A 词义猜测题。根据倒数第二段可知，随着时间的推移，经常与家人一起用餐的青少年呈减少趋势。故A项意思最相符。
28．Where is the passage most likely from?
A．A news report. B．A TV program.
C．An advertisement. D．A questionnaire.
解析：选A 推理判断题。从文章第一段开头就可以看出本文出自新闻报道。故A项正确。
C
LIPITOR
ABOUT LIPITOR
Lipitor is a prescription medicine.Along with diet and exercise, it lowers “bad” cholesterol (胆固醇) in your blood.It can also raise “good” cholesterol.
Lipitor can lower the risk of heart attack in patients with several common risk factors, including family history of early heart disease, high blood pressure, age and smoking.
WHO IS LIPITOR FOR？
Who can take LIPITOR：
·People who cannot lower their cholesterol enough with diet and exercise
·Adults and children over 10
Who should NOT take LIPITOR：
·Women who are pregnant, may be pregnant, or may become pregnant.Lipitor may harm your unborn baby.
·Women who are breast-feeding.Lipitor can pass into your breast milk and may harm your baby.
·People with liver (肝脏) problems.
POSSIBLE SIDE EFFECTS OF LIPITOR
Serious side effects in a small number of people：
·Muscle (肌肉) problems that can lead to kidney (肾脏) problems，including kidney failure.
·Liver problems.Your doctor may do blood tests to check your liver before you start Lipitor and while you are taking it.
Call your doctor right away if you have：
·Unexplained muscle pain or weakness, especially if you have a fever or feel very tired.
·Swelling of the face，lips，tongue，and/or throat that may cause difficulty in breathing or swallowing.
·Stomach pain.
Some common side effects of LIPITOR
·Muscle pain.
·Upset stomach.
·Changes in some blood tests.
HOW TO TAKE LIPITOR
Do：
·Take Lipitor as prescribed by your doctor.
·Try to eat heart-healthy foods while you take Lipitor.
·Take Lipitor at any time of day, with or without food.
·If you miss a dose (一剂), take it as soon as you remember.But if it has been more than 12 hours since your missed dose，wait.Take the next dose at your regular time.
Don't：
·Do not change or stop your dose before talking to your doctor.
·Do not start new medicines before talking to your doctor.
29．What is a major fun_ction of Lipitor?
A．To help quit smoking.
B．To control blood pressure.
C．To improve unhealthy diet.
D．To lower “bad” cholestero
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据“ABOUT LIPITOR”部分中的“it lowers ‘bad’ cholesterol in your blood”可知，这种药(Lipitor)的主要功能是降低血液中的不良胆固醇。故选D项。
30．If it has been over 12 hours since you missed a dose，you should ________.
A．change the amount of your next dose
B．eat more when taking your next dose
C．have a dose as soon as you remember
D．take the next dose at your regular time
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据“HOW TO TAKE LIPITOR”部分中DO的第四条可知，如果超过12个小时没有按时服药的话，要等到下一次正常的服药时间再服。故D项正确。
31．Which of the following is a common side effect of taking Lipitor?
A．Face swelling. B．Upset stomach.
C．Kidney failure. D．Muscle weakness.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据“Some common side effects of LIPITOR”部分可知，Lipitor常见的不良反应就包括了“胃不适”。
32．What is the main purpose of the passage?
A．To teach patients ways for quick recovery.
B．To present a report on a scientific research.
C．To show the importance of a good lifestyle.
D．To give information about a kind of medicine.
解析：选D 意图目的题。本文是一则药品使用的说明，故其目的是给出这种药的相关使用信息。故选D项。
D
When it comes to the reason why those people are fond of the foods and other products of Fresh Choice, I'm willing to share with you some information about that.Here I would like to show you a way to inspect its wonderful stories.So far, it has become popular among the public and has won great fame within a short period of time.Lots of people are crazy about this special restaurant and like to have a try.
Compared with other famous companies that provide foods, it has enjoyed a quite short history, as it was created in 1986.However, it has some important characteristics that have led to its success.
First of all, most people are familiar with its natural farm produce.That is to say, this concept just lives_up_to the demands of environmental protection and balanced diets.In addition, Fresh Choice provides customers with all kinds of foods, including soups, desserts and all kinds of salads, along with many other delicious dishes.The most important thing is that all these foods contain enough nutrition, such as protein, vitamins and fiber.At the same time, they keep customers away from too much fat, carbohydrates (碳水化合物) and calories, which helps them keep a balanced diet and lifestyle.More often than not, many people suffer the serious problem of being overweight, especially in western countries.It is important for them to lose weight and improve their confidence.And Fresh Choice is just the right choice for them and saves them from this serious problem.What is more, customers can get a good discount with more visits.With the powerful support of some promotional (促销的) activities, more and more people have developed a good impression of Fresh Choice and share their pleasant experience with close friends and family.
33．The underlined phrase “lives up to” can be replaced by “________”．
A．satisfies B．threatens
C．stands for D．gives up
解析：选A 词义猜测题。根据第三段“... helps them keep a balanced diet and lifestyle.” 可知Fresh Choice提供的食物是健康的。由画线单词所在句子可推知，Fresh Choice提供的natural farm produce肯定是“符合”环境保护和均衡饮食的要求的。故A项正确。
34．People are crazy about Fresh Choice mainly because________.
A．it enjoys great fame
B．it has a long history
C．it offers healthy food
D．it provides cheap but tasty food
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第三段的“The most important thing is that all these foods contain enough nutrition, such as protein, vitamins and fiber ...helps them keep a balanced diet and lifestyle.”可知，Fresh Choice受人欢迎的主要原因在于它提供健康的食品。
35．The purpose of the text is mainly to tell readers ________.
A．how to manage a restaurant
B．what we can enjoy in Fresh Choice
C．the importance of keeping a balanced diet
D．the reasons why Fresh Choice has become popular
解析：选D 写作意图题。本文主要讲述Fresh Choice受欢迎的原因，故选D项。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
There are no shortcuts to getting fit, and in fact it will take working and sweat at least three times per week for you to feel healthier, and possibly a decrease in your weight and waistline.__36__ However, if you could make this for 45 minutes four times per week you'll be flying towards a new you.Remember：
·__37__ All of these actions ruin your body and stand in the way of your fitness goals.
·Exercise should involve an aerobic(有氧的)workout, weight training and stretching to avoid injuries and increase flexibility.
·__38__
·Joining a health club, leisure centre or gym will allow you to become a part of a supportive community and explore options and classes.
·An exercise or fitness video is a great way to try new activities in the privacy of your own home.
·You'll be more likely to continue exercising if you like the activity.Take into account our personality and the reason why you are exercising when selecting your activities.For example：
·__39__
·If you are serious about relaxing, check out yoga classes.
·If you are goal competitive, think about running or swimming.
·Aim for at least eight hours of sleep per night to help your body recover from all of this new activity.
·__40__ But as you discover your favourite activities, you'll feel nothing but faster and smarter!
A.It's easy to become fit.
B.Stop smoking, drinking or using drugs immediately.
C.If you are outgoing and looking for new friends, consider a team sport.
D.It will take you a while to get through them all since there're various centers.
E.These may sound like just a few more chores to add to your already packed schedule.
F.Keeping an exercise journal will give you motivation and help you track your progress.
G.Accepted advice is that everyone should exercise for at least 30 minutes three times per week.
答案：36～40 GBFCE
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Why did I come today? I wondered.My Christmas__41__contained several people that claimed they wanted nothing, but I knew their feelings would be hurt __42__ I didn't buy them anything, so gift buying was __43__ but fun.
Hurriedly and __44__， I finished shopping and joined the long checkout lines.In front of me were a boy of about 5 and a younger girl.She carried a beautiful pair of shiny, gold house slippers.When we finally __45__ the checkout register, the girl __46__ placed the shoes on the counter.She treated them as though they were a __47__.
“That will be DS| 6.09，” the cashier said.The boy __48__ his pockets.He finally came up with DS| 3.12. “I guess we will have to put them back, ” he __49__ said.“We will come back some time, maybe tomorrow.”
With that statement, a soft __50__ broke from the little girl.“But Jesus would have loved these shoes，” she cried.
“Well, we'll go home and work some more.Don't cry.We'll surely __51__，” he said.
Quickly I handed DS| 3.00 to the cashier.These children had waited in line for a long time.And, __52__， it was Christmas.Suddenly a pair of arms came around me and a small voice __53__ said, “Thank you, lady.”
“What did you __54__ when you said Jesus would like the shoes？” I asked.The boy answered, “Our mommy is sick and going to __55__.Daddy said she might go before Christmas to be with Jesus.” The girl spoke, “My Sunday school teacher said the streets in heaven are shiny gold, just like these shoes.Won't mommy be__56__ walking on those streets to __57__ these shoes？”
My eyes __58__ as I looked into her tear-stained face.“Yes，” I answered.“I am __59__ she will.” Silently I thanked God for using these children to __60__ me of the true spirit of giving.
语篇解读：圣诞节前，作者去购物，收银台前作者看到一对小兄妹想给快要死去的妈妈买鞋，但钱不够，她帮助了他们，也从中领悟到了“给予”的真正含义。
41．A.plan B．list
C．goods D．purchases
解析：选B list这里指作者准备送圣诞节礼物的人的名单。
42．A.if B．because
C．unless D．since
解析：选A 如果不给他们买礼物，他们会觉得受了伤害。
43．A.something B．nothing
C．anything D．everything
解析：选C anything but fun意为“绝不是快乐的事情”。这里表明作者不愿意做这些事情。
44．A.patiently B．unconfidently
C．unwillingly D．curiously
解析：选C unwillingly“不情愿地”，对应上文的这种情绪。
45．A.approached B．passed
C．checked D．found
解析：选A approach“向……靠近；接近”。
46．A.immediately B．hesitantly
C．shyly D．carefully
解析：选D 那个小女孩小心地把鞋放在柜台上，说明小女孩很珍视这双鞋。
47．A.gift B．treasure
C．life D．prize
解析：选B treasure“珍宝”，小女孩视鞋如掌中之宝。
48．A.opened B．touched
C．tore D．searched
解析：选D 男孩在口袋里搜寻钱，说明他的钱不够。
49．A.bravely B．uncertainly
C．slowly D．doubtfully
解析：选A 从下文孩子说的话知道这些钱是他们自己的劳动所得。为了安慰妹妹，因此男孩显得很勇敢。
50．A.howl B．sob
C．smile D．sigh
解析：选B sob“啜泣；呜咽”，小女孩很伤心。
51．A.leave B．come
C．return D．arrive
解析：选C 男孩安慰妹妹说，再去挣更多的钱，还会返回这里来买这双鞋。
52．A.above all B．at last
C．at least D．after all
解析：选D 毕竟，现在已经是圣诞节了。
53．A.gratefully B．sweetly
C．gracefully D．kindly
解析：选A gratefully“感激地”。
54．A.request B．mean
C．attempt D．expect
解析：选B 这里是作者问孩子刚才的话是什么意思。
55．A.hospital B．tomb
C．heaven D．sky
解析：选C heaven“天堂”，指孩子的母亲就要死去。
56．A.equal B．comfortable
C．convenient D．beautiful
解析：选D 穿着这双和天堂的街道的颜色相配的鞋走在天堂的街道上，母亲一定很漂亮。
57．A.wear B．match
C．show D．fit
解析：选B match“搭配；协调”。
58．A.pained B．shut
C．flooded D．dried
解析：选C flood这里指充满泪水。
59．A.sure B．afraid
C．glad D．confident
解析：选A 作者回答孩子说她确信他们的母亲会很漂亮。
60．A.inform B．warn
C．cure D．remind
解析：选D remind“提醒”，对应文章的开头。作者原来认为给别人买礼物是一件麻烦的事情，而孩子的行为提醒了作者“给予”的真正意义。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1．5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Interviewer: Mr Charkas, first __61__ (congratulation) to you.Your country has won the European Football Cup.
Charkas: Yes, we Greek reached the top finally.
Interviewer: What do you think are the important reasons __62__ your success?
Charkas: Let me see ...Unlike some national teams, their players play in different countries, and they need time __63__ train together, but most of our players are playing in the Greek League. We know each other; and good communication in __64__ out of the fields is one of the reasons for our success.
Interviewer: And what else helps you?
Charkas: Um ...A football game is a kind of teamwork. We __65__ only depend on the big star in the field. We are working like one engine.
Interviewer: What role does your German coach play in your team?
Charkas: Well, he's great. He helped us to study and learn from other teams. But the so-called strong teams thought it was __66__ (worth) to study the Greek team. When they __67__ (realize) that, it was too late. To speak __68__ (honest), the biggest reason for our victory is __69__ some strong national teams didn't play well.
Interviewer: Thank you for __70__ (accept) my interview. Again congratulations.
答案：61．congratulations 62.for 63.to 64.and
65．can't 66.worthless 67.realized 68.honestly
69．that 70.accepting
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Mark Twain was born in a small town of Horrid.When he is only twelve years old, his father died.Late he became a river boat pilot.Mark Twain was her pen name.During the American Civil War he worked as a reporter and write a lot of stories.Gradually he made his mark and his work were popular.He became one of the best known writer of the 19th century in the USA.In his life Mark Twain wrote the number of stories and novels, which Adventure of Tom Sawyer is the most famous one.His writings have been translated to many other languages, and they are deeply love by the readers all over the world.
答案：第二句：is→was
第三句：Late→Later
第四句：her→his
第五句：write→wrote
第六句：work→works
第七句：writer→writers
第八句：第一个the→a; which前加of
第九句：to→into; love→loved
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
假如你们班将要对“良好的饮食习惯”这一话题进行讨论。请根据下列提示，用英语写一篇发言稿。内容要点应包括：
1．部分同学的饮食习惯；
2．良好的饮食习惯；
3．个人看法。
注意：
1．发言稿必须包括所有内容要点，可适当发挥；
2．发言稿开头与结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数；
3．词数：100左右。
参考词汇：挑食be particular about food 零食snack
Dear classmates，
As we all know, it is very important for us to form healthy eating habits._______________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
That's all.Thank you!
参考范文：
Dear classmates，
As we all know, it is very important for us to form healthy eating habits. However, bad eating habits are still very common among us students. Some of us often go to school without breakfast and some like to have snacks during breaks, as a result of which they can't take in enough nutrients.We can also find that some students are particular about food, and still some eat
too much junk food.All these bad habits will surely do harm to our health.
To keep fit, we should have various healthy diets, which generally include proper amounts of fish, meat, vegetables, fruit as well as main food. Besides, we'd better have meals regularly.
In my opinion, we should try to develop healthy eating habits to build up a strong body. Only in this way can we have enough energy to study better.
That's all. Thank you!
B卷 能力素养提升
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1．5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
W: Jim, go upstairs and tell your dad lunch is
ready.
M: But didn't he go back to the school a moment ago?
(Text 2)
M: What a beautiful dress! It must have cost you an arm and a leg.
W: Actually it was a bargain.
(Text 3)
W: May I use your textbook, please?
M: OK. But where is yours?
W: At home. I forgot to put it in my bag after doing my homework last night.
(Text 4)
M: Why are you wearing your coat? It's very warm today.
W: I know. But it may become cold in the evening.
M: So will you come back home for supper?
W: I'm afraid I can't make it. Don't wait for me.
(Text 5)
M: Stop driving so fast. I'm really scared.
W: But aren't we late for the meeting? It's already ten past seven. We only have ten minutes left.
M: Being safe is more important.
W: You are right.
1．Where are the two speakers now?
A．In a hospital. B．In a school.
C．At home.
2．What does the woman think of the dress?
A．It isn't worth the money.
B．It is not beautiful.
C．It is very cheap.
3．What does the woman do?
A．She is a teacher. B．She is a student.
C．She is a housewife.
4．What does the woman ask the man to do?
A．To put her coat back.
B．To have supper without her.
C．To go out with her in the evening.
5．Where does this conversation probably take place?
A．In a meeting hall. B．In a subway train.
C．In a car.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1．5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
W: It's a nice house. Why do you want to sell it?
M: We are moving to the countryside. My wife doesn't like the life in the big city. It's noisy here.
W: Are all the three kids in the picture your children?
M: No. The one on the right is my nephew.
W: He is pretty. Does he live with you?
M: No. But he often comes to visit us.
6．Why does the man want to sell the house?
A．Because his family is moving.
B．Because his wife doesn't like the house.
C．Because he's bought better house in the city.
7．Who is on the right in the picture?
A．The man's daughter.
B．The man's nephew.
C．The man's niece.
听第7段材料，回答第8至10题。
(Text 7)
W: Why is Mr Smith always yelling at his kids?
M: He likes drinking. When he is drunk, he likes yelling at others.
W: That's horrible. People shouldn't drink. It's a bad habit. So do you drink?
M: No. I drive, so I never drink. Drunk driving often causes accidents.
W: You behave very well. Safe driving is very important. I had a car accident last year when my friend was driving after he got drunk.
M: Did you get hurt?
W: It was not serious, so nobody got hurt.
M: You were really lucky.
8．What do we know about Mr Smith?
A．He doesn't like his family.
B．He never gets drunk after drinking.
C．He often drinks and yells at his kids.
9．What does the woman think of drinking?
A．It is a bad habit.
B．It helps people relax.
C．It is a waste of money.
10．What happened to the woman last year?
A．She got very drunk.
B．She caused an accident.
C．She experienced a car accident.
听第8段材料，回答第11至13题。
(Text 8)
M: Let's stop here. It's near the stream and the view here is very good.
W: I like having picnics in the mountains. It helps me relax.
M: It's already eleven o'clock. Let's get ready.
W: OK. Where is the table cloth?
M: In the yellow bag. The bread is in the white bag and the pan is in the black bag.
W: I don't know how to cook. What about you?
M: I started cooking when I was ten years old.
W: That means you've been cooking for five years. You must be good at cooking now.
M: Not as good as Mike. He cooks better.
W: I do wish he hadn't become ill, or he'd be here with us now.
11．Where are the speakers having a picnic?
A．By a lake. B．In a mountain.
C．In a park.
12．Where is the pan?
A．In the yellow bag.
B．In the white bag.
C．In the black bag.
13．Why hasn't Mike come to join them?
A．Because he doesn't know how to cook.
B．Because he became ill.
C．Because he is too busy.
听第9段材料，回答第14至17题。
(Text 9)
W: I can't turn on your laptop.
M: There is something wrong with it. I'll have it repaired this afternoon.
W: How long have you owned it?
M: Three years, I guess.
W: Three years? It's a long time . Why not buy a new one?
M: I want to buy a new one. But my mom doesn't think it's a good idea.
W: You can ask her to give you a new one as a birthday present. Your birthday is getting close, isn't it?
M: Yes, next Friday. Well, you should know my mother lives a very simple life. She thinks I should live a simple life, too.
W: But a good laptop is a must for our school-work. You can explain that to her.
M: I guess you are right.
W: So if you want to buy a new one, you can sell this old one.
M: How much do you think it is worth?
W: You can ask Jim. His father is in this business.
M: OK.
14．What's wrong with the man's laptop?
A．It can't be turned on.
B．It has no image.
C．It has no sound.
15．Why didn't the man buy a new laptop?
A．Because he liked using his old laptop.
B．Because he thought it was not necessary.
C．Because his mother didn't want to buy him a new one.
16．What do the speakers do?
A．They are teachers.
B．They are students.
C．They are employees.
17．What does the woman suggest the man do?
A．Sell his old laptop.
B．Give his mother a phone call.
C．Buy a laptop from Jim's father.
听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
(Text 10)
Mother's Day is a festival for mothers. It's on the second Sunday in May every year in many countries. On that day, many people like to buy some nice presents for their mothers. But I think the best present for your mother is to give her a day off because she is always very busy every day. In the morning，she goes to work. After work, she has to go to the market, cook dinner, wash dishes, clean the house and do many other things. Usually she is working while you and your father are sleeping! So on Mother's Day, you should let your mother get up late in the morning. You can make breakfast in the kitchen with your father. After the breakfast is ready, you can carry it to your mother's bedroom so that she can have it in bed. After that, ask your mother to do what she likes doing: shopping, taking photos in the park, drinking tea with her friends, swimming or visiting her friends. It's good to make a nice Mother's Day dinner or take her to a nice restaurant. Make your mother happy and feel your love on this day!
18．What is the speaker mainly talking about?
A．How Mother's Day started.
B．When Mother's Day started.
C．Best presents for Mother's Day.
19．What do we know about Mother's Day?
A．It is celebrated on the same day in every country.
B．It is usually celebrated on the first Sunday in May.
C．It is usually celebrated on the second Sunday in May.
20．What does the speaker think is the best present for Mother's Day?
A．Buying some nice presents for your mother.
B．Giving your mother a day off.
C．Making your mother a special card.
答案：1～5 CCBBC 6～10 ABCAC
11～15 BCBAC 16～20 BACCB
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Every day, in all kinds of weather, thousands of men and women jog. Why has jogging — running slowly for long distances — become so popular? Most joggers begin because they hear it is a very good exercise. Jogging makes the heart stronger and helps people lose weight. It can also help them feel better about themselves.
Donald Robbins, who is forty-two years old and works in an office, began jogging a few years ago because he felt he was too fat. At first he could only run about 100 yards. It took him three months to be able to run a mile. But two years later, he ran in a marathon over twenty-six miles. Many joggers, like Donald Robbins, feel that if they can succeed in jogging, they can succeed in other things, and quite often this feeling helps them in their jobs.Should you jog too? If you do, be sure to ask your doctor for advice. Jogging may be too much exercise for you.
Does jogging cost much? No, it costs almost nothing. But it is very important to have a good pair of shoes that are made especially for jogging. They protect your feet and legs from the shock of running on the hard surface.
How fast should you go? Jog with a friend and talk to each other as you run. If you have difficulty in talking, you're going too fast.
How far should you jog? Remember not to go too far too soon. In fact, you should walk, not run, the first few times. Then do some short jogs, but no more than what you can do comfortably. After that, increase your distance a quarter or half a mile every two weeks or so. Maybe in a few years, you can run in a marathon too.
21．The article is mainly about jogging ________.
A．as a sport
B．as an exercise
C．in a safe way
D．as a way to the marathon
解析：选B 主旨大意题。exercise意为“运动、锻炼”，如散步、跑步、划船等，主要是为了锻炼身体，不以竞技为目的，所以排除A项。只有B项符合文意。
22．Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the article?
A．Jogging should be done in the early morning.
B．Many people think that jogging needs one's will power.
C．Jogging is time?consuming.
D．You should not talk while jogging.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第二段人们慢跑的成功经验可知，慢跑需要恒心、毅力。B项符合文意。
23．Which piece of advice is NOT mentioned in the article?
A．Have a good pair of shoes.
B．Have a sports suit.
C．Remember not to go too far too soon at the beginning.
D．Ask your doctor for advice.
解析：选B 细节理解题。第四段提到A项，最后一段提到C项，第三段提到D项。B项在文中没有被提到，故选B项。
24．Why is jogging so popular according to the passage?
A．It doesn't cost much.
B．One can start jogging at any time and in any place.
C．It is a very good exercise.
D．One can talk with one's friend while jogging.
解析：选C 细节理解题。由第一段第三句可知选C。
B
A chemical that ripens fruit and vegetables does no harm to human health, experts said following recent reports about a ripener used in several provinces.
“There is no problem with using ethephon (乙烯磷) to ripen fruit. This plant growth regulator is completely the same as hormones produced by plants themselves when they get ripe，” Luo Yunbo, dean of the College of Food Science and Nutritional Engineering under China Agricultural University and an expert of plant physiology, told China Daily on Monday. “The chemical is safe enough that there is even no need for detection, for it has been used worldwide for decades.” Luo said.
The national standard for the amount of residue (残留) of the chemical is two milligrams in every kilogram of fruit, and experts said the actual dosage is far below that level, as overuse benefits neither farmers nor their fruit.
“Overdose may make fruit ripen too rapidly and even rot, and will scorch the skin of fruit, which will harm sales for vendors，” Luo said.
China learned the use of the hormone from the United States and Japan, which is a pioneer in research and use of plant growth accelerators and regulators. Ethephon, an organic compound, is an agricultural plant growth stimulant that is sprayed on 70 or 80 percent ripe fruit after they have been picked. It gives off ethylene to facilitate ripening.
Some fruit, such as bananas, will rot instead of ripen without such a ripener, according to experts.
“The traditional way to ripen bananas is to put them together with mature apples, which can release ethephon to help bananas ripen, or ripen them by fuming with joss sticks. But these two ways may give bananas uneven color when they turn yellow, and the fruit will never have achieved mass production，” Luo said.
People interviewed by China Daily said it is easy to stir panic about additives or growth accelerators, as food safety is a major concern.
25．The underlined word “dosage” in Paragraph 3 probably means “________”．
A．the way to use something
B．the amount to use something
C．the advantage of using something
D．the disadvantage of using something
解析：选B 词义猜测题。根据第三段中的“the amount of residue of the chemical”可知dosage指的是“剂量、用量”。
26．Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Ethephon is produced by plants themselves when they get ripe.
B．Overdose will help plants ripen better.
C．Ethephon is sprayed on 70 or 80 percent ripe fruit before they have been picked.
D．China learned the use of the hormone from the United States and Japan.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句话可知A项错误，根据第四段可知B项错误，根据第五段第二句话可知C项错误，根据第五段第一句话可知D项正确，故选D。
27．What is the writer's purpose of writing the passage?
A．To tell us the latest development in agriculture.
B．To tell us the experts' attitude to the use of the fruit ripener.
C．To share his knowledge about how to use the fruit ripener.
D．To warn us of the harm of the fruit ripener.
解析：选B 写作意图题。纵观全文可知作者想告诉读者专家们认为水果催熟剂对人的健康没有危害，故选B。
28．What will probably be discussed in the paragraph that follows?
A．People's panic about additives or growth accelerators.
B．The future of the fruit ripener.
C．The measures to be taken about the fruit ripener.
D．The new standard about using the fruit ripener.
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的“panic about additives or growth accelerators ...”可知接下来可能会谈到公众对催熟剂的担忧问题。
C
Brownie and Spotty were neighbor dogs who met every day to play together. These two loved each other and played together so often that they had worn a path through the grass of the field between their owners' houses.
One evening, Brownie's family noticed that Brownie hadn't returned home. They went looking for him with no success. Brownie didn't show up the next day, and despite their efforts to find him, by the next week he was still missing.
Curiously, Spotty showed up at Brownie's house alone and kept barking (叫). Busy with their own lives, they just ignored the nervous little neighbor dog.
Finally, one morning Spotty refused to take “no” for an answer. Ted, Brownie's owner, was troubled by the little dog. Across an empty lot, the little dog led the man to a wild place a half mile from the house. There Ted found his Brownie alive, one of his legs was crushed (夹进) in a steel leg-hold trap. Ted now wished he'd taken Spotty's barking seriously. Then Ted noticed something unbelievable.
Spotty had done more than simply led Ted to his trapped friend. In a circle around the injured dog, Ted found the dog food which was later considered the remains (剩余) of every meal Spotty had been fed that week!
Spotty had been visiting Brownie regularly, in a single mind to keep his friend alive. Spotty had stayed with Brownie to protect him, sleeping with him at night to keep him warm and rubbing noses with him to keep his spirits up.
Brownie's leg was carefully treated and he recovered soon. In the following many years, the two families watched the two friends playing and running after each other down that worn path between their houses.
语篇解读：这是一篇有关两只小狗友谊的记叙文。小狗Brownie不幸被铁锚夹住，另外一只小狗Spotty利用它的聪明和智慧救了Brownie的性命。
29．We can infer from the second paragraph that ________.
A．Brownie didn't return home the next day
B．Brownie's family paid little attention to their dog
C．Brownie's family didn't like their lost dog
D．Brownie's family were very worried because Brownie didn't return home
解析：选D 推理判断题。由文章第二段主人发现狗不见了去寻找，可以推测主人对Brownie失踪的担忧。
30．The reason why Spotty showed up at Brownie's house and kept barking was probably that ________.
A．he had nothing to do but bark without his
friend
B．he felt lonely without his best friend along
C．he wanted to call Ted's attention to rescue Brownie
D．he was dogs' nature to bark at times
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段第二句“Busy with their own lives, they just ignored the nervous little neighbor dog.”和第四段首句“Finally, one morning Spotty refused to take ‘no’ for an answer.”可知，Spotty的行为是想引起Brownie的主人的注意。
31．What made Ted surprised most was that ________.
A．his dog was caught by a steel leg-hold trap
B．Spotty led him to the place where his dog was trapped
C．Spotty found where his dog was
D．Spotty fed his dog for a week
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据文章第五段的叙述可推知Spotty给Ted的狗喂食最让他惊讶。
32．Which of the following words can be used to describe the dog Spotty?
①clever ②selfless ③curious ④simple ⑤lovely
A．①②③ B．①②⑤
C．②③⑤ D．③④⑤
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据全文Spotty救Brownie的故事中，不难看出Spotty的机智、无私和可爱。
D
Some gossip (流言蜚语), researchers find, can help protect nice people against exploitation and promote the ostracism (排斥) of bullies.
The findings come from a new study which had 216 participants playing a game in groups that involved financial choices.The game was set up so that people were supposed to work cooperatively with each other, but they could benefit from it by being selfish.Between rounds people changed groups and were allowed to gossip about people in the last group.
This meant that if people were selfish, their reputation got passed on to others, and they ended up being ostracised.With the more selfish people excluded from the game, the groups were able to perform better.
The study's lead author, Matthew Feinberg，explained：“Groups that allow their members to gossip sustain cooperation and prevent selfishness better than those that don't. And groups do even better if they can gossip and ostracise untrustworthy members.While both of these types of behavior can be misused, our findings suggest that they also serve very important functions for groups and society.”
Those who decided to be more selfish, however, often learned from their mistakes after they were ostracised.The threat served to improve their behaviour.
Co-author, Rob Willer, explained：“Those who did not change their behavior, behaving selfishly despite the risk of gossip and ostracism, tended to be targeted by other group members, who took pains to tell future group members about the person's untrustworthy behavior.These future groups could then detect and ostracise more selfish individuals, ensuring they could avoid being taken advantage of.”
This study backs up previous findings which have shown that people are more generous when they know others may talk about their reputation.Of course, not all gossip serves such kind purposes — a lot of it is just unpleasant.
语篇解读：科学研究发现流言蜚语也可以保护好人，排除那些恶人。在研究中那些名声不好的人会被到处传播，这会促使他们改好。
33．What was the result of the research?
A．Groups with selfish people failed.
B．Untrustworthy workers were more likely to gossip.
C．Groups without people who gossiped did better than other groups.
D．The people who gossiped could play a good role in cooperation.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第四段中的内容可知那些允许流言蜚语的团队可以维持合作并阻止自私的人；如果团队能够传流言蜚语并排斥那些靠不住的人，团队可以表现得更好；流言蜚语对团队和社会合作起着一个很好的作用，可推知传流言蜚语的人在合作中也能起到一个好的作用。
34．The meaning of the underlined word in the second to last paragraph is similar to “________”．
A．searched and examined
B．discovered and isolated
C．set an example for
D．played tricks on
解析：选B 词义猜测题。根据第六段内容可知那些行为没有改过的，并且不顾其他人的流言蜚语和排斥而继续自私的人会被“发现并孤立”。
35．What did most of the selfish people do after people gossiped about them?
A．They felt threatened and improved their behavior.
B．They were not willing to change because of gossip.
C．They were taken advantage of by others.
D．They tended to become more selfish.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第七段的内容可知那些一开始自私的人在被排斥后常常会从错误中吸取教训，这种威胁可以帮助他们改善自己的行为。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
A good friend can help you study. You can have fun together and make each other happy. __36__They will be with you as long as you have money or luck, but when you are down, they will run away. How do I know when I have found a good friend? I look for certain qualities of character, especially understanding, honesty and reliability.
__37__A good friend tries to understand how another person is feeling. He is not quick to judge. Instead, he tries to learn from others. He puts himself in the other person's place, and he tries to think of ways to be helpful.
At the same time, however, a good friend is honest.__38__He notices their good points. In short, a friend will try to understand me and accept me.
__39__ I can always depend on a good friend. If I need a favor, he will do his best to help me. If I am in trouble, he will not run away from me.
There is a fourth quality that makes a friend special. A special friend is someone with whom we can have fun. We should enjoy our lives, and we would enjoy our friendship. A good friend likes the same things I like.__40__A good friend has a good sense of humor, too. When I meet someone who is reliable, honest, and understanding, I know I've found a good friend!
A．But what is a good friend?
B．He is ready to help you when you are in trouble.
C．Sometimes you will meet fair-weather friends.
D．Above all else, I look for understanding in a friend.
E．He does not look for faults in others.
F．Another quality of a friend is reliability.
G．We share experience and learn from each other.
答案：36～40 CDEFG
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
In a small village, there lived a potter (陶工) who had a donkey. Every day his donkey would carry soil from the field to his house. __41__ the field was quite far off, the potter would __42__ under a tree midway, __43__ his donkey nearby.
One day, the potter __44__ to take the rope with which he tied the donkey every day. When he reached the __45__， he thought, “How do I tie this donkey today? He might __46__ if I sleep.” The potter decided to lie down holding the donkey's __47__ while sleeping.But this way, neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest. A saint (圣人), who __48__ to be passing by, saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears. When the potter told the saint what the __49__ was, the saint said: “Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day. __50__ to tie him using an imaginary rope. I __51__ you he won't run away.” The potter did what the saint had said.
He left the donkey and went to take a nap. When he woke up, to his __52__ and relief, he found the donkey standing in the __53__ place.
Soon the potter prepared to leave for __54__. But the donkey did not __55__. “What is wrong with this donkey？！” __56__ the potter in frustration (苦恼)．
__57__， the potter saw the wise saint again. He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's __58__ behavior. The saint said: “You tied up the donkey, but did you untie him? Go and pretend to untie the rope.” The potter __59__ the saint's advice.
Now the donkey was ready to leave for home. The potter understood that his donkey was a __60__ donkey. The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey.
41．A.Though B．Unless
C．Since D.While
解析：选C 根据句意可知，因为田地比较远，所以陶工都会在半道上休息，所以这里要填表示因果关系的since。
42．A.stand B．rest
C．sing D.dance
解析：选B 由下文“‘...He might ________ if I sleep.’ The potter decided to lie down holding the donkey's ________ while sleeping.”可知他是停下来休息，故选B。
43．A.training B.walking
C．feeding D.tying
解析：选D 由下文的“with which he tied the donkey every day”可知这里表示把驴子拴在树上，故选tying。
44．A.forgot B.decided
C．stopped D.agreed
解析：选A 正是因为忘记带绳子了，才会有后面的没法安心休息的问题，故选A。
45．A.stone B.tree
C．bridge D.house
解析：选B 这里对应上文的“the potter would ________ under a tree midway”，故选B。
46．A.walk around B．lie down
C．run away D.make noises
解析：选C 根据常识，没有绳子拴着驴子，当然是担心驴子跑走了，故选C。
47．A.ears B.nose
C．legs D.tail
解析：选A 这里对应下文的“A saint (圣人), who ________ to be passing by, saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears”。
48．A.failed B．tried
C．happened D.managed
解析：选C happen to do sth.表示“碰巧做某事”。其他选项都不符合语境。
49．A.animal B．problem
C．place D．result
解析：选B 由上文可知故事里的陶工遇到了问题，所以他把自己的问题告诉这位圣人。
50．A.Learn B.Consider
C．Wish D．Pretend
解析：选D 由下文“You tied up the donkey, but did you untie him? Go and pretend to untie the rope.”可知这里圣人告诉陶工，让他假装用一个想象中的绳子去拴驴子，故选D。
51．A.promise B.believe
C．warn D.remind
解析：选A 圣人向陶工承诺，驴子不会跑掉的，故选A。promise “许诺，承诺”；warn “警告”；remind “提醒”。
52．A.anger B.surprise
C．regret D．disappointment
解析：选B 没有拴绳子，可是他一觉醒来，驴子竟然没有跑掉，他感到既吃惊又很欣慰，故选B。
53．A.similar B.special
C．same D.wrong
解析：选C 根据语境可知，没有拴绳子的驴子没有跑走，还在原地，故选C。
54．A.home B．field
C．factory D.village
解析：选A 这里对应下文的“Now the donkey was ready to leave for home.”
55．A.stand B.move
C．run D.understand
解析：选B 根据下文圣人让陶工给驴子假装解开绳子可知，没有解开之前驴子不肯走开，故选B。
56．A.laughed B.cheered
C．replied D.cried
解析：选D 根据语境可知到回家的时候，驴子却不愿意走，陶工有点沮丧地叫道，选项中只有D符合语境。
57．A.Strangely B．Luckily
C．Finally D.Unfortunately
解析：选B 在陶工再次遇到问题的时候，幸运的是，他又看到了那位圣人，故选B。
58．A.funny B．foolish
C．common D．strange
解析：选D 到回家的时候了，没有拴绳子的驴子却不愿意走，当然是奇怪的行为了，故选D。
59．A.offered B．followed
C．refused D．recognized
解析：选B follow one's advice 表示“听从建议”。
60．A.crazy B．wise
C．horrified D.bonded
解析：选D 纵观全文，在没有绳子的情况下，用假想的绳子可以拴住驴子，如此之后还必须假装给它解开绳子才肯走开，所以可以推知这是一头被束缚的驴子，故选D。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1．5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
A：The city is so bright at night, with all the neon signs. There are __61__ (advertise) everywhere here.
B：How beautiful! I like all the billboards with __62__ (color) eye-catching pictures and slogans.
A：To speak __63__ (honest), I think there are too many of them. Companies spend far too much money on advertising. Advertisements should have __64__ (low) prices instead.
B：I see your point, but __65__ companies didn't spend money on advertising, no one would know about their products. I agree that some forms of advertising can be __66__ (annoy). I don't like it that people try to give you leaflets with information about products you have no intention __67__ buying.
A：I really hate __68__ (receive) spam (垃圾邮件). I also dislike having to listen to advertisements when they are broadcast in stores or on the subway.
B：Yes, that annoys me too. But I like the way that advertising agencies use comedy in __69__ campaigns.
A：I like that too. But I don't like the way advertising campaigns often tell you that you should buy __70__ certain product, or you're not cool or modern or something.
B：I agree with you. That kind of advertising seems to be very common with brand-name products.
答案：61．advertisements 62.colorful 63.honestly
64．lower 65.if 66.annoying 67.of 68.receiving 69.their 70.a
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
There are several ways improve our English writing skills, such as keeping a diary, learning any good writings by heart, doing a lot of reading, etc. Between them I prefer keeping a diary. Comparing with other forms of writing, keeping a diary is easier and take less time. In addition, it can help us form a habit of thinking in English. If we can keep this practice, we will gradually learn how to express us in English. What's more, keeping a diary can be like talking with one of our close friend, who we usually think can share with our happiness or sadness. In a word, keeping a diary was a good way of improving our written English.
答案：第一句：improve前加to; any→some
第二句：Between→Among
第三句：Comparing→Compared; take→takes
第四句：a→the
第五句：us→ourselves
第六句：friend→friends; 去掉第二个with
第七句：was→is
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
5月20日是中国学生营养日。据统计，我国有1 200万肥胖儿童和少年。不吃早餐、经常吃快餐和锻炼少是导致中国儿童肥胖的主要因素。
请根据以下要点写一篇短文：
1．描述现状；
2．叙述你对此的看法；
3．提出建议(父母备餐时应减少糖和脂肪而增加维生素的摄入；加强锻炼；政府调节快餐店数量；餐饮业要关注孩子健康而不只是利润等)。
注意：1．词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
参考词汇：肥胖obesity 利润profit
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Obesity has become a serious problem which affects Chinese children. It's reported that there are 12 million obese children around our country. No breakfast, too much fast food and no sports contribute to this problem. It's dangerous to live with such a lifestyle. The next generation is at risk.
In my opinion, parents ought to prepare a balanced diet for their children which contains less sugar and fat but more vitamins. Going for regular exercise to lose weight can be a solution too. Besides, the government should control the number of fast food restaurants and the food industry should care more about the health of the children instead of just seeking profits
阶段质量检测（五）
A卷 学业水平达标
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What are the two speakers talking about?
A．A park. B．A trip. C．A cinema.
2．When will the man leave?
A．On September 3.
B．On September 12.
C．On September 13.
3．How will the two speakers go to New York?
A．By plane. B．By train. C．By car.
4．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．In a garage. B．In a station.
C．In an office.
5．How long did the woman wait?
A．One hour. B．Two hours.
C．Three hours.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．In a hotel. B．In a school.
C．In a shop.
7．When will the pool open?
A．At six o'clock tomorrow morning.
B．At five o'clock in the afternoon.
C．At eight o'clock in the evening.
8．How much should the man pay?
A．S| 16. B．S| 60. C．S| 160.
听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9．What does the man think of the tea the woman makes?
A．Good. B．Bad. C．Ordinary.
10．What's the most important thing to make a pot of tea?
A．Having a china teapot.
B．Washing the teapot.
C．Pouring boiling water over the tea.
11．How long does it take to make the teapot stand before drinking?
A．At most two minutes.
B．At least five minutes.
C．Only ten minutes.
听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12．What will the woman's mother receive for her birthday from the woman?
A．A new shirt.
B．A new skirt.
C．A new car.
13．Who will cook the special dinner?
A．The woman.
B．The woman's father.
C．A Chinese friend.
14．Who will do the shopping?
A．The woman's father and mother.
B．The woman's mother and her.
C．The woman and her father.
听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
15．Where does the woman want to go?
A．Yunnan. B．Some places in China.
C．Her uncle's house.
16．What's the weather like in Dali?
A．Cloudy. B．Very cold. C．Fine.
17．How many places are mentioned in Lijiang?
A．2. B．3. C．4.
听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
18．What advantages are mentioned about book-reading in the library?
A．A better experience and a different taste.
B．More convenient and quicker.
C．Saving a lot of money and time.
19．How do people find a book that they need on the Internet?
A．Through the search engine.
B．Through other books.
C．Through the contents.
20．Which of the following ways does the speaker prefer reading in?
A．The Internet.
B．The library.
C．Both the Internet and the library.
答案：1～5 BABCB 6～10 ABCAA
11～15 BBBCB 16～20 CBAAC
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
I was hired for my first airline job in August, 2009.I had DS| 45,000 of credit card debt.Most of it was from my flight training.
Ten years ago, I was watching TV in my bedroom one day before my flight training began and I saw the second airplane hit the World Trade Center.Then I got the call saying I no longer had a job.My career was destroyed.I had no place to go and ended up moving into my car.I read newspapers to look for a job and I was offered one, which offered me DS| 75,000 a year.But I decided to make a change.I wanted to receive flight training and become a pilot.It was my dream.So I refused the job and chose to work part time.It sounded unbelievable to do such a thing.It was even more so because I was over the age of thirty, but I was determined to make my dream come true.I left the state of Virginia and ended up in Las Vegas.
Though I made about ＄25,000 a year at that time, I was severely in debt because the fees for training were high.I was living in my truck and sleeping in parking garages.I didn't plan for my life to take this direction, but I insisted on my training.Then at last my world changed and my dream came true.I finally became a pilot.
The passengers that I flew had more money in their pocket than I had in the bank.I hated myself and was worried about my situation, but I never gave up.I kept paying back the debt and I kept saving in the bank.And finally, I paid off my credit card debt.
Today, I am a skilled airline pilot based in Milwaukee.I wrote in my spare time.My autobiography (自传) has been published, which sells well.That is my first book, but it won't be my last one.
21．Why did the writer refuse the job?
A．Because he didn't like it.
B．Because the pay was low.
C．Because he wanted to follow his dream.
D．Because he was frightened to work in a building.
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据第二段的“But I decided to make a change.I wanted to receive flight training and become a pilot.It was my dream.So I refused the job”可知，作者是因为要去追逐自己的梦想才放弃那份工作的。
22．We learn that during the flight training, the writer ______.
A．wanted to give up
B．lived a very hard life
C．didn't make any money
D．paid off his credit card debt
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据第三段“I was severely in debt because the fees for training were high.I was living in my truck and sleeping in parking garages.”可推断在接受飞行员培训阶段，作者的生活非常艰苦。
23．We can know from the passage that now the writer ______.
A．regrets his decision
B．is a professional writer
C．is a very good airline pilot
D．makes about ＄75,000 a year
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据末段的“Today, I am a skilled airline pilot based in Milwaukee.”可知应选C。
24．We can infer the writer wrote this passage most probably to ________.
A．tell us how to become successful
B．encourage us to follow our dream
C．tell us how to become an airplane pilot
D．tell us about the life of an airplane pilot
解析：选B 作者意图题。作者主要给我们讲述了他追求梦想并最终实现了自己的梦想的故事，故可推断他主要是想通过自身的故事激励我们去实现我们的梦想。
B
Dirty language, curse (诅咒) words, swearing.These are all ways of describing words people consider socially unacceptable.But such words are commonly said after a painful injury.So, do they serve a purpose in reducing physical pain? That is what researchers in Britain set out to discover.
Psychologist Richard Stephens wondered if using curse words truly helped people reduce physical pain.To test the theory, he asked more than 60 college students to take part in an experiment.
The students were asked to write down five words they might say after injuring their finger.One of the words was chosen as their swear word.The students were also asked to choose five words they might use to describe another object: a table.These words were their control words.
The students were then asked to hold their hand in freezing water for as long as they could.While holding their hand underwater, they were asked to repeat a swear word.Then they repeated the experiment using their control words instead.
The researchers found a link between swearing and an increased ability to deal with pain.When students repeated a swear word, they were able to hold their hand longer in the cold water.They said they experienced less pain when using swear words.
The experiment showed that swearing caused people's heart rate to increase, which permits the body to experience or ignore pain better.It also found interesting differences between men and women.The heart rate of both men and women increased.Yet swearing had a greater effect on women.
It is unclear to scientists exactly how swearing affects physical reactions to pain.Professor Stephens believes that swearing activates a different part of the brain than normal language.He says more experiments on different kinds of pain are needed to better understand the effect of swearing.
The researchers note that swear words have existed for hundreds of years.Their findings offer one reason why the custom of cursing may have continued for so long.Swear words are said with emotion.For that reason, the more someone swears, the less of an effect the words have.
25．Which of the following can be the best title of the passage?
A．Using Curse Words Can Reduce Physical Pain
B．People Consider Curse Words Socially Unacceptable
C．Dirty Language Is Commonly Said after a Painful Injury
D．Curse Words Are Spoken by Inexperienced Psychologists
解析：选A 主旨大意题。本文第一段就提出：说脏话能缓解疼痛的问题。接着文中介绍研究人员通过实验来论证这一问题。因此A项符合题意。
26．How did Richard Stephens carry out the experiment?
A．With a questionnaire.
B．Through some examples.
C．By comparison.
D．With the help of the Internet.
解析：选C 推理判断题。由文中第四段研究者让这些学生把手放入冰水，分别说脏话和说可控制性语言来判断哪种能坚持的时间长。因此Richard Stephens是通过对比的方法来进行实验的。
27．What does the underlined word “activates” mean?
A．Makes something active.
B．Changes something totally.
C．Stops something from happening.
D．Discovers something new.
解析：选A 词义猜测题。此题的突破口可以根据构词法，由activates的词根active，来找出选项A。再把选项A代入文中，根据上下文的意思来判断即可。
28．Which of the following is one of the findings from the experiment?
A．Women use more swearing words than men.
B．The more someone swears, the greater effect the words have.
C．Men's heart beats faster than women's when using dirty language.
D．Using swearing words helps women deal with pain better than men.
解析：选D 细节理解题。从文中第六段最后一句“Yet swearing had a greater effect on women.”可知，应选D。
C
Virginia is the hometown of George Washington, the first president of the United States.And it is also a place where you can explore nature and history and learn about America and its beginnings.
Mount Vernon, Virginia
The perfect place to begin your trip is at George Washington's beloved home, Mount Vernon, Virginia.His home has been operated as a museum since 1858 and it is kept the way it was when he lived here.Visit the museums and learn things about George Washington beyond his military (军事的) and political life, such as the fact that he opened the first distillery (酿酒厂) in the country.
Fort Hunt Park, Virginia
Fort Hunt Park is a great place to have a picnic lunch today, but in the past it has played an important part in the military history of the country.In World War Ⅱ it was the site of very secret meetings.
Dyke Marsh Wildlife Preserve, Virginia
Wetlands are an important part of the ecosystem and are beautiful, a joy to explore because of all of the plants and animals that live there.You can explore over 300 acres on foot or by canoe (独木舟), or both.
Jones Point Lighthouse, Virginia
The lighthouses (灯塔) along Chesapeake Bay are not like others that you may be familiar with, and for that reason alone, this one is well worth a visit.It was first used in 1856 and was almost torn down.Today it is a 50-acre park with bike trails and picnic tables.Come at night and see the light shine once again.
语篇解读：本文介绍了华盛顿的故乡Virginia的一些游玩景点，有Fort Hunt Park，Dyke Marsh Wildlife Preserve等。
29．What can we learn from the text about George Washington's home?
A．It was the site of very secret meetings in World War Ⅱ.
B．It has been used as a distillery since 1858.
C．It remains the same as when George Washington lived there.
D．There are a lot of animals and plants there.
解析：选C 推理判断题。由Mount Vernon, Virginia部分中的第二句“ ... kept the way it was when he lived here.”可知，C选项是正确的。
30．Why is Jones Point Lighthouse well worth a visit?
A．Because it is a place where you can explore the past on an actual working farm.
B．Because it is different from other lighthouses.
C．Because in the old days it guided the ships up the Potomac River.
D．Because it is an important part of the ecosystem.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句“ ... for that reason alone, this one is well worth a visit.” 可知，B选项是正确的。
31．Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A．You can explore Dyke Marsh Wildlife Preserve on foot or by car.
B．Jones Point Lighthouse played an important part in the military history of the country.
C．George Washington opened the first distillery in the world.
D．If you go to Jones Point Lighthouse at night, you can see the light shine once again.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据Dyke Marsh Wildlife Preserve, Virginia部分中的最后一句话“You can explore over 300 acres on foot or by canoe, or both.” 可知，A选项是错误的。B选项内容在文中并没有提及，故B项错误。根据Mount Vernon, Virginia部分中的最后一句“ ... he opened the first distillery in the country.” 可知，C选项是错误的。根据最后一段的最后一句“Come at night and see the light shine once again.”可知，D选项是正确的。
32．In which column (专栏) of a website might this text appear?
A．Nature. B．Travel.
C．Medicine. D．Health.
解析：选B 文章出处题。文章介绍了华盛顿故乡的几个游玩景点，所以本文应该会出现在网站的旅游专栏中。
D
Only a few people in Toronto have the luck to live within walking distance from their workplace.For the rest of us, commuting (乘车上下班) is a rather unpleasant daily necessity.
So how do you avoid a traffic jam in Toronto？You can do it in the old way and listen to one of the radio stations that give regular updates about the traffic situation in Toronto's streets.Seeing the big picture of Toronto's traffic and knowing when and where heavy traffic occurs is a must.From my own experience, there are situations where a quick decision can help you make it in time for an event or a meeting.That's why we prepared three short videos showing the overall traffic situation in Toronto from dawn to night.You can click them and watch.
With the help of “Google Maps”， where you can watch the live traffic density all over the world and average traffic data based on past conditions, we were able to provide you with traffic maps for a typical (典型的) Friday.
Friday traffic in Toronto is quite fast in the early morning, with only a few hot spots showing up at the major junctions (交叉点) at 7：00 am.The morning traffic jam starts light at 7：30 and the traffic gradually slows down to reach a breaking point at 8：30.The roads are quite free afterwards, only Allen Road is likely to be jammed around lunchtime from 11：30 am to 12：00 noon.It comes as no surprise that Friday afternoon brings heavy traffic as early as 1：00 pm, mainly on the Don Valley Parkway.You won't have a good time getting away from the city from 4：00 pm to 6：30 pm, as there is a good chance to get caught in a traffic jam.The traffic in Toronto is quite heavy on a Friday night.I hope you will have a nice Friday night in the city and a safe journey home this Friday!
33．By saying “commuting is a rather unpleasant daily necessity”， the writer refers to the fact that ________.
A．buses are usually very crowded
B．they are often stuck in traffic jams
C．they have to travel a long way to work
D．they usually cannot do anything on the way to work
解析：选B 推理判断题。本文主要是讲多伦多的交通堵塞情况，作者说上班的路上不是很愉快，是因为堵车的缘故。
34．What is the last paragraph mainly about?
A．What the traffic in Toronto is like for a typical Friday.
B．How to avoid heavy traffic on Friday.
C．Why the traffic is terrible on Friday.
D．What “Google Maps” can do for us.
解析：选A 主旨大意题。通读末段，可知主要是讲多伦多周五的交通情况，故选A。
35．Where is this passage taken from?
A．A TV program. B．A radio program.
C．A website. D．A travel booklet.
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据第二段的“You can click them and watch.”可推断本文来源于某个网站。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
I moved into an empty dormitory for the first time two years ago.__36__ Firstly, I realized that I didn't know anybody at the school.Secondly, I knew that I wanted to work hard at my lessons and learn something useful.And thirdly, I wanted to have a good time with new classmates, without my parents around.
The first realization frightened me in the beginning.But that fear quickly disappeared.It was the other two goals that ended up being my difficulties.I knew that it was hard to devote enough time to class and to social efforts.__37__ I knew this would be a challenge, but I didn't realize how much until classes began.
I got on well with the other girls who lived in my dorm.Often, instead of finishing my homework before it was due, I went downstairs and had ice cream with my neighbor.__38__ I knew it wasn't very good and the grade I received showed my lack of effort.
I was aware that I needed to find some sort of balance.So I created a schedule that would divide my time up between going to class, doing homework, and relaxing.It seemed like a good idea, but I was only able to follow it for a few days.__39__
So I tried another plan.Each week I made a list of everything I had to get done during that week.Then，under the list of things I had to get done, I made a list of things I could do if I had time.__40__ I'm glad that I've learned to balance things and it has helped prepare me for what is to come after graduation.
A．I was certain of a few things.
B．But I wanted to succeed in both.
C．I always finished it between classes.
D．I didn't get along well with my teachers.
E．This is the method I have used since then.
F．A schedule like that was too much pressure.
G．I made a plan to study hard and communicate with others.
答案：36～40 ABCFE
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
I worked hard for a whole week.So I decided to relax and went out of town with my son for the __41__.When we were walking on the street, we felt a little __42__.So we found a café and __43__ to have lunch there.After we sat down at our table, I __44__ an elderly couple having lunch at a table across the room.I must have looked over at them a few times because my son asked me if I __45__ them.I shook my head and said __46__.But I told him that they __47__ me of my own grandparents.
When the waitress came over, I asked her __48__ she knew them.She said she did.She said it was the elderly man's birthday today.On hearing this, I wanted to do something for them, so I told the __49__ that I wanted to buy them the lunch and gave her the money.
Some time later, the elderly couple came over to __50__ us.They were so excited that __51__ had bought them lunch.It was really a big __52__ for them.They said that they had been a little __53__ because their own son and daughter seemed to have __54__ the old man's birthday.But they were really cheered up by my __55__.
My son was surprised that I had __56__ this couple who we didn't know.He asked me why I did it.I __57__ him and replied that my grandparents used to go out for lunch to celebrate their birthdays in the same way and it just felt like the __58__ thing to do to make this couple smile, __59__ on their birthdays.Hearing my __60__， my son smiled.
语篇解读：作者跟儿子在餐厅里吃饭，遇到一对在那里过生日的老夫妻。作者想起了自己的祖父母，于是为这对老夫妻买了单。
41．A.week B．hour
C．month D．weekend
解析：选D 根据“I worked hard for a whole week.”可知作者辛苦工作了一个星期，带着儿子出去度“周末”放松心情。
42．A.hungry B．thirsty
C．hot D．bored
解析：选A 根据作者跟儿子进餐厅吃饭的语境，可知他们有点“饿”了。
43．A.continued B．decided
C．refused D．begged
解析：选B 作者他们发现了一家小餐厅，“决定”在那里吃饭。
44．A.noticed B．visited
C．recognized D．attracted
解析：选A 在餐厅吃饭时，作者“看见”了一对也在那里吃饭的老年夫妻。
45．A.interrupted B．invited
C．knew D．needed
解析：选C 作者看了几次那对老夫妻，作者的儿子因此问作者是否“认识”他们。
46．A.sure B．OK
C．great D．no
解析：选D 根据作者不认识他们的语境，可知作者说“不”。
47．A.introduced B．reminded
C．brought D．sent
解析：选B 根据语境，可知那对老年夫妻让作者想起了她的祖父母，故选B。
48．A.when B．how
C．if D．why
解析：选C 作者问女服务员“是否”认识那对老夫妻。
49．A.manager B．man
C．couple D．waitress
解析：选D 根据“gave her the money”的语境，可知作者是对“女服务员”说她要给那对老夫妻买单。
50．A.support B．comfort
C．impress D．thank
解析：选D 根据语境可知那对老夫妻是过来“感谢”作者的。
51．A.someone B．nobody
C．everyone D．anybody
解析：选A 居然“有人”给他们买单，老夫妻显得很兴奋。
52．A.activity B．surprise
C．chance D．change
解析：选B 有人给他们买了单，这应该出乎那对老夫妻的意料，故他们应该感到“惊讶”。
53．A.moved B．tired
C．shocked D．sad
解析：选D 根据语境可知那对老夫妻刚才有点“伤心”。
54．A.ruined B．delayed
C．forgotten D．celebrated
解析：选C 那对老夫妻刚才有点伤心，是因为他们的儿女似乎“忘记”了这位老父亲的生日。
55．A.action B．advice
C．opinion D．wish
解析：选A 是作者给他们买单的“举动”让这对老夫妻高兴了起来。
56．A.looked for B．paid for
C．turned to D．referred to
解析：选B 这里是指作者为这对老夫妻“买单”。
57．A.watched over B．cared about
C．shouted at D．smiled at
解析：选D 听到儿子的问题，作者应该是“笑着”给他解释。
58．A.right B．normal
C．unnecessary D．useful
解析：选A 作者认为让这对老夫妻笑是“正确的”行为。
59．A.always B．only
C．especially D．even
解析：选C 作者认为让这对老夫妻笑是正确的行为，“尤其是”在他们生日的那天。
60．A.excuses B．news
C．questions D．words
解析：选D 这里是指作者对儿子所说的“话”。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Son: Mom, this road is so strange! It is __61__ (difference) from the other roads.
Mom: Oh, it was built for the blind.They can __62__ their way to any place they want.
Son: Is that so? Oh, great.Now they don't need to get extremely expensive seeing-eye dogs.
Mom: Yeah, seeing-eye dogs are expensive, __63__ they can look after their masters without any problems.
Son: But how do blind people without seeing-eye dogs have normal lives?
Mom: They have much __64__ trouble in public places now thanks to good social services.You know, we have a lot of public facilities which __65__ (design) especially to assist the blind, such as those in elevators and on the subway.
Son: Oh, yeah.I also hear a sound when I __66__ the street.Is that __67__ the blind, too?
Mom: If there weren't a sound to remind blind people to be careful, they __68__ (be) un-able to cross safely.
Son: I remember that you told me there is something that you can touch on paper money to identify how much it is.Where is that?
Mom: Mr Forgetful, I told you it's right here.Can you feel it?
Son: Oh, it's __69__ (possible) for me.I feel nothing.How can blind people feel it just by __70__ (touch) it?
Mom: Their sense of touch is incredibly sensitive.
答案：61.different 62.find 63.but 64.less
65．are designed 66.cross 67.for 68.would be 69.impossible 70.touching
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Dear Sir，
My name is Li Hua.I'd like take the chance for the Two-week Eco-travel Round Australia.I'm a senior two student of 17 in Xi'an.I have a great many of hobbies, such as music, drawing or play-ing chess.Especially I'm fond of sports and travel.That's because I'm quite strong and healthy.Australia has long been my dream countries to visit.There're plenty of interesting plants and animals in that magic country, which were what I want to learn personal.The travel will for sure help increase my knowledge of protect the environment and broaden your horizons.It maybe very tired, but I still apply for the travel.
Yours,
Li Hua
答案：第二句：like后加to
第四句：去掉of; or→and
第六句：because →why
第七句： countries→country
第八句：were→are; personal→personally
第九句：protect →protecting; your→my
第十句：tired→tiring
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
根据下面的表格写一篇介绍澳大利亚和加拿大的英语短文。
国家
Australia
Canada
地理位置
西临印度洋，东临南太平洋
北美洲
人口
2,710万人
3,361万人
面积
770万平方千米
997万平方千米
资源
矿产资源丰富
矿产资源丰富
官方语言
英语
英语、法语
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
参考词汇：矿产资源 mineral resources
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Australia is located between the Indian Ocean and the Southern Pacific Ocean, while Canada is in North America.
Australia is large but has a small population.It is the same as Canada.Australia, with an area of 7,700,000 square kilometers, has a population of only 27,100,000 and Canada, covering an area of about 9,970,000 square kilometers, is habited by 33,610,000 people.What's more, they are both rich in mineral resources.
Australia's official language is English and the official languages of Canada are English and French.
B卷 能力素养提升
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
M: Could you stop reading aloud? It's too noisy. I can't do my homework well.
W: Why not go to your own room? It's quiet there.
(Text 2)
M: Why haven't you finished the milk? Mom will be angry.
W: I have drunk too much. Could you finish it for me?
(Text 3)
W: Is Jim upstairs?
M: No. He is playing with little Mike in the garden.
W: But Mike is playing with his mother in front of the house now.
(Text 4)
W: Jack, why didn't you finish your homework?
M: Sorry, Mrs Black. I was ill last night. I didn't feel like doing anything.
W: Did you go to see a doctor?
M: No. My mother gave me some pills.
(Text 5)
W: It's burning hot. My back is wet. I don't feel like walking any longer.
M: Do you want to take a taxi?
W: I'd like to, but we don't have much money left. How about taking a bus?
M: OK. There is a bus stop over there.
1．What is the woman doing?
A．Doing homework. B．Reading aloud.
C．Watching TV.
2．What's the possible relationship between the two speakers?
A．Teacher and student. B．Mother and son.
C．Brother and sister.
3．Where is Mike now?
A．In front of the house.
B．In the garden.
C．Upstairs.
4．What did Jack's mother do?
A．She took him to the hospital.
B．She did the homework for him.
C．She gave him some pills to take.
5．What's the weather like today?
A．Cold. B．Cool.
C．Hot.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
W: Sorry, but there is something wrong with the elevator. The gate doesn't open. I'm afraid we have to climb the stairs.
M: Bad luck! On which floor do you live?
W: On the twelfth floor.
M: What? I'm tired now. I don't think I can make it.
W: Take it easy. We can tell stories while we are walking. I'm good at telling stories.
M: OK. But I do hope it won't happen to me again.
6．Where are probably the two speakers now?
A．At the stairs. B．In an elevator.
C．In a room.
7．What will the woman do?
A．Wait with the man.
B．Tell the man stories.
C．Go outside.
听第7段材料，回答第8至10题。
(Text 7)
W: Did you see Alice today?
M: Yes. I saw her in the elevator a moment ago. But why did she have such a long face?
W: She got fired today. She made a big mistake in her work. Her boss became very angry and asked her to leave.
M: That's horrible. She has two children to support. What will she do?
W: I don't know. Being a single mother is not easy. I guess she needs help.
M: What will you do to help her?
W: Lend her some money if that is necessary.
M: I think it's better to offer her some job information.
8．How does Alice probably feel now?
A．Sad. B．Excited.
C．Interested.
9．What do we know about Alice?
A．She has three children.
B．She is a single mother.
C．Her husband is dead.
10．What does the man think the woman should do?
A．Help Alice find a job.
B．Give Alice some money.
C．Look after the kids for Alice.
听第8段材料，回答第11至13题。
(Text 8)
W: Why is Ted so annoying? He keeps moving and making noise all the time. Why can't he just stay quiet?
M: He is a little different from other kids. You know, he can't control his actions.
W: That's bad. His parents must feel very sad.
M: They did, but not now.
W: Why?
M: The doctor told them this disease could be treated. Besides, as such kids get older, they will be as normal as other people.
W: That's great. Look, is that Ted's younger sister?
M: Yes, she is. She is a very lovely girl. Everybody likes her.
W: She really looks lovely. Does she like moving all the time, too?
M: No. She is different from her brother.
11．What's wrong with Ted?
A．He doesn't like talking.
B．He can't stop moving.
C．He doesn't feel comfortable.
12．What do we know about Ted's parents?
A．They don't like Ted.
B．They no longer worry about Ted.
C．They don't know what's wrong with Ted.
13．What does the man think of Ted's younger sister?
A．Noisy. B．Clever.
C．Lovely.
听第9段材料，回答第14至17题。
(Text 9)
W: Can I help you?
M: Yes. Could you break a twenty for me?
W: Sure. How do you want it?
M: Could I have four 5's?
W: Sure. Here you are. Why do you want four 5's?
M: Well, my two nephews and two nieces are coming to town. I give each of them five dollars every time they come.
W: That's very sweet of you. They must like you very much.
M: Yes, they do. Do you give your nephews any money when they come to visit you?
W: I don't have any, I only have a younger brother and he hasn't got any children.
M: So does your brother give your kids money?
W: He doesn't. But he often buys them books. He likes reading, so he wants my kids to form the habit of reading, too.
M: Reading is good. It helps kids learn more and it can keep them away from the TV.
W: You are right. Oh, I must go back and prepare supper now. My kids are coming back from school.
M: OK.
14．What does the man want the woman to do?
A．To lend him twenty dollars.
B．To break a twenty for him.
C．To give him some advice.
15．How many nephews and nieces does the man have?
A．2. B．3.
C．4.
16．What does the woman's brother want her kids to do?
A．To read more books.
B．To watch TV with him.
C．To follow all his good habits.
17．When does this conversation probably take place?
A．In the morning.
B．In the late afternoon.
C．At night.
听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
(Text 10)
Hello, everyone. My name is Alice Hall. My first name is Alice. Hall is my family name. I am an American girl. I am 14. My mother is a teacher and she teaches in a middle school. My father is a doctor and he works in a hospital which is in the center of our city. I have an elder brother. His name is Mike. He is two years older than me. I also have a cousin. Her name is Lucy. She is my age. We are good friends. We both like listening to music and watching movies. We spend a lot of time together every day. I have a bedroom. This is my new bedroom. The walls are yellow, and the floor is brown. There is a big bed next to the window. The bed is red. The desk is below the window. There is a computer and a CD player on the desk. The bookshelf is near the door and my books are on it. I like reading romantic love stories and adventure stories, so the books are usually about love and adventures. I like playing volleyball. So there are three volleyballs under my bed. I also like playing the guitar, so there is a guitar beside the bookshelf.
18．How old is the speaker's brother?
A．12 years old. B．14 years old.
C．16 years old.
19．What does the speaker's cousin like doing?
A．Listening to music and watching movies.
B．Playing volleyball.
C．Playing the guitar.
20．Where is the speaker's bookshelf?
A．Below the window.
B．Near the door.
C．Next to the window.
答案：1～5 BCACC 6～10 ABABA
11～15 BBCBC 16～20 ABCAB
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Yang Lan was born in Beijing to an English professor at Beijing Foreign Studies University and an engineer. Before getting married, Yang was one of China's best-known television hostesses. She also became one of China's richest business people, according to Forbes Magazine. She was formerly married to Yibin Zhang, but they were divorced. Then she married Hong Kong entrepreneur (企业家) Bruno Wu.
As a media leader and a leading television host in China, she and her husband, Bruno Wu, co-founded Sun Media Investment Holdings Ltd, one of China's most famous private media groups. The business spans television production, newspaper and magazines, as well as online publishing.
Yang holds a master's degree (MIA) from Columbia University's School of International and Public Affairs (SIPA), where she is now a member of the Columbia University International Advisory Council (IAC). She earned her under-graduate degree from Beijing Foreign Studies University. In 2005, she founded the Sun Culture Foundation with an aim to promote the advancement of education and the building of the culture of charity. The Paley's Center of Media honored her with the “She-Made-It” award in 2007 to recognize her achievements as a TV journalist.
As a TV talk show, Yang Lan One-on-One focuses on getting to know leading figures from the fields of international politics, business, society and culture. On this program, Yang Lan explores the guests' life stories, career experiences, and personal insights (洞察力). Its eleven-year history has made it one of the most highly-regarded and well-known talk shows in China. The talk show's host, Yang Lan, guided by her personal style and unique viewpoint, has conducted interviews with a number of international figures and celebrities (名人) from around the world. Her guests have included Bill Clinton, Henry Kissinger, Jack Welch, Andrew L. Webber, Tan Dun, Nicole Kidman, Jackie Chan, Kobe Bryant and Michael Phelps.
21．The underlined word “spans” in Paragraph 2 can be replaced by “________”．
A．influences B．includes
C．supports D．changes
解析：选B 词义猜测题。根据该词后面的信息“television production, newspapers and magazines, as well as online publishing”可推测出，该词此处意为“包括”，故B项词义最接近。
22．What's the main aim of Yang Lan's founding the Sun Culture Foundation?
A．To promote the development of the news media.
B．To put what she has learnt into practice.
C．To know more famous people from around the world.
D．To promote the education and the building of the culture of charity.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章第三段的“In 2005, she founded ... the building of the culture of charity.”可知，杨澜成立“阳光文化基金会”的目的是推广教育和慈善文化，所以答案选D项。
23．What do we know about Yang Lan One-on-One from the last paragraph?
A．It aims to make world-famous people better-known to Chinese leaders.
B．The program has become more and more popular since 2007.
C．The program has earned Yang Lan more awards from around the world.
D．It's a program where Yang Lan interviews international figures and celebrities.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段的内容可知，Yang Lan One-on-One(《杨澜访谈录》)是一个访谈节目，访谈对象是全世界的顶级人物，所以答案选D项。
24．The passage mainly tells us the following aspects about Yang Lan EXCEPT ________.
A．her achievements B．her contributions
C．her personality D．her education
解析：选C 推理判断题。本文主要向我们介绍了有关杨澜的成就、贡献和她的教育，但文章并没有介绍她的性格，所以答案选C项。
B
If you'd like to go sightseeing, the following World Heritage Sites may be your best choices.
Jiuzhaigou Valley Scenic and Historic Interest Area
The Jiuzhaigou Valley, which lies in the northern part of Sichuan Province, reaches a height of more than 4,800 meters, with a series of different forest ecosystems (生态系统). There you can enjoy watching excellent waterfalls. Some 140 kinds of birds also live in the valley, as well as a number of endangered plants and animals, including the giant panda. For more information, please visit http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/637.
Khami Ruins National Monument
The city of Khami, which developed after the capital of Great Zimbabwe had been given up in the mid-16th century, is of great archaeological (考古的) interest. The discovery of objects from Europe and China shows that Khami was a major centre for trade over a long period of time. For more information, please visit http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/365.
Henderson Island
Henderson Island, which lies in the eastern South Pacific, is one of the few atolls (环礁) in the world whose ecology (生态) has not been touched by human beings. It is especially famous for the ten plants and four land birds that can only be seen on the island. For more information, please visit http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/487.
The Old City of Jerusalem
As a holy city for three different religions in the Middle East, Jerusalem has always been of great religious importance. It was given a World Heritage Status in 1981 and placed on the “List of World Heritage in Danger” the following year. For more information, please visit http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/148.
25．What can we know about the Jiuzhaigou Valley?
A．It sits at the foot of a 4,800-meter-high mountain.
B．It has different forest ecosystems.
C．Most of China's endangered plants can be found there.
D．In all about 140 kinds of birds and animals live there.
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第二段的“...with a series of different forest ecosystems (生态系统)”可知，九寨沟有着很多不一样的生态系统，故选B。
26．The discovery of some of the objects in Khami shows that the city ________.
A．had a very short history
B．was ruined in the mid-16th century
C．was once Great Zimbabwe's largest city
D．once played a great role as a trade center
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第三段的“The discovery of objects from Europe and China shows that Khami was a major centre for trade over a long period of time.”可知，卡米曾经是商贸中心。
27．From the passage we can learn that Henderson Island ________.
A．hasn't been greatly influenced by human activities
B．isn't suitable for humans to live on
C．has been open to visitors for years
D．is made up of a few large atolls
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据第四段的“...whose ecology (生态) has not been touched by human beings”可知，亨德森岛是为数不多的生态没有被人类影响的岛屿之一，故可知人类活动还没对这个岛造成大的影响。
28．If you are interested in religion, you should visit ________.
A．http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/148
B．http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/365
C．http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/487
D．http：//whc. unesco. org/en/list/637
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据末段的“As a holy city for three different religions in the Middle East, Jerusalem has always been of great religious importance.”可知，耶路撒冷是宗教圣地，故要想了解宗教，可以去耶路撒冷，而去那里应该访问http：//whc.unesco.org/en/list/148。
C
Why play games? Because they are fun, and a lot more besides. Following the rules ...planning your next ...acting as a team member ...these are all “game” ideas that you will come across throughout your life.
Think about some of the games you played as a young child, such as rope-jumping and hide-and-seek(捉迷藏). Such games are entertaining and fun. But perhaps more importantly, they translate life into exciting dramas that teach children some of the basic rules they will be expected to follow the rest of their lives, such as taking turns and cooperating (合作)．
Many children's games have a practical side. Children around the world play games that prepare them for work they will do as grown-ups. For instance, some Saudi Arabian children play a game called bones, which sharpens the hand-eye co-ordination (协调) needed in hunting .
Many sports encourage national or local pride. The most famous games of all, the Olympic Games, bring athletes from around the world together to take part in friendly competition. People who watch the event wave flags, knowing that a gold medal is a win for an entire country, not just the athlete who earned it. For countries experiencing natural disasters or war, an Olympic win can mean so much.
Sports are also an event that unites people. Soccer is the most popular sport in the world. People on all continents play it — some for fun and some for a living. Nicolette Iribarne, a Californian soccer player, has discovered a way to spread hope through soccer. He created a foundation to provide poor children with not only soccer balls but also a promising future.
Next time you play your favourite game or sport, think about why you enjoy it, what skills are needed, and whether these skills will help you in other aspects of your life.
29．Through playing hide-and-seek, children are expected to learn to________.
A．be a team leader
B．obey the basic rules
C．act as a grown-up
D．predict possible danger
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句可知B项正确。
30．According to the passage, why is winning Olympic medals so encouraging?
A．Because it inspires people's deep love for the country.
B．Because it proves the exceptional skills of the winners.
C．Because it helps the country out of natural disasters.
D．Because it earns the winners fame and fortune.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第四段中的“People who watch the event wave flags, knowing that a gold medal is a win for an entire country, not just the athlete who earned it.”可知A项正确。
31．Iribarne's goal of forming the foundation is to________.
A．bring fun to poor kids
B．provide soccer balls for children
C．give poor kids a chance for a better life
D．appeal to soccer players to help poor kids
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段最后一句可推出C项正确。
32．What can be inferred from the passage?
A．Some games benefit people all their lives.
B．Sports can get all athletes together.
C．People are advised to play games for fun.
D．Sports increase a country's competitiveness.
解析：选C 推理判断题。文章分析了做游戏的好处，不仅儿童，成人也可以玩游戏。由此可以推断有些游戏对人终身有益。
D
Every parent wants the best start in life for their children and there is no better gift to give our children than teaching them to learn to read. However, in today's busy lives we as parents cannot always spend as much time as we would like sharing books with our children.
Now there is another exciting medium to get kids reading more — digital books. These are not meant as replacements for paper books but another way to expose children to reading. There have been some huge leaps forward in the development of digital books for children, especially those that have been designed about how kids learn to read. Now there are eBooks that read the children the stories whilst highlighting the words to teach children about fluency, and improve sound/word recognition.
These eBooks can be used later as the children become independent readers. Without having to wait for adult intervention, children can try and sound out a word whilst they are reading, but if they get stuck they can hear it spoken again by clicking on the word. Children learn by repetition and we all know how kids can want the same story over and over again! So they can listen to the story a number of times and learn the associations between the sounds and the words. There is also a comprehension/memory quiz to ensure the children have listened and understood the story. And you do not need a special or expensive reading device. They can be downloaded straight to your PC.
As a parent myself I know how much the kids love to spend time on the computer. Now they can use screen time in an enjoyable and educational way.Having picture books that really come to life with animated illustrations is just magical. Even reluctant readers are engaged.
33．We can infer from the third paragraph that ________.
A．children can learn independently with the eBooks
B．parents should read children stories themselves
C．eBooks can't work without computers
D．eBooks can be quite expensive to use
解析：选A 推理判断题。文章第三段说明，孩子可以利用电子书独立学习，不用父母帮助。
34．According to the text, the author's kids probably ________.
A．are good at mathematics
B．like playing on the computer very much
C．never read the eBooks
D．don't like reading books
解析：选B 细节理解题。从文章最后一段可知，作为父母，作者本人非常清楚孩子都很喜欢玩电脑。可推知答案为B。
35．Which of the following BEST describes the author's opinion about eBooks?
A．EBooks are an exciting tool to help children read.
B．Children are too young to use eBooks.
C．EBooks have more disadvantages.
D．Children should read eBooks as early as possible.
解析：选A 推理判断题。综合分析全文可知，作者介绍了电子书对孩子学习的种种好处，可知A项正确。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Four Most Important Eye Expressions
The language of our eyes is one of the most powerful and useful tools of non-verbal (非语言的) communication. __36__ Here are four most important eye expressions that we see every day.
Smiling eyes
Researchers have long noticed that a sincere smile starts with our eyes. When we are sincerely happy, the skin around the corners of our eyes crinkles (出现皱纹). But a social, polite smile touches only our lips (嘴唇). __37__ For example, when a shop assistant smiles at you, offering help, you will immediately get the feeling that they are just trying to sell you something.
__38__
People who avoid eye contact during a conversation are often considered as insincere. What does little or no eye contact mean then? Anything from shyness to nervousness.
Friendly eyes
When you are carrying on a conversation, looking the speaker straight in the eyes sends a clear message to him: __39__ This is why so many public speaking experts advise keeping eye contact with the speaker.
“Shut” eyes
Covering the eyes for a long period of time sends a message that you are trying to block out something that you do not want to hear. For example, a man who is asked to work on the weekend may cover his eyes with his fingers as he answers, “No problem.” __40__
A．Shy eyes
B．Empty eyes
C．Such behavior is seen with liars.
D．You are paying attention to the talk.
E．The smile you are given is not in the eyes.
F．What his gestures are showing is that he is not happy about it at all.
G．So it is important to learn how to read the body language of the eyes.
答案：36～40 GEADF
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Eleven-year-old Angela was stricken with a disease involving her nervous system. She was unable to walk and her movement was __41__ in other ways as well. The doctors did not hold out much __42__ of her ever recovering from this illness. They __43__ she'd spend the rest of her life in a wheelchair. They said that few, __44__， were able to come back to __45__ after getting this disease. But the little girl was __46__. There, lying in her hospital bed, she would tell __47__ who'd listen that she was __48__ going to be walking again someday.
The doctors were touched by her undefeatable __49__ and tried every possible way. They taught her about imagining — about seeing herself walking. __50__ it would do nothing else, it would at least give her hope and something __51__ to do in the long waking hours in her bed. Angela would work as hard as possible in exercise sessions, __52__ herself moving, moving, moving!
One day, __53__ she was trying with all her strength to imagine her legs moving again, it seemed as though a miracle (奇迹) happened: the __54__ moved! It began to move around the room! She screamed out, “Look what I'm doing! Look! Look! I can __55__ it! I moved! I moved！”
Of course, at this very moment everyone else in the hospital was screaming, too, and running for __56__. People were screaming, equipment was __57__ and glass was breaking. You see, it was the San Francisco earthquake. But don't tell that to Angela. She's __58__ that she did it. And now only a few years later, she's back in __59__. On her own two legs. You see, anyone who can __60__ the earth between San Francisco and Oakland can conquer a little disease, can't they?
41．A.repeated B．observed
C．restricted D．permitted
解析：选C 除了不能行走，Angela其他方面的活动能力也受到限制。
42．A.support B．hope
C．agreement D．purpose
解析：选B 根据下文可知医生对她从这种疾病中康复并不抱太大的希望。
43．A.predicted B．decided
C．admitted D．apologized
解析：选A 随后的内容是医生们自己提出的预测。
44．A.if so B．if necessary
C．if not D．if any
解析：选D if any意为“即使有的话”(if there were any)，解释空格前的不定代词few。全句意为“得了此病能康复如初的人即使有，也极少。”
45．A.work B．study
C．normal D．safety
解析：选C 参见上题解析。
46．A.crazy B．stubborn
C．famous D．weak
解析：选B 根据下文可知Angela性格倔强，不向命运低头。
47．A.anyone B．someone
C．the doctors D．the patients
解析：选A Angela向每个人表明自己的决心，她坚信自己一定能够再次行走。
48．A.rapidly B．hardly
C．definitely D．luckily
解析：选C 这里用definitely表明Angela的决心。rapidly和luckily只是说明会怎样康复，不是问题的焦点。
49．A.ability B．action
C．speech D．spirit
解析：选D 医生们也被她不屈的精神所打动。
50．A.As if B．Ever since
C．Now that D．Even if
解析：选D it would do nothing else“这样做不会有别的作用”。even if在句中引导让步状语从句。
51．A.comfortable B．positive
C．unbelievable D．skilful
解析：选B something positive“有积极意义的事情”。医生的建议至少能让她在床上做些有意义的事情。
52．A.remembering B．admitting
C．avoiding D．imagining
解析：选D exercise sessions指实施想象疗法的练习时段。她听从医生的话，在床上想象着自己能够行动。
53．A.as B．before
C．though D．because
解析：选A 根据下文可知，当她正在努力运用想象疗法的时候，似乎奇迹发生了(实际上发生了地震)。
54．A.ceiling B．floor
C．table D．bed
解析：选D 病人能对其施加作用力的只有身下的病床。
55．A.get B．do
C．enjoy D．stop
解析：选B I can do it意为“我做到了”。
56．A.room B．shelter
C．joy D．success
解析：选B 根据下文可知，地震来了，人们都在四处躲避以寻找藏身之处。
57．A.falling B．working
C．nodding D．lying
解析：选A 由于地震，医疗器械掉到了地上。
58．A.convinced B．frightened
C．confused D．satisfied
解析：选A Angela坚信她想象中的移动变成了现实。
59．A.hospital B．school
C．life D．hope
解析：选B 根据常识可知，Angela由于生病而被迫辍学。
60．A.fight B．break
C．shake D．push
解析：选C Angela认为房间里的一切是她摇动的，所以本句用“摇动大地”来指代战胜疾病的坚定信念。句意：你看，任何人有本事摇动旧金山和奥克兰之间的陆地，当然有本事克服这点小病，是吧？
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
How can we know that the birds we see in the South in the winter are the same ones that come north in the spring? Once John J. Audubon, a bird __61__ (love), wondered about this. Every year he __62__ (watch) a pair of little phoebes nesting in the same place. He decided to put tiny silver bands (箍) on __63__ legs. The next spring, the birds __64__ the bands came back in the very same place. The phoebe, as it was learned, spent winter __65__it was warm enough to find food. Today there are hundreds of birdbanders all over America.
The government of the U．S. has __66__ special birdbanding department that makes all the birdbands. The birds won't get __67__ (hurt) by the bands, which are made of aluminium and are very light. Each band has a special number. __68__ each band are these words: “Inform Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D．C.”
Anyone who finds a dead bird with a band on its legs __69__ (ask) to send the band to Washington with a note __70__ (tell) where the bird was found. In this way naturalists add to their knowledge of the habits and needs of birds.
答案：61.lover 62.watched 63.their 64.with
65．where/wherever 66.a 67.hurt 68.On
69．is asked 70.telling
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Zhang Xiaowen, who is sixteen, a middle school student in Northern China. She is one of the best student in her class and she was won an award for young scientists last year. When seating in the classroom she looks just like all her classmates and after class her life is obvious different. She was born without the ability to use her legs and she has no feeling below the waist. She had to use a wheelchair to get around and it often takes her a little long to do everyday things, such as getting out of bed, getting dressed and going to the school. So far she has created many programmes and one of which received an award at her province's science fair.
答案：第一句：a前加is
第二句：student→students；去掉was
第三句：seating→seated; and→but; obvious→obviously
第五句：had→has; long→longer；去掉the
第六句：which→them
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
假设你叫李华。你的美国笔友Jack开始学习中国文学，他给你发了一封电子邮件，想了解一下鲁迅及其作品。请根据以下提示，给Jack回一封电子邮件。
提示：1.鲁迅是中国著名的作家、思想家，还是中国现代文学的开创者；
2．他的小说被译成多种语言，有的还被拍成电影，如《阿Q正传》和《祝福》，这些作品都深刻地揭露了旧社会的黑暗；
3．鲁迅的一些作品还被选入了中学和大学课本；
4．读鲁迅的作品对人很有益处。
注意：1.内容要包含以上提示，可适当发挥；
2．词数100左右。
参考词汇：《阿Q正传》 The True Story of Ah Q
《祝福》 The New Year's Sacrifice 揭露expose
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Dear Jack，
I'm very glad to receive your last e-mail. In your e-mail, you asked me something about Lu Xun and his works as you began to study Chinese literature. Now let me tell you something about him and his works.
Lu Xun is a well-known Chinese writer and thinker. He is also the founder of modern Chinese literature. His novels have been translated into many different languages and some of them have been made into films, such as The True Story of Ah Q and The New Year's Sacrifice which expose sharply the darkness of the old society. Some of his works have been added to high school and college textbooks. Since you are studying Chinese literature, I think reading Lu Xun's works will do you good.
Best wishes!
Yours，
Li Hua
阶段质量检测（四）
A卷 学业水平达标
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What does the woman think?
A．She thinks that it is better to drive at night.
B．She thinks it is better to wait longer.
C．She doesn't agree with the man.
2．What does the woman mean?
A．She means to comfort the man.
B．She cares nothing about the man's trouble.
C．She is sure the man's father will be fine.
3．Why didn't the boy go to school yesterday?
A．Because his mother was away.
B．Because his father was ill.
C．Because he himself was ill.
4．How much does the man weigh now?
A．205 pounds. B．185 pounds.
C．165 pounds.
5．What is the man probably going to do on the weekend according to the conversation?
A．To stay at home.
B．To go to the cinema.
C．To go to the park.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
6．What do you know from the conversation?
A．The man likes tea better than coffee.
B．The man prefers milk to sugar.
C．Both of the speakers drink coffee.
7．Where does the conversation probably take place?
A．At a cafe.
B．In the woman's home.
C．In a hotel.
听第7段材料，回答第8至10题。
8．What are the speakers talking about?
A．Jobs. B．Movies.
C．Hobbies.
9．What is their favourite in common?
A．Fishing.
B．Making home movies.
C．Collecting records.
10．Which of the following hobbies is NOT mentioned?
A．Fishing and collecting records.
B．Making films and taking photos.
C．Collecting coins and stamps.
听第8段材料，回答第11至13题。
11．What foreign languages can the girl speak?
A．English and a little Chinese.
B．English and a little Japanese.
C．English and a little French.
12．What else can she do?
A．Typing and using a computer.
B．Typing and driving.
C．Typing, playing computer games and driving.
13．What is the relationship between the man and the woman?
A．Manager and customer.
B．Manager and secretary.
C．Manager and job-hunter.
听第9段材料，回答第14至16题。
14．Where does this conversation probably take place?
A．In a hotel.
B．In a hospital.
C．In a shopping center.
15．On which floor is the Exhibition Center?
A．The ninth floor.
B．The third floor.
C．The second floor.
16．Why does the man come to Hong Kong?
A．Because he is on holiday.
B．Because he comes for the computer exhibition.
C．Because he comes to meet Peter Smith from Greece.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．Where had the man left the key before he went to work?
A．Inside his flat.
B．Under the doormat (门垫)．
C．Under an apple tree.
18．How did his friend get into the flat?
A．Through the living room window.
B．The neighbour gave him the key.
C．The front door of his living room was unlocked.
19．Why did the speaker ask his friend to help himself to food and drink?
A．Because his friend enjoyed cooking meals.
B．Because his friend was very hungry.
C．Because he would come home late.
20．Where was his friend when he phoned the speaker?
A．He was in the speaker's living room.
B．He was in the speaker's kitchen.
C．He was in the neighbour's kitchen.
答案：1～5 BABCB 6～10 CBCBC
11～15 BACAB 16～20 BBACC
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
There are strong arguments on space travel，and below you will find a list of many frequently used arguments.
Pros of space travel：
—Space travel has inspired many people to continue improving technology such as inventing Velcro and non-stick frying pans.
—If you look at the total GDP worldwide，space only accounts for a very small percentage of the total budget.
—Better to spend money on our future，than on other projects that would have a much lower potential reward.
—If we were to colonize another planet，it would reduce the population on Earth，which is already overpopulated.
This will result in the survival of our species when our planet can no longer support human life.
—Multinational space stations have helped diplomacy (外交)among multiple nations.
Cons of space travel：
—There is a very large percentage of the earth's oceans we have yet to explore.We should continue exploring the remaining unknown regions of our oceans before continuing to another planet.
—The funding for space exploration comes from the tax payers' pockets.Many do not think that they should be forced into paying for something they oppose.
—The total contribution from space travel is minimal, when considering the total cost.
—We should not be thinking about colonizing(占领)a moon, or a planet.It's better to save our existing planet first. If we are to destroy one planet，what is to stop us from repeating the_mistakes on another planet?
—Not only is the cost of manned space missions expensive，but space travel can have a serious effect on the human body over an extended period of time.The only way to solve it is by using robots，which reduces the human risk factor，and reduces the overall cost.
Overall，most people approve of(赞成)our current exploration methods.In my opinion，these methods should be reviewed to help reduce the cost of launches.I believe the potential of finding resources on other planets will make the cost of several decades of space exploration worthwhile.
21. What would be the best title for this passage?
A．The Future of Space Travel
B．The Benefits of Space Travel
C．Why Space Travel is Expensive
D．Whether Space Travel is Worthwhile or Not
解析：选D 主旨大意题。本文探讨了太空旅行值不值的问题。
22．Which of the following benefits of space travel is NOT mentioned?
A．Creating more job opportunities.
B．Reducing the overpopulation problem.
C．Bringing about advanced technologies.
D．Developing relationships among countries.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据Pros of space travel 部分可知B、C、D三项均有提及，唯独A没提到。
23．The underlined part“the mistakes” here probably refers to________.
A．colonizing a moon
B．doing damage to Earth
C．spending money with little reward
D．having a wrong understanding about other planets
解析：选B 文章结构题。根据It's better to save our existing planet first. 可知“the mistakes”指的是我们对地球的破坏。
24．What's the author's attitude towards space travel?
A．Negative. B．Doubtful.
C．Positive. D．Not mentioned.
解析：选C 作者态度题。根据文章最后一段 I believe the potential of finding resources on other planets will make the cost of several decades of space exploration worthwhile.可知作者的态度是积极的。
B
Of all the planets, none has captured the world's imagination like Mars.Its reddish color and changes in brightness over time make the planet an unforgettable sight.
In Cosmos, the television science series from the 1980s, scientist Carl Sagan talked about some traditional ideas about Mars.Some of these ideas are from the English science fiction writer H．G.Well's The War of the Worlds.Others are from the mistaken science of Percival Lowell, the American astronomer who believed intelligent beings lived on Mars.Wells described Martians as threatening.Lowell imagined them as the hopeful engineers of great works.Carl Sagan said that both ideas influenced the public deeply.
Today, Mars continues to excite humans — not as the object of science fiction but of scientific study.Space scientists have collected a wealth of information from spacecrafts that have orbited, landed on and dug into the Martian surface.
The Smithsonian's “Mars Day” offered a chance for people of all ages to touch Mars, or at least a piece of it.Allison and Alycia from Silver Spring, Maryland, brought their children, Grace, Sam, Ryan and Emma.They heard about Mars and its geology from experts.They could see a test version of the Viking landers that reached Mars in July of 1976.They also saw meteorites (陨星)known to have come from the red, or reddish planet.Eight-year-old Sam learned that the ancient description of Mars as red is not exactly right.He said, “It's actually orangish more than red and it's also kind of brown.” Emma is six.She learned about the volcanic activity that has shaped the surface of Mars.She said, “The closest thing to Mars — the stuff — is from volcanoes mostly.”
“Mars Day” offered Allison and Alycia's children a chance to learn more about a world that they are very likely to set foot on within their lifetimes.
语篇解读：在“火星日”，人们可以对火星有更好的了解和认识。
25．What is Paragraph 2 mainly about?
A．Why Martians were considered threatening.
B．Why Mars has captured the world's imagination.
C．What people generally thought of Mars in the past.
D．How H．G.Wells got the idea for his science fiction.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。通读第二段，可知主要是讲人们关于火星的一些传统认识，故选C。
26．It is implied in Paragraph 3 that ________.
A．today's space scientists still know nothing about Mars
B．today's space scientists are very interested in Mars
C．science fiction films are no longer set in Mars
D．space scientists haven't made any progress in knowing Mars
解析：选B 推理判断题。根据第三段的“Today, Mars continues to excite humans — not as the object of science fiction but of scientific study.”以及后一句“Space scientists have collected a wealth of information ...”可推知，现在的航天科学家们对火星很感兴趣。
27．What is the writer's attitude towards the idea that humans will set foot on Mars?
A．He thinks it may happen in this year.
B．He thinks it will always remain a dream.
C．He thinks it will come true within hundreds of years.
D．He thinks it may happen in the following decades.
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据末段的“a world that they are very likely to set foot on within their lifetimes”可知，作者认为人类在接下来的几十年内就有可能登上火星。
28．The Smithsonian's “Mars Day” might NOT offer people a chance to ________.
A．learn about the surface of Mars
B．see a test version of some Viking landers
C．see meteorites known to have come from Mars
D．sit in a spacecraft to experience the life of an astronaut
解析：选D 细节理解题。通读全文，可知作者并没有提到在火星日，前往参观的人可以坐在宇宙飞船里体验宇航员的生活，故选D。
C
Beijing is a rather strange city to many western people.One of my foreign friends told me that when he came to Beijing, at first he couldn't understand why most people wear masks when spring comes to Beijing.He thought people wanted to keep their appearance a secret.Well, one of the symbols of spring coming to Beijing is that more and more people start wearing masks.The reason for it is the arrival of so called “sandstorms”．
It is said that each year sandstorms hit Beijing 4 to 5 times.The sand is brought to Beijing by wind from the western part of China.Tons (吨) of soil and dust travel hundreds of miles and blanket Beijing's streets, parked cars and apartment buildings.You would be amazed to see the ground has turned yellow overnight.The storm is so violent that you do not want to have a conversation with your friend on the road.If you open your mouth and then you close it, you may have the raw (自然状态的) taste of sand in your mouth.
People in Beijing hate those storms.Sandstorms make the traffic jam in rush hours even more unpredictable, because the drivers have to drive slowly in order to have a clear view of the road conditions.Young students also hate sandstorms because whenever there is a sandstorm, they are not allowed to have any activities outside the classroom.It is so boring to sit in the classroom all day and the youngsters are so eager to go out and do some sports.
It is said that the closest desert is only 80 kilometers away from the city center.There is definitely much more to do for the local government to deal with the environmental problem.
29．People in Beijing wear masks in the spring because ________.
A．they are ill
B．their masks are beautiful
C．there are serious sandstorms
D．they want to keep their face a secret
解析：选C 细节理解题。从第一段的最后一句“The reason for it is the arrival of so called ‘sandstorms’．”可知，人们戴面罩是因为北京常有沙尘暴来袭。
30．The underlined word “blanket” in Paragraph 2 means “________”．
A．cover B．cross
C．destroy D．block
解析：选A 词义猜测题。根据下一句“You would be amazed to see the ground has turned yellow overnight.”可知，地面在一夜之间变成黄色是因为街道被沙尘覆盖了，所以blanket应意为“覆盖”，故选A。
31．Which of the following is NOT true according to the text?
A．Sandstorms hit Beijing more than 3 times every year.
B．Sandstorms can cause more traffic jams.
C．Students don't go to school if there is a sandstorm.
D．Beijing is strange in many westerners' eyes.
解析：选C 推理判断题。根据文章第三段中“Young students ...the classroom.”可知，在沙尘暴天气中，学生们不能进行户外活动，只能待在教室里，故C项表述与原文不符。
32．Which of the following would be the best title for the text?
A．People in Sandstorms
B．Sandstorms in Beijing
C．How to Prevent Sandstorms
D．What to Do in a Sandstorm
解析：选B 标题归纳题。本文主要讲了北京沙尘暴天气的发生频率，沙尘暴袭击北京时的情景以及人们不喜欢沙尘暴的原因，故B项最能概括全文。
D
The man who brings my milk used to knock for his money for the week's milk while I was eating breakfast on Saturday morning.Just lately he has been arriving before I get up.Workforce shortages mean that four men are sharing five rounds, so he has to start earlier.
Delivering milk to people's homes is hardly good business, especially when the customer may have a choice of two or three firms serving a single road.In spite of my local difficulties, however, labor troubles are not as great as a few years ago.There are enough men prepared to make an early morning start for the sake of an open-air job with a fair measure of freedom.If they did stop calling, women would find it hard work to collect all the milk they need from self-service stores.Dairies (乳品业) know that stopping deliveries in the United States resulted in falling sales.
Marketing ideas have included introducing extra lines, in addition to dairy products, which the milkmen can carry to increase business.One dairyman said, “It won't be long before the milkman delivers more bread than milk.” Some milkmen deliver potatoes, and it seems as though variety will be limited only by the size of the trucks.
So the milkman is likely to remain a familiar figure, and the dairy products he sells are unlikely to change very much in this decade.Flavored milk is popular on the Continent.In Britain those who like it buy plain milk and add their own flavoring.Even the returnable bottle continues to be used.As long as it has a reasonable life — 30 to 40 trips are usual — the cost of collection and cleaning is worthwhile.
语篇解读：本文介绍了送奶工的工作方便了人们的生活，但由于乳品业劳动力缺乏，公司担心乳制品的销售量会下降。
33．The milkmen now start earlier on their delivery rounds than before because ________.
A．there is an increasing demand for milk delivery
B．they hope to reach the customers' home in time
C．they have to collect the money for the week's milk house to house
D．dairies are short of deliverymen and the companies worry about falling sales
解析：选D 事实细节题。从文章的第一段最后一句和第二段最后一句可知乳品业缺少劳动力，公司担心乳制品的销售量会下降。
34．Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A．One of the marketing ideas is variety.
B．The milkman now delivers more bread than milk.
C．Milkmen have taken over many rounds given up by bakeries.
D．Some milkmen deliver potatoes in addition to dairy products.
解析：选B 事实判断题。从第三段第二句可知，不久以后送奶工送面包比送牛奶多，而不是现在。
35．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A．the British people seldom buy plain milk
B．the returnable bottles are no longer used
C．collection and cleaning of the returnable bottles cost nothing
D．the returnable bottles won't be thrown away until they are used dozens of times
解析：选D 推理判断题。根据最后一段的最后一句可知牛奶瓶可使用三四十次。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Everyone has feelings of anxiety, nervousness, tension and stress from time to time.Here are a few ways to help us manage them.
__36__ We all think we know how to relax.But calming down in front of the TV or computer isn't true relaxation.Depending on what you're watching or doing, it could even make you more nervous.The same is true for alcohol, drugs or tobacco.They may seem to relieve anxiety or stress, but it's a false state of relaxation that's only temporary.What the body really needs is a relaxation technique—like deep breathing, tai chi or yoga — that has a physical effect on the mind.
Get enough sleep, nutrition and exercise.Get the right amount of sleep for your need — not too much or too little.Eat well — choose fruit，vegetables，low-fat proteins and whole grains for long-term energy instead of the short bursts that come from too much sugar or caffeine.__37__ In that way, your brain and body can operate at their best.
Connect with others.__38__ Doing things with those we feel close to deepens our bonds, which allows us to feel happier and less upset about things.If you feel worried or nervous about something, talking about it with someone who listens and cares can help you feel more understood and better able to deal with it.You'll be reminded that everyone has these feelings sometimes.You're not alone.
__39__ Heading out for a walk in the park or a hike in the woods can help anyone feel peaceful.Choose somewhere you feel safe so that you can relax and enjoy your surroundings.Walking or hiking can offer additional benefit or exercise.Invite a friend or two — or a family member — along and enjoy feeling connected to people as well.
Think positively.A great way to keep our minds off the worry track is to focus our thoughts on things that are good, beautiful and positive.__40__
A．Spend time with your friends or family.
B．Express yourself to others.
C．Connect with nature.
D．Keep away from stress and anxiety.
E．Allow yourself to dream and wish for the best.
F．Exercise to send oxygen to every cell in the body.
G．Choose a correct way to relax.
答案：36～40 GFACE
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
We live in the countryside.My mother is a __41__ housewife.She takes care of a big family of 8, __42__ she has to go to the grocery store in the town at least once a week.One afternoon, she went to the grocery store in a hurry and __43__ a cart to feed our big family for the coming week.She had a number of errands (差事) to run, but when she __44__ buying everything she needed and pushed the cart out to the parking lot, she found she had __45__ her keys in the car.She called a locksmith (锁匠)，who __46__ the car door for her.After __47__ the locksmith a check, my mother got in the car and __48__ in a hurry as she had a lot of housework to do.
About ten minutes later, my mother suddenly __49__ that she had done something terrible — she'd __50__ to put her cart full of hundreds of dollars worth of groceries into the car before getting into the car.You know that was a __51__ sum of money for our family at that time.She hurried __52__ and looked everywhere for her cart of the newly-bought food.It was __53__ to be found, and she was sure it had been stolen by someone else.
My discouraged mother made the 45-minute __54__ back to our home.She felt __55__ and couldn't help shedding tears.When she pulled up in the driveway, however, to her __56__， she saw all the bags of the groceries in front of our home.In one of the bags, she noticed a __57__， which said the ice cream was in the neighbor's fridge.One __58__ person had seen my mother drive off and leave her cart behind, so she got my mother's __59__ from the locksmith's check and drove all the way to deliver the groceries — to a complete __60__.
41．A.busy B．rude
C．strange D．crazy
解析：选A 根据“She takes care of a big family of 8”以及“She had a number of errands to run”可知，作者的妈妈很“忙”。
42．A.but B．if
C．so D．unless
解析：选C 作者家里人口众多，“所以”他妈妈每周至少要去城里购物一次。
43．A.checked B．found
C．bought D．filled
解析：选D 作者的妈妈在杂货铺买东西，故这里是指她把购物车“装满”。
44．A.continued B．finished
C．considered D．tried
解析：选B 根据“pushed the cart out to the parking lot”可知，她“完成”了采购。
45．A.locked B．offered
C．hidden D．destroyed
解析：选A 根据“She called a locksmith”可知，她把钥匙“锁”在了车子里。
46．A.broke B．repaired
C．opened D．decorated
解析：选C 车钥匙被锁在了车里，故只好找锁匠来“打开”车门。
47．A.writing B．posting
C．promising D．lending
解析：选A 锁匠帮忙打开了车门，作者的妈妈给他“写”了张支票来支付报酬。
48．A.looked B．worked
C．left D．examined
解析：选C 根据下文“as she had a lot of housework to do”可知，作者的妈妈匆忙“离开”了。
49．A.wished B．realized
C．imagined D．explained
解析：选B 在开车回家的路上，作者的妈妈突然“意识到”她把东西忘在停车场了。
50．A.forgotten B．expected
C．decided D．hurried
解析：选A 根据作者的妈妈回去找东西的语境可知，她“忘记”了把购物车里的东西放到车里。
51．A.normal B．familiar
C．new D．large
解析：选D 根据作者的妈妈伤心落泪的语境可知，这笔钱在那个时候对于作者一家来说是一笔“很大的”钱。
52．A.back B．home
C．up D．down
解析：选A 根据作者的妈妈找东西的语境可知，她开车“回到”了停车场。
53．A.somewhere B．nowhere
C．anywhere D．everywhere
解析：选B 根据“she was sure it had been stolen by someone else”可知，她没有找到那些东西，故选B。
54．A.walk B．flight
C．dream D．drive
解析：选D 这里是指45分钟的“开车”行程。
55．A.interested B．sad
C．moved D．bored
解析：选B 根据“couldn't help shedding tears”可知，作者的妈妈很“伤心”
56．A.disappointment B．anger
C．sorrow D．surprise
解析：选D 作者的妈妈以为东西都丢了，看到东西出现在家门口，她应该很“惊讶”。
57．A.watch B．pen
C．note D．man
解析：选C 根据“which said the ice cream was in the neighbor's fridge”可知，陌生人留下了一张“便条”。
58．A.kind B．poor
C．free D．determined
解析：选A 从帮助陌生人送东西回来的细节可知，这是一个“善良的”人。
59．A.phone B．card
C．address D．car
解析：选C 作者的妈妈给锁匠开了张支票，那人就是通过支票上的“地址”才把东西送来的。
60．A.housewife B．fool
C．neighbor D．stranger
解析：选D 那人从锁匠那里问到地址后才把东西送过来，故可知那人并不认识作者的妈妈，作者的妈妈对她来说是“陌生人”。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mary: Hi, Mike.Are you going to the barbecue tonight?
Mike: Maybe.
Mary: Why maybe? Aren't you sure?
Mike: I don't know. All those people, I __61__ (will) know anyone.
Mary: But that's the idea. You go to these things __62__meet new people.
Mike: But I don't think a barbecue __63__ the best way.
Mary: Why not?
Mike: Because it's just hard to meet friends.
Mary: Well, I love __64__ (meet) people in a big group because there're more possibilities.
Mike: But don't you think it's hard to get to know people? Besides, it's __65__ (noise). You can't always have __66__ great conversation.
Mary: Then how do you like to meet people?
Mike: I think small groups are the best way to meet people.I meet the most interesting people in class. I see how they think __67__ talk every day.If I like someone, then we might get together later on.
Mary: You are __68__ serious a guy.I met my best friend in a sports club.We came to know we have a lot __69__ common.If you ask me, big parties are the best way to meet people.
Mike: Well，maybe.Um ...I should take my __70__ (chance) at the barbecue.I'll see you tonight, Mary.
答案：61.won't 62.to 63.is 64.meeting/to meet 65.noisy 66.a 67.and 68.so 69.in 70.chances
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
I have some study tip to share with you.First, be sure to discuss your needs with your teacher.He and she may have great advice for you.Second, in the classroom, be sure to listen careful to your teacher and making notes so that you can review later.Ask questions unless something is unclear.Third, see if you can do your homework soon after arriving to home.That way, things you've learned will fresh in your mind.When you do your homework, you are practicing that you've learned.At last, if you study and review your notes every day, you will have to struggle to learn many things before a test.And when you do a project, try to work on them a little every day rather than do it all at once.
答案：第一句：tip→tips
第三句：and→or
第四句：careful→carefully; making→make
第五句：unless→if
第六句：去掉to
第七句：will后加be
第八句：that→what
第九句：will后加not
第十句：them→it
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
请根据以下提示，针对山东北部遭受沙尘暴袭击的情况，向英语周报社投稿，呼吁大家植树造林，保护环境。内容要点应包括：
1．过去家乡树木成林；
2．如今人们毁林种地建房；
3．气候变化，土地沙漠化；
4．植树造林，人人有责。
注意：
1．词数：100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．短文开头已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Editor，
I'm a student at a Shandong middle school.
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Dear Editor，
I'm a student at a Shandong middle school.My hometown used to be a beautiful place.Thick forest and green grass could be seen everywhere.However, because of climate changes, it rains little now.
In order to build houses and grow more crops, people there cut down more and more trees.As time went on, the forests were seriously destroyed.As a result, sandstorms struck us now and then, from which people suffered a lot.
To prevent the process of desertification, I hope that all the people take good care of the forest and plant more trees instead of cutting them down.Then our living conditions will soon be improved.
B卷 能力素养提升
(时间：120分钟 满分：150分)
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
(Text 1)
M: The doctor said that if I kept smoking I would increase my chance of having a heart attack.
W: Didn't he suggest that you lose some weight, too?
(Text 2)
M: Don't you know that our flight is supposed to arrive at ten o'clock?
W: Of course I know. OK, everything is ready. Let's set off, and don't forget to lock the door.
(Text 3)
M: Do you often go to see Lin Fang?
W: Of course. She's kind and honest. What's more, her mother cooks the most delicious Chinese dishes in the world.
(Text 4)
M: Excuse me, but can I ask you for the time?
W: It's 11：30, but my watch is five minutes fast.
(Text 5)
M: I'm so tired. I've been working all morning painting the wall.
W: Why not take a rest, then? Anyway, you haven't recovered from the cold.
1．What's wrong with the man?
A．He is overweight.
B．He's suffering from cancer.
C．He has a heart attack.
2．Where are the two speakers?
A．At home. B．In an airport.
C．At school.
3．What do we know about Lin Fang's mother?
A．She likes to make friends.
B．She's good at cooking.
C．She's honest and generous.
4．What time is it now?
A．11：25. B．11：30.
C．11：35.
5．What does the woman suggest the man do next?
A．Go on painting the wall.
B．Go to see the doctor.
C．Have a rest.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
(Text 6)
M: Hi, it's good to see the sun again.
W: Yes, we've been looking forward to this change for a while.
M: But it's supposed to be cloudy this afternoon. What's more, it's going to rain again tomorrow.
W: Oh, I can't believe it. Look! The vegetables in my garden really need sunlight. They are turning yellow.
M: The same with my flowers. What can I do with my flowers?
W: Nothing but wait, I think.
M: You are right.
6．What's the weather like now?
A．It is sunny. B．It is cloudy.
C．It is raining.
7．Why does the woman hope for sunny days?
A．She is worried about her flowers.
B．She can't do anything in rainy days.
C．She is worried about her vegetables.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
(Text 7)
W: The clothes and shoes in your shop are very fashionable.
M: Yes, our prices are reasonable as well.
W: How can I apply to be a store member?
M: It's easy. First of all, you need to fill in this form.
W: OK. My name is Wang Li. My phone number is 15881024350. My e-mail is wangLi 8825 @ yahoo. com.
M: And your date of birth?
W: I was born on June, 14th, 1989.
M: OK, the form is finished. You will receive an e-mail from us. Please check it and click the link in the e-mail to finish the application.
W: Thanks very much. I will check it as soon as I get home.
8．What is the woman doing?
A．Buying some clothes on the Internet.
B．Applying for a store membership.
C．Reading some webpages.
9．What will the woman most probably receive from the shop?
A．An e？mail.
B．A message about a website.
C．A pair of shoes.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
M: What did you do for your birthday?
W: My host family had a birthday party for me and gave me this present.
M: What is it? How come you haven't opened it? Don't you like it?
W: Yes, I like it very much, but I believe it is not polite to open presents when I receive them. I wait until I get back to my room to open it.
M: But you should have opened it right there when they gave it to you. Americans think that it's fun to see people open presents. If you save the fun for yourself, that's being greedy.
W: Oh, no! I hope I didn't offend my host family.
M: I'm sure they'll understand. But you should send them a thank-you letter. That's an American custom, too.
W: Thanks for telling me.
10．Why didn't the woman open the present when she received it?
A．She didn't like it.
B．She thought that it would be impolite.
C．Her host family told her not to do that.
11．What can we learn about the woman?
A．She is a little shy.
B．She knows very little about American customs.
C．She's been in America for years.
12．What does the man tell the woman to do?
A．Send her host family a thank？you letter.
B．Send her host family a present.
C．Give back the present to her host family.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
M: I'm feeling very sick. I have a bad cold.
W: You've been sick quite a bit since you got here.
M: Well, in the past few weeks, the weather in this city has been changing a lot.
W: You just haven't got used to the changing climate here yet. A lot of newcomers complain about the same problem.
M: Really? How long have you been here, then?
W: Four years. And I almost never get sick because I'm always dressed properly for the weather.
M: I see. I guess I'll have to buy some medicine.
W: Actually, there is something you can do. There's a weather hotline you can call in the morning that will tell you the temperature for the day.
M: I think I've heard of that hotline.
W: Maybe you can give them a call tomorrow morning and find out what the weather will be like.
M: No way! It's very expensive.
13．How is the man feeling?
A．Quite well. B．Very sick.
C．A little hot.
14．What's the weather like in the city?
A．It's cloudy. B．It's cold.
C．It often changes.
15．What do we know about the woman?
A．She's been in the city for four years.
B．She often gets ill.
C．She likes the weather.
16．Why does the man refuse to call the weather hotline?
A．The service is bad.
B．It is too expensive.
C．It is of no use.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
Good morning, everyone. Last time we talked about the topic of the rising prices of products. Today I'd like to talk about the car accidents of our city in the past year. Recently we did a survey of the car accidents that happened in 2010. There are two peak times for accidents. One was in March with 30. The other was in August with 42, which was the highest point. After August, the number of car accidents decreased till it reached the lowest point in the year in December. The two peak periods occurred in spring and summer, the two seasons that had most of the year's rain. Driving tends to be more dangerous on rainy days. The survey showed that the weather was the most important reason for these car accidents. So I recommend that on rainy days private car owners should be careful when driving their cars, or they should use public transport instead of driving private cars to reduce the risk of getting into a car accident.
17．What was the topic the speaker talked about last time?
A．A survey of car accidents.
B．The reason of car accidents.
C．The prices of products.
18．How many car accidents happened in March?
A．13. B．30.
C．42.
19．What was the main reason for car accidents?
A．The peak times.
B．The rainy weather.
C．The increasing cars.
20．What suggestion does the speaker give for avoiding accidents?
A．Take public transport.
B．Stay at home on rainy days.
C．Ask someone else to help drive.
答案：1～5 AABAC 6～10 ACBAB
11～15 BABCA 16～20 BCBBA
第二部分：阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
In 2009, a dust storm swept across the Australian states of New South Wales and Queensland from the 22nd to the 24th September.The capital, Canberra, experienced the dust storm on the 22nd September, and the following day it reached Sydney and Brisbane.
On the 23rd September, the dust column measured more than 500 kilometers in width and 1,000 kilometers in length and covered dozens of towns and cities in two states.Some of the thousands of tons of dirt and soil lifted in the dust storm covered Sydney Harbour and the Tasman Sea.
The storm greatly affected international flights — several early morning Air New Zealand flights from Auckland, Christchurch and Wellington had to return to New Zealand after finding themselves unable to land at Sydney Airport.These flights were listed as cancelled (取消) and many others were rescheduled until later.18 international flights were diverted (转飞) to Melbourne Airport or Brisbane Airport, while six others were cancelled altogether.There were delays of six hours reported for overseas flights. Roads were disrupted (中断), including the main tunnel of the M5 East Motorway which was shut down.Building sites were closed.Ferry services were cancelled. Canterbury Park Racecourse's scheduled day of horse racing was surrendered.
Schools were also affected as those children who attended were distracted by the dust storm, while many parents kept their children home.School trips and sports activities were cancelled for the day, and children were directed to stay inside during breaks in some schools. Face masks experienced surging sales in Sydney as concerned people rushed to protect themselves against the dust, with most sellers saying they had sold more than during the swine flu (猪流感)．
语篇解读：2009年的一场沙尘暴席卷了澳大利亚东部地区，航班被取消、道路被中断、建筑工地被关闭、学校停课，给人们的生活带来了极大的影响。
21．Why did several early morning Air New Zealand flights have to return to New Zealand?
A．Because these flights were cancelled.
B．Because Sydney Airport was shut down.
C．Because the time of the flights has changed.
D．Because it was difficult to land with such thick dust in the sky.
解析：选D 细节理解题。根据第二段“Some of the thousands of tons of dirt and soil lifted in the dust storm covered Sydney Harbour and the Tasman Sea.”以及第三段中“The storm greatly affected ...unable to land at Sydney Airport.”可知，正是由于沙尘，才使得能见度很低，从而使飞机很难降落，被迫返回新西兰。
22．The underlined word “surrendered” in Paragraph 3 probably means “________”．
A．held B．cancelled
C．protected D．valued
解析：选B 词义猜测题。根据第三段中“These flights were listed as cancelled (取消) ...services were cancelled.”可知，受这次沙尘暴的影响，有些航班被取消，道路被中断，建筑工地被关闭，可以猜测到这里的surrendered意为“中止，放弃”。
23．According to Paragraph 4, which of the following statements is NOT true?
A．Few people bought face masks during the swine flu.
B．Students were kept inside when the dust storm occurred.
C．Face masks sold well when the dust storm attacked Sydney.
D．School trips and sports activities were influenced by the dust storm.
解析：选A 细节理解题。根据第四段“Schools were also affected as ...were directed to stay inside during breaks in some schools.”可知，选项B和D所述为正确的；又根据“Face masks experienced surging sales ...saying they had sold more than during the swine flu (猪流感)．”可知，选项C所述也是正确的，而文中只是说这次沙尘暴期间口罩的销量很好，超过猪流感，即甲型流感时期的销量，并没有说甲流期间很少人买，故A项所述是错误的。
24．What does the passage mainly talk about?
A．Dust storms can cause great damage to people.
B．Flights have to be cancelled during dust storms.
C．The dust storm in 2009 greatly affected Australia.
D．Dust storms have both advantages and disadvantages.
解析：选C 主旨大意题。本文从几个方面说明了2009年沙尘暴对澳大利亚的影响，这是文章的主线，一直贯穿文章的始终。
B
In the early morning on February 28, a sandstorm with strong winds caused a train to derail (脱轨) in China's far west.The accident killed four people and injured about thirty.
The 11-car train had just left a station in Turpan in Xinjiang when it was hit.
“A strong sandstorm broke the window soon after the train left Turpan. Then it blew some of the cars off the rail，” a passenger said.
The train had been running between the capital city of Urumqi and Aksu, in the west.
Sandstorms happen a lot in that area. They are fed by the deserts of Xinjiang and Inner Mongolia. Powerful winds blow the sands toward Beijing and the eastern cities each spring.
A sandstorm is a common natural disaster.It usually happens in deserts.Strong winds blow a huge amount of sand into the air. Sandstorms_are_so_strong_that_they_can_blow
you_1_to_1.5_meters_away_from_where_you_were_standing. Unlike some other disasters, sandstorms come with a warning. If you see the clouds with a dark brown color, that means there may be a sandstorm.
Xinjiang is one of the areas where sandstorms happen most often, which results from a dry climate, vast desert and a strong wind. It is in northwestern China. Xinjiang has mountains on four sides.The Tianshan Mountains, which are in the middle, divide the land into two large basins (盆地)．Both basins have deserts in their centers.They are the source of sandstorms.The passes and valleys (山谷) between the mountains are the places where strong winds are likely to form.
25．By saying the underlined sentence, the author may want to ________.
A．warn us not to walk in sandstorms
B．give us an example of a sandstorm
C．advise us to think of ways to reduce sandstorms
D．tell us about the damage of sandstorms
解析：选A 推理判断题。沙尘暴如此猛烈以至于它们可以把你吹到离你原来所站地1～1.5米远的地方。由此可见，沙尘暴的威力很大，在沙尘暴天气最好不要出去。
26．What is the main idea of the last but one paragraph?
A．How a sandstorm happens.
B．What a sandstorm is.
C．Where a sandstorm happens.
D．What causes a sandstorm.
解析：选B 段落大意题。通读本段可知，倒数第二段主要向我们介绍了沙尘暴通常在什么地方发生、它的风力和前兆，这些都是沙尘暴的基本特征，故选B项。
27．According to the last paragraph, the following factors contribute to (促成) a sandstorm EXCEPT the ________.
A．climate B．wind
C．sand source D．cloud
解析：选D 推理判断题。最后一段讲述了新疆是最易发生沙尘暴的地区，主要因为气候干燥、有沙源、风力大，故A、B、C是引起沙尘暴的因素。
28．The passage is probably taken from a ________.
A．travelling magazine B．scientific article
C．newspaper document D．book review
解析：选C 文章出处题。本文是一篇新闻报道，报道了发生在新疆的一场沙尘暴，故C项为正确答案。
C
Many American presidents in the 19th century were born in poor families. They spent their childhood in little wooden rooms. They got little education (教育). Washington and Lincoln, for example，never went to school and they taught themselves. Lincoln once did jobs of a worker, shopkeeper and post officer in his early years.
A large number of US presidents had experiences in the army. The two best known were Ulysses Grant and Dwight D. Eisenhower. Grant was a general (将军) in the American Civil War and Eisenhower was a hero in the Second World War. It happened that they graduated from the same school — West Point Military Academy (西点军校). One may be surprised to learn that both of them did not do well in the school. Eisenhower, for example, was once fined (罚款) because he broke the rules of the school.
The jobs of US presidents are tiring. He must keep an eye on anything important which happens both at home and abroad. Every day, a lot of work waits for him to do, and he has to make many important decisions. When Franklin Roosevelt was a child, he was once brought to visit President Taft. The old president said to him, “When you grow up, you should not be a president. It's a tiring job.”
29．In the nineteenth century, many US presidents________.
A．did not have much knowledge in their work
B．had been workers, shopkeepers and post officers in their early years
C．couldn't receive good education before they grew up
D．didn't want to go to school during their childhood
解析：选C 细节理解题。文章开头说明19世纪许多美国总统出身于贫苦家庭，没有受过正式教育。
30．President Eisenhower became well-known________.
A．while studying in West Point Military
Academy
B．during the American Civil War
C．after he was elected President of the US
D．during World War Ⅱ
解析：选D 细节理解题。从文章第二段第三句中的“Eisenhower was a hero in the Second World War ”可知正确答案。
31．Which of the following do you think is RIGHT according to the last paragraph?
A．In the US no one wanted to be a president because it was tiring.
B．None of the presidents except Taft could do the tiring job.
C．It is an important and tiring job to be a president in the US.
D．President Taft didn't want Roosevelt to be a president because he was too young.
解析：选C 细节理解题。据文章第三段可知，总统这项工作既重要又烦人，可选出答案C，此题亦可用排除法，其他各项说法明显错误。
32．Which do you think is the main idea of the second paragraph?
A．Many of the US presidents had served (服役) in the army before they took office.
B．Only those who didn't work hard at school but were good at fighting could be presidents.
C．Grant and Eisenhower became well-known because they both graduated from West Point Military Academy.
D．Eisenhower was President at the beginning of the Second World War.
解析：选A 段落大意题。文章第二段首句为该段中心句。故此题答案应为A。
D
Farmer Joe was in his cart when he was hit by a truck. He decided his injuries from the accident were serious enough to take the trucking company to court. In court the trucking company's lawyer was questioning Farmer Joe. “Didn't you say, at the scene of the accident，‘I'm fine ’？”said the lawyer.
Farmer Joe answered，“Well, I'll tell you what happened. I had just loaded my favorite mule Bessie into the ...”
“I didn't ask for any details.”the lawyer interrupted.“Just answer the question.Didn't you say, at the scene of the accident, ‘I'm fine ’？ ”
Farmer Joe said, “Well, I had just got Bessie into the cart and I was driving down the road...”
The lawyer interrupted again and said，“Judge，I am trying to make clear the fact that, at the scene of the accident，this man told the highway patrolman (巡警) on the scene that he was just fine. Now several weeks after the accident he is trying to cover the fact.I believe he is telling lies. Please tell him to simply answer the question.”
By this time the judge was fairly interested in Farmer Joe's answer and said to the lawyer.“I'd like to hear what he has to say about his favorite mule Bessie.” Joe thanked the judge and went on. “Well, as I was saying, I had just loaded Bessie, my favorite mule, into the cart and was driving her down the highway when this huge truck ran into the stop sign and pushed my cart right in the side. I was thrown into one side and Bessie was thrown into the other.”
“I was hurt so badly that I didn't want to move. However, I could hear old Bessie breathing loudly and groaning. I knew she was in terrible shape just by her groans. Shortly after the accident a highway patrolman came here to the scene.He could hear Bessie groaning so he went over to her. After he looked at her, he took out his gun and shot her between the eyes.Then the patrolman came across the road with his gun in his hand and looked at me. He said，‘Your mule was in such a bad shape that I had to shoot her. How are you feeling？’”
33．Farmer Joe and his mule were________.
A．taking a rest by the highway when the truck ran over and hit them
B．just on their way when the truck hit a sign on the roadside and then hit them
C．going to stop by the road when they were hit by the truck
D．going so fast that they ran into a truck
解析：选B 细节理解题。根据短文第六段最后一句可知。
34．Farmer Joe________.
A．did say “I'm fine” at the scene of the accident
B．couldn't have said “I'm fine ”at the scene of the accident
C．couldn't remember whether he had said “I'm fine” at the scene of the accident
D．tried to cover the fact in the court but no one would believe him
解析：选A 推理判断题。根据短文最后一段可知，农夫的确说出了“I'm fine”，因为他认为如果他不这样说，他会像骡子那样被枪杀。
35．________， the patrolman shot the mule.
A．In order to let Farmer Joe keep silent about the accident
B．As the mule's groaning was too loud
C．Thinking it was the best way to stop the mule from suffering
D．To make Farmer Joe feel better
解析：选C 细节理解题。根据短文最后“Your mule was in such a bad shape that I had to shoot her.”可知，警官认为最好的使骡子结束痛苦的方法是杀死它。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Cheating (舞弊) is when a person misleads, deceives or acts dishonestly on purpose.__36__ If a basketball team is for kids under 8, it's cheating for a 9-year-old play on the team. At school, in addition to cheating on a test, a kid might cheat by stealing someone else's idea for a science project.__37__ This kind of cheating is called plagiarizing (抄袭)．
__38__ Jeff is doing it by sneaking (暗中的) answers to a test. And it's also cheating to break the rules of a game or contest or to pretend something is yours when it isn't. When people cheat, it's not fair to other people. It's tempting (诱惑人的) to cheat because it makes difficult things seem easy, like getting all the right answers on the test.__39__， and it won't help on the next test — unless the person cheats again.
__40__ They want to get good grades but hate hard work. Other kids might feel like they can't pass the test without cheating. Even though there seems to be a “good reason” for cheating, cheating isn't a good idea.
A．Some kids cheat because they're lazy.
B．Cheating can happen in a lot of different ways.
C．But it doesn't solve the problem of not knowing the material (材料)．
D．Some kids cheat once and feel so bad that they never do it again.
E．For kids, cheating may happen at school, at home, or while playing a sport.
F．There are plenty of reasons why a kid shouldn't cheat, but some kids have already cheated.
G．Kids may also cheat by copying a book report off the Internet and handing it in as it's his or her original (原先的) work.
答案：36～40 EGBCA
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Once a group of tourists who were staying at a hotel in Birmingham were having dinner in the restaurant. Fish was brought in and while they were __41__ it, some of them told interesting stories about __42__ pearls and other __43__ things inside fish.
An old gentleman, who up to now had __44__ quietly to their conversation, at last said, “I've heard all your stories, and now I'll tell you __45__.When I was a young man I was working in a large importing factory in New York, and __46__ is usual with young persons, I fell in __47__ with a pretty young girl.Very __48__ we were engaged (订婚)．About two months __49__ our marriage was to take place, I was suddenly __50__ to Birmingham on a very important business. I left my sweetheart, __51__ to write to her.”
“I had to stay in Birmingham longer than I had __52__. At last my work was done, and I could leave Birmingham. But just before I __53__ New York, I bought a beautiful and very expensive diamond __54__， planning to give it to my sweetheart.”
“On my way to New York, I was __55__ the morning newspaper, which had been brought on board by the sailor.Suddenly I __56__ an announcement of my sweetheart's __57__ to another.This made me so angry that I threw the ring overboard. A few days __58__ when I was eating fish, I bit (咬) on something __59__.What do you think it was？”
“The diamond ring，” cried his companions.“No，” said the old gentleman __60__， “it was a fish bone.”
语篇解读：游客们在吃鱼时谈论从鱼肚子里找到珍珠或其他有价值的东西，一个老绅士讲的故事却让人出乎意料。
41．A.eating B．cooking
C．peeling D．weighing
解析：选A 由上文“were having dinner”提示可知，“游客们正在吃饭”。结合语境：端上鱼后，他们边吃边谈。
42．A.exchanging B．tasting
C．finding D．searching
解析：选C 句意：部分游客在谈论从鱼肚子里找到珍珠或其他有价值的东西的趣事。
43．A.valuable B．terrible
C．common D．cheap
解析：选A “and”表明此空与“pearls”并列，而“pearls”很有价值，由此推断此空指其他有价值的东西。
44．A.sat B．listened
C．stood D．thought
解析：选B 由后文老者的话“I've heard all your stories”结合“quietly”可知，老人一直在静静地听。
45．A.one B．all
C．some D．another
解析：选A 考查代词。此空相当于“a story”，所以用“one”。
46．A.it B．which
C．that D．as
解析：选D 分析句子结构可知，“________ is usual with young persons”是非限制性定语从句，此空代指后面主句，根据语法知识可知用“as”。
47．A.trouble B．debt
C．quarrel D．love
解析：选D “fall in love with ...”固定词组，指“喜欢上……，爱上……”。
48．A.quickly B．fast
C．soon D．luckily
解析：选C 句意：我们很快就订婚了。此处指时间快。quickly“反应快”；fast“速度快”；soon“时间很快；不久”；luckily“幸运地”。
49．A.when B．before
C．after D．since
解析：选B 根据倒数第二段“Suddenly I ________ an announcement of my sweetheart's ________ to another.”可知，“我”被派往伯明翰时，是在婚前。
50．A.reported B．sent
C．caught D．taken
解析：选B “be sent to ...”固定搭配，指“被派往……”。
51．A.promising B．agreeing
C．refusing D．wishing
解析：选A 句意：“我”与未婚妻分离时，许诺给她写信。
52．A.regretted B．wondered
C．expected D．finished
解析：选C 此处指时间比“我”预期的要长，也表明“我”思家心切。
53．A.left for B．left to
C．returned back D．returned from
解析：选A “leave for ...”固定词组，指“动身去……”。
54．A.watch B．ring
C．earring D．necklace
解析：选B 由尾段众人猜“The diamond ring”可知，“我”买的是钻石戒指。
55．A.looking at B．looking up
C．looking through D．looking for
解析：选C “look through the newspaper”固定搭配，指浏览报纸。
56．A.looked B．saw
C．heard D．recognized
解析：选B 根据“________ the morning newspaper”的提示及announcement可知此处指“突然，我看到了未婚妻与他人结婚的消息”。
57．A.marriage B．fight
C．talk D．agreement
解析：选A 由后文我很生气以致扔了戒指可知，报纸上的消息是未婚妻与他人结婚。
58．A.before B．later
C．earlier D．ago
解析：选B 此处指几天后。
59．A.hard B．sweet
C．soft D．crisp
解析：选A 后文众人猜测是“The diamond ring”，根据常识“diamond ring”硬度较大可知，我咬的是坚硬的东西。
60．A.happily B．loudly
C．angrily D．sadly
解析：选D “it was a fish bone”表明结局令人大跌眼镜，结果的确让人失望。“sadly”指此人伤心地说出结果。
第Ⅱ卷
第三部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Ben：Do you know anything about Wikipedia?
Tom：Yes, I often use it.
Ben：So __61__ do you look for information?
Tom：It's like any search engine — you simply type in a keyword, press Return and information __62__ you want will appear.
Ben：What do you use it __63__ ?
Tom：All kinds of things. Yesterday, for example, I needed to find out about the wildlife __64__(protect) in Namibia, It took me about a minute to find __65__ I wanted on Wikipedia.
Ben：Do you have any idea how accurate that information is?
Tom：No, but that's not different from any __66__ source of information. The article on Namibia __67__ (check) so far — it's correct and also up to date.
Ben：So, would you suggest __68__(use) Wikipedia?
Tom：Yes, __69__(certain). It's free, as well as quick and easy to use. Have __70__try!
答案：61.how 62.that 63.for 64.protection 65.what 66.other 67.has been checked
68．using 69.certainly 70.a
第四部分：写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()画掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
I first met Li Meng at a friend birthday party five years ago. Then I invited Li Meng over in my place. We listen to my CDs together and soon became good friends. Three years ago, Li Meng's parents invited I to spend two wonderful week in Qingdao with them during the summer holiday. Li Meng and I loved walking along the beautifully beaches there. Last year I was ill but had to stay in hospital for a week. Li Meng came see me every day. Then, her father has changed jobs and they moved to another city. Since then we haven't see each other much, but we've kept writing to each other.
答案：第一句：friend→friend's
第二句：in→to
第三句：listen→listened
第四句：I→me; two→a或week→weeks
第五句：beautifully→beautiful
第六句：but→and
第七句：see前加to
第八句：去掉has
第九句：see→seen
第二节：书面表达(满分25分)
Dear editor，
I'm a new student in our school. I spend most of my time studying and seldom talk to my classmates. Sometimes I do want to talk, but I'm so shy that I don't know what to talk about and how to start a conversation. As a result, I have no friend in my class. I feel so lonely. Could you give me some advice?
Yours，
Henry
请你用英语给这位同学写封回信，就如何解决他所遇到的问题给出你的建议。
注意：1.词数100左右；
2．信的格式已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Henry，
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Yours truly,
Li Hua
参考范文：
Dear Henry，
Your problem is common among middle school students. Maybe the following advice can help you.
First of all, believe in yourself. Your greatest problem is that you lack self-confidence. The first thing that you must do is to smile at your classmates. One smile speaks louder about your wish to make friends than any word. Your smile will show that you are friendly to them. Next, try talking with a student who shares the same interest with you. You can discuss your studies with a classmate, and you can talk about your common hobbies as well. If anyone is in trouble in life or study, you should be ready to help. Once you have confidence, you can make as many friends as possible.
Wish you good luck!
Yours truly，
Li Hua
